Home
PDF:17.8MB
Contents
1. 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the Virtual measuring point list ID Virtual measuring point ID Data type Data type of a registered virtual measuring point integrated value momentary value Virtual measuring point name Name of a registered virtual measuring point Arithmetic expression Registered arithmetic expression Unit Registered unit Decimal Registered number of digits after the decimal point 4 112 Registering a new virtual measuring point This section described how to register a new virtual measuring point 1 Displaying the Virtual measuring point dialog box Click the Virtual measuring point registration button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting the line to register and clicking the Edit button Double click the line to register on the Virtual measuring point list or select the line to register and click the Edit button z x Virtual measuring point pq Do Data type Virtual measuring point name Arithmetic expression a integrated value Virtual measuring point 1D001 ID003 v002 v003 v004 v005 pee Line of a virtual measuring v008 point ID to be registered y az MINS E AE M VES VE E E VE E E E E VE E E E VE E U ES E ES VE ri ID Virtual 002 l Data type integrate Instant Name Virtual Vir
2. 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Energy saving level monitor setting O Energy saving level monitor setting in editing is not registered Cancel e When enabling Outside Notification of the Energy saving level monitoring or Emergency stop order monitoring the outside device connection destination domain must be registered with the Air conditioner connection setting 4 272 4 8 15 Air conditioner connection settings Only for models with demand control function This section explains the operation procedures for Air conditioner connection setting The air conditioner connection setting is the address setting for the air conditioner This does not need to be set when not using the coordinated function with the controller Setting the air conditioner connection 1 Displaying the Air conditioner connection setting screen Click the Air conditioner connection setting in the tree menu on the Output screen Output Air conditioner ectic Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output No Name Connect destination IP address domain name Mail notification setting 1 http io Set SMTP server 2 h
3. 2 N_H_voltage_Total 2 N_H_voltage_1st 2 N_voltage_THD 2 N_voltage_HD_3rd 2 N_voltage_HD_5th 2 N_voltage_HD_7th 2 N_voltage_HD_9th 2 N_voltage_HD_11th 2 N_voltage_HD_13th 3 N_H_voltage_Total 2 H_current_3rd 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current_7th 2 H_current_9th 2 H_current_11th 2 H_current_ 13th 2_current_ THD 3 H_current_ Total 3 H_current_1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_5th 3 H_current_ 7th 3 H_current_ 9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_ 13th 3_current_ THD N H_current_ Total i O LO 1O LO LO JO N H_current_1st N H_current_3rd N H_current_5th _ current_7th _current_9th _current_11th H_current_13th 3 N_H_voltage_ist 3 N_voltage_THD 3 N_ voltage HD 3rd 3 N_voltage_HD_ 5th 3 N_voltage HD 7th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 9th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 11th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 13th 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th 1 H_current_7th 1 H_current_9th 1 H_current_11th 1 J o gt 3S 2 H_current_3rd o 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current 7th 2 H_current 9th 2 H_current_1ith 2 H_current_13th 2 current THD 3 H_current_Total 3 H_currentist S 3 H_current 3rd S 3 H_current_5th 3 H_curret 7th 3 H_current_9th 3 H_current_1ith 3 H_current_13th 3 current THD N H_current_Total ____ N H_current ist N H_current 3rd_ o N Hcurrent_Sth 3S Z III ai bee Ziz T _curre
4. Demand notification information in situation is not registered Y Do you want to register lt For continuous registration of demand notification gt For continuous registration of demand notification Enter demand notification click the lt Back button and Next gt button and repeat the steps from 3 to 5 Pr a Demand subject Level 1 alarm restored To confirm delete or change the previous registration of demand notification click the lt Prev button Subjec DM_Alarm_1st To confirm delete or change the next registration vr OPEN gt resser of demand notification click the Next gt button R cose 4 219 Editing the registered information of a registered demand notification This section describes the procedures for editing the registered information of a demand notification 1 Displaying the Demand notification screen Click the Demand notification in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the demand notification to be edited and clicking the Edit button Double click the line of the demand notification to be edited on the Demand notification screen or select the line of the demand notification to be edited and click the Edit button Line of the demand notification to be edited Demand subject Level 1 alarm occurred Level 1 alarm restored Level 2 alarm occurred Level 2 alarm restored Limit Fixed alarm occurred Limit Fixed alarm restored Batter
5. Station details Type Remote device ESC 1St Station No 5 a Model lo f A O EMU4 HD1 MmB nergy_measuring_unit 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W 3P4W Edit Model information PhaseWire 3P3W l Delete RatedVoltage 220v X RatedCurrent 100A _Remarks e Multiple lines for terminals other than multi circuit parts cannot be copied and pasted e Terminal information cannot be pasted into a registered line e The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted terminal name e The default value is set in the pasted address e The pasted terminal information is automatically registered a 4 81 Deleting registered terminal This section described how to delete a registered terminal 1 Displaying the Terminal dialog box Click the Terminal button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a terminal you want to delete and click the Delete button Select a line of a terminal you want to delete in the terminal list and then click the Delete button Terminal Ho Terminal name Model name Number of occupied station Station No a 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB 15t ily 2 Terminal2 1 EMU2 RD3 C IES nie alz 2 Terminal2 2 EMU2 RD3 C St aja 2 2 Terminal2 3 EMU2 RD3 C last af E Terminarn 3 0 EM HMB O o IR m A Line of a terminal to be deleted PhaseVVire
6. Subject Contents Monitoring O Alarm type Limit alarm Fixed alarm value SystemLog O OutsideNotification LI 4 270 2 Setting the energy saving level monitoring Set the energy saving level used as the source data for energy saving coordinated operation with the external device air conditioner Enter or select each of the following items 1 Click Monitoring The box will be checked Subject Contents onitoring Monitori Monitoring type Predicted demand Threshold 4 Predicted demand Threshold 3 Adjusted electrical power 3 Enter the threshold for each energy saving level in Threshold 4 Threshold 3 Threshold 2 and Threshold 1 Threshold 4 260 0 KW Threshold 3 220 0 kW Threshold 2 180 0 kW Threshold 1 120 0 kW SystemLog OutsideNotification LI 3 SystemLog L OutsideNotification rr A AO 1 All thresholds 1 to 4 must be set 2 If Predicted demand is selected for the monitoring type enter the values so that Threshold 4 gt Threshold 3 gt Threshold 2 gt Threshold 1 A value from 0 0 to 99999 9 can be entered The corresponding energy saving levels are as follow Level 4 gt Threshold 4 gt Level 3 gt Threshold 3 gt Level 2 gt Threshold value 2 gt Level 1 gt Threshold value 1 gt Level 0 3 If Adjusted electrical power is selected for the monitoring type enter the values so that Threshold 4 lt Threshold 3 lt
7. 3 Select the installed setting software and click Uninstall o x e a Control Panel Programs Programs and Features X Search Programs and Features y Control Panel Home Uninstall or change a program View installed updates To uninstall a program select it from the list and then click Uninstall Change or Repair Ay Turn Windows features on or Organize 5 ae Name Publisher Installed On HE Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CO 8 21 2014 4 m gt MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CO Product version 2 0 0 0 Size 14 3 MB When the User Account Control dialog box is displayed click Continue 4 The Uninstall the application confirmation message is displayed Uninstall the application Click the Yes button Click the No button to cancel the uninstallation 5 The uninstallation is performed When the uninstallation is completed the Uninstall Completed dialog box is displayed Click the Close button 2 8 2 5 Upgrading the software This section describes the procedures when upgrading from an older version EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver1 to Ver2 EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver1 and Ver2 can be installed on the same PC How to check the version information Refer to 4 1 Operating Procedures Starting exiting the Setting software Remarks 1 Backing up the setting project of setting software Ver1 2 1 or earlier R
8. The data output setting demand control demand notification energy saving level monitor setting and air controller connection setting functions are supported only with the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 2 Selecting the details to set from the tree menu Output setting is selected as the default e Click the Close button to return to the Project setting dialog box 4 187 4 8 1 Data output settings These settings are made to output the measuring point data current value to the MELSEC PLC GOT using Ethernet communication or Ethernet Serial adaptor cable The settings output to the PLC GOT are managed as an output group Checking a list of data output group The following describes how to display and confirm the list of data output groups 1 Displaying the Output setting screen Click the Output setting in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen Output setting Data Output serdemand monitoring Output setting para Contact output SSS SSS SS Mail notification setting No Data output group name Di Terminalname i Set SMTP server Group data output1 1 Sequencer 192 168 3 10 Group data output2 2 Sequencer2 192 168 3 20 Demand notification Error notification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target valu
9. production amount measuring point Can a constant value such as area be Register a constant value for virtual measuring point to specified for production amount specify for production amount Deletion of Specific A Specific consumption measuring point A Specific consumption measuring point that is already consumption measuring cannot be deleted registered to a monitoring and notification settings point The message The measuring point is cannot be deleted registered to a monitoring and notification Delete the registered appropriate monitoring and settings Delete the registered items before notification settings deleting the Specific consumption measuring point appears Registration of equipment No equipment group can be registered No equipment is registered group Register at least one measuring point Can the same equipment be registered to The same equipment can be registered to multiple different groups groups at the same time What changes if the order of registration of The order of display will be the order of display of the list equipment to an equipment group is of equipment details on Measurement graph display changed screen Equipment on EcoWebServerlll Mail notification When you paste to copy the subject line and Paste by shortcut keys Ctrl V is enabled destination the right click menu Paste can not be used Each notification Upper lower limit Must be set to set of Monitoring in the measuring
10. 2 Displaying the Registration of the data output group screen Select a line of a data output group you want to register on the Output setting screen and click the Edit button The Registration of the data output group screen opens fate monitoring Output setting para No Data output group name rm Termimainame Line of a data output Initial Condition3 Regular report group you to be Upper and lower limit monitoring reg istered Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring L Energy planning value monitoring File transfer o Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Set SMTP server Demand notification Error notification om Initial condition1 Initial condition2 0 Y M n a Wh Data output group No 1 Data output group No Group data output Name Sequencer o PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QNACPU Start device No okt Measuring error information Output Start device No E Registered ID Unregistered ID lo Measuring point name Do Measuring point name Measuring point Measuring point2 create l rooster f cose 4 189 3 Entering or selecting the items Enter or select the following items Data output group Name Enter a name of the output group in the Data output group name A duplicate name cannot be registered Data output group No Group data output Characters Up to 2
11. 3 10 2 Setting the time zone and calendar This section describes the procedures for setting the time zone calendar Oy qe mene Set change the time zone name as needed Refer to l 4 3 3 Demand alarm and control name setting settings J Set the pattern of one day s time zone Refer to 2 Day pattern 2 se 4 3 4 Demand calendar settings y 3 Calendar Set the policy changeover month and each month s Refer to setting daily pattern calendar 4 3 4 Demand calendar settings The calendar can be set backward from the current date and time to the previous policy changeover month Up to 24 months can be set Set the calendar each time the time zone calendar is updated for a contract renewal Policy changeover month April Example when current date is June 2014 A Setting date selection range gt lt lt Current year s contract gt 4 Next year s contract gt This month Policy changeover month and calendar setting range 3 Test and adjustment This section describes the procedures for confirming the operation before starting actual operation and the procedure for adjusting to the business meter indicator value Turn the contacts for the set contact output No 1 Refer to 1 Confirming the contact to 32 ON close or OFF open 4 9 2 Contact output operation check Send a test mail if necessary Refer to 4 9 3 Demand control notification check
12. 6 After you finish checking the IP address turn the MODE STOP RUN switch to the RUN position 3 5 5 Setting the EcoWebServerlll time The EcoWebServerlll time is set to the default state before shipping Change the time with the following procedure 1 Displaying the Time screen 1 Select Time in the tree menu on the EcoWebServerlll Options screen Project name settings Data collecting settings Normal settings Cetin tomate Setlogging time E E CO E E Password f For maintenance Timezone Setting of date and time 2014 ME 3 iil 24 11 E 37 E 42 Timezone UTC 09 00 Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Password For maintenance 2 Selecting and inputting Setting of date and time Set the following items 2014 E 24 g 37 42 Timezone UTC 09 00 Osaka Sapporo Tokyo For maintenance 3 6 3 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the maintenance password ecopass 3 3 T z The default maintenance password is ecopass Enter the password after change if it was changed 4 Changing 1 A confirmation message appears when the ssns button is clicked Click the Yes button r Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software O The date and time is set to the main body of the product Project name sample IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Measuring point data collecting will be s
13. Editing demand setting is not registered Register Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the Normal dialog box Jm cms When the contents of demand time limit setting has been changed the message shown on the right is displayed Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Demand time limit have be changed Yes button To register O The following setting will be initialized No button Not to register Are you sure Alarm Control mask time Reclosing interval Daily pattern settng Example of display If the setting is incorrect the error message such as the one on the Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft WWW right will appear according to the invalid setting when the Register f button is clicked Q Circuit name is not set Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions ox 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 59 Editing the registered normal demand information This section described how to edit the registered
14. HA phase1 D ratio 19th HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio Sth _ HA phase3 D ratio7th _ HA phase3 D ratio 9th _ HA phase3 D ratio 11th _ _ _ HA phase3 D ratio 138th __ _ HA phase3 D ratio 15th ___ HA phase3 D ratio 17th __ _ HA phase3 D ratio 19th __ _ Active energy exp Pulse countervaluet________ Pulse counter value 2 __ _ _ Operating time 1 _ _ Operating time 2 _ _ Active energy Operating 1 ohase3 RMS total The total current is the average of R phase S phase and T phase The total voltage is the average of R S S T and T R The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required Harmonic current voltage total v Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave Because the detailed electric energy has a small number of significant digits the monthly graph daily amount and the year
15. If this value is not set hyphen is displayed Target value for upper limit monitoring If this value is not set hyphen is displayed Destination address of upper and lower limit monitoring notification mail transmission Subject of upper and lower limit monitoring notification mail Text of upper and lower limit monitoring notification mail 4 236 Registering a new upper and lower limit monitoring notification This sections explains the procedure for registering a new upper and lower limit monitoring notification mail transmission 1 Displaying the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen Click the Upper and lower limit monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Displaying the dialog box of Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration Double click the line of upper and lower limit monitoring notification No to be registered on the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen or select the line of the upper and lower limit monitoring notification No to be registered and click the Edit button ower Output setting Contact output jo Set SMTP server Error notification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 i Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Line of upper lower limit report No to be i registered on tn U NE o Mm
16. Output destination is not set Is contact output setting on Yes button Register the editing content and display the Contact output dialog box No button Register the editing content and back to the Project setting dialog box Example of display a WX MES3 255C EYI PDIP If the setting is incorrect the error message such as the one on the right will appear according to the invalid setting when the Register button is clicked Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 66 Editing a registered demand alarm and control information This section described how to edit an information of registered demand alarm and control 1 Displaying the Alarm and control dialog box Click the Alarm and Control button in the dialog box of project setting Alarm and control Alarm setting AlarmControl mask time Alarm type G Minute 0 30 Limit Alarm Carry out management based on calender setting Settings for each Time zone Time zone Time zone name W
17. RatedWoltage RatedCurrent If the terminal element of the selected terminal is registered Mode MES 225cDM EN setting software as a measuring point the message shown on the right will be Pz Terminal Terminall 3 is being registered to measuring point or displayed a contact output Please delete the terminal before you delete registered items Click the OK button to delete the measuring point first 3 Deleting A delete confirmation message appears Click the button to delete Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Yes button Delete the terminal and back to the Terminal dialog box No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Terminal dialog box 7 me j Delete the information of terminal name Terminall 3 SD Are you sure After the terminal is deleted its registration information is removed from the terminal list 4 82 lt To delete a multi circuit product gt To delete a multiple circuit product EMU2 RD3 C etc perform the step 1 to 3 However if you delete one circuit the other circuits in the terminal the terminal in the rows which have the same No will also be deleted automatically Ex The first circuit in the EMU2 RD3 C is deleted Terminal Select the terminal 3 1 1st circuit Terminal name Model name Station No Number of occupied station 1 Terminal and cli
18. Register Close 4 107 Registration a new measuring point group This section described how to a new measuring point group 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point registration button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Displaying the Measuring point group set dialog box Select an any measuring point on the measuring point registration dialog box and select lt Group setting gt from the Group selection pull down menu Measurng point SOME aai Name Groupi e Group 1 is set in Group No 1 as the default 3 Entering the measuring point group name EcoWebServerlll page sample Project Double click a cell with no name set and enter the measuring point group name This group name is shown in the graphs or the list of wu measuring points etc on the EcoWebServerlll page nome onan contr vat lc The entry conditions are as follows Up to 24 characters Characters Group name Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters lt gt If you use the characters in the list of prohibited characters in Appendix they may not be displayed correctly in the browser view of EcoWebServerlll 2 A duplicate measuring point group name cannot be registered 4 108 4 Registering Click the button on the Measuring point group set dialog box to register e Register button Register
19. Register button Register the measuring point information you set Close button Back to the Measuring point list dialog box If the setting is incorrect the error massage such as the one on the right will Example of display appear according to the invalid setting when Register button is clicked Modells 255 AS Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions x The name of measuring point is not set If you click Close button without clicking the Register button after Example of display changing the entry the message shown on the right will appear ModetMES3 255C EN setting software Yes Register _ The information of measuring point is not registered Do you want to register No Do not register j i Cancel Return to Measuring point screen 4 101 Setting the measuring point group This section described how to set measuring point group 1 Setting the measuring point group Set the measuring point group Select the group to set for the measuring point from the Group selection pull down menu To newly register a group select lt Group setting gt and open the Measuring point group setting screen Refer to 4 4 4 Measuring point group registration The measuring point group is automatically registered when selected from the pull down menu When the measuring point is newly registered it will be automatically registered in the No 1 as the
20. Yes button To execute collation of project roa RE No button To cancel collation of project IP address19216834 Comment Are you sure you want to execute 4 153 r 3 Model MES3 255C EN setting software If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the o pe main body ofthe procter message on the right will be displayed 7 Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on 2 For a wrong login name or a wrong password the message shown on the right is displayed 2 After completion of checking the checking result is displayed lt lf the projects match gt lt lf the projects do not match gt r r Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Model MES3 255C EN setting software O The Collation of Project has been completed i The Collation of Project has been completed Project name sample Project Project name sample Projectl IP address 10 162 34 48 IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Comment Project has corresponded Project has not corresponded e To read project continuously be done after waiting for about 30 seconds 4 154 Checking the project via drive This section explains the procedure to check a match between the project written in the CF card using the CompactFlash reader writer and the pro
21. 1P3W 220V SP4W 63 5 110V 110 190V 120 208V 220 380V 240 415V 254 440V Current rating 5A 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A 7500A 8000A 10000A 1 The range of Line to line voltage rating 110 x Current rating 5 gt 122 500 cannot be set 5 2 11 AJ65BT 68TD Setting item Setting range Compensate the cold junction Yes Checked with resistance temperature No Unchecked sensor Pt 100 5 6 5 3 List of measured items The following describes the measured items of the CC Link terminals supported by EcoWebServerlll 9 3 1 EMU4 BD1 MB A Currentphase2 A O Current phaseS A O Current Average A Voltage phasei2 V Voltage phase23 V Voltage phase3t V 5 7 9 3 2 EMU4 HD1 MB Measured items HA_D ratio_phase1_total HA_D ratio_phase2_total HA_D ratio_phase3_total HA_D ratio_phaseN_total HV_RMS _phase12 total HV_RMS phase12 1st HV_RMS_phase12_3rd HV RMS _phase12_5th HV RMS _phase12 7th HV RMS_phase12_ 9th HV RMS phase12 11th HV RMS _phase12_ 13th HV RMS _phase23_total HV RMS _phase23_1st HV RMS _phase23 3rd HV RMS_phase23_ 5th HV RMS_phase23_7th HV RMS _phase23_ 9th HV RMS _phase23_11th HV RMS _phase23_ 13th HV RMS _phase1N_ total HV RMS_phase1N_1st HV_RMS phase2N total HV_RMS_phase2N_1st HV
22. 2 Entering the meter information Inputting the each setting value Item Content amp Range VCT ratio Set up VCT ratio Range 1 to 100000 Calculate by VT PT ratio x CT ratio and set up the VCT ratio example for the calculation of VCT ratio lt VT PT ratio 6600V 110V CT ratio 100 5A gt VCTratio O 60x20 1200 Pulse constant value Set up the energy pulse factor for the secondary side input pulse Before the setting please read the user s manual first Range 1 to 50000 pulse kWh If there is a Pulse CONST input it to set up the equipment If there is a Pulse unit kWh pulse use the following calculation to get Pulse CONST input it to set up the equipment lt VT Ratio 6600 110V CT Ratio 200 5A Pulse unit 1kWh pulse gt 6600 200 PulseCONST RatinCTRatio 110 5 _60x40 2400 Pulse kWh Pulseunit 1 Multiplying factor Number of digits Integer part and multiplying factor will be possible to input by checking the checkbox Multiplying factor Referance About Multiplying factor Number of digits Set up the number of digits of integar part on the equipment Integer part Z steal Range 4108 Multiplying factor Set up the multiplying factor on equipment The value is multiplied by multiplying factor and value on the equipment Range 1to 100000 Demand time limit Set up Demand time limit adjustment Type adjustment Type Either of Initial TS External p
23. 3 The ID number of the measuring point selected is entered in the Expression ID number is 3 digits or 4 digits Expression The demand measuring point groups are displayed only on the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 2 If Integrate is selected for Data type the following measuring points appear as the demand measuring point group 1001 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 8 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 9 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 10 Whole day Time zone 1 Time zone 2 Time zone 3 Time zone 4 Time zone 5 Time zone 6 Time zone 7 SS AN AAA A AM AAM The integrated value of consumption Time zone 1 to integrated value of consumption Time zone 10 are displayed only when Carry out management based on calendar setting is checked lt To delete an expression gt e f you want to delete one expression click the BS button e f you want to clear all expressions click the BS button After you clicked the Clear button the following message will appear Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button
24. After registration of the operating status monitoring notification it becomes possible to notification the change of operating status by mail Up to 32 points can be registered for operating status monitoring notification However the target points are the measuring points for operating status monitoring only e If no measuring point of operating status monitoring data type is registered the settings of operating status monitoring notification cannot be registered e The settings of operating status monitoring notification can be registered only to a single measuring point and multiple registration to a same single measuring point is not allowed If intending to register multiple settings of operating status monitoring notification to a single measuring point register the same measuring point to multiple separate measuring points and register the conditions of operating status monitoring notification Confirming the list of registered operating status monitoring notifications This section explains the procedure for displaying and confirming the list of registered operating status monitoring notifications 1 Displaying the Operation status monitoring screen Click the Operation status monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen eiii iS 2 Owed Opeon sane moroa i a No Mail sending Suspend 1D Measuring point name Measuring point12 not set Measuring point13 Set SMTP server Error notification Initial co
25. Line of regular report No to be registered Mail sending Condition subject Delete Body E rev j cose 3 Setting the active inactive status of report 1 To set the regular report mail to be active check the Mail sending check box 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 4 230 4 Configuring report condition Registration of regular report Set the timing date and time to perform regular report No 1 V Mail sending Suspend e For daily Select the time Time Selection range OH to 23H Default value OH e For weekly Select a day of the week and the time Day of the wee k Registration of regular report Registration of regular report Selection range Sun to Sat No Mm Default value Sun 2a Time Condition Selection range OH to 23H Default value OH To Subject e For monthly Select a date and the time j Next gt Date Selection range 1 D to 28D o Default value 1D f nm ua Time V Mail sending V Mail sending Selection range 0H to 23H ia CA Default value OH 5 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail report Set these items only if checked the Mail sending check box Input conditions are as follows Up to 50 characters Prohibited characters Uns aad cannot be registered Default regular report Subject Up to 30 characters
26. MITSUBISHI ae ELECTRIC Mitsubishi Energy Saving Data Collecting Server EcoWebServerlll Model name MES3 255C EN MES3 255C DM EN Instruction Manual Setting Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project name san mple Project Data collecting settings Normal settings Extended settings rma Terminal Save Options y i Alarm and Control PLC GOT Specific consumption Write Output E a a pp 4 o Close Be sure to read this manual before using the equipment Please deliver this manual to the end user Table of Contents ls PR CTACG AAA A cunts axe a e a a 1 1 Tils G neral Nol gainer ter RS ere ee eee 1 1 asa Te Waraniyi CeO ne Nee eee ee nea en oer eer ae 1 1 lka TRACT AI Sse sess ce a ane lS nls Ne als lie 1 1 1225 oale precautions leia 1 2 A duo ctattendatatacann tal Gadate tte Sackett dated esntahciielatantecbestiamatedesasesabse 1 2 Me 2 O E AO AO A UE PCT PI A ETA ET E 1 2 1 3 PLECAUIOA SOU ti nda cal 1 2 4 Main teatures and SpeciicalON Suar a E a 1 4 1 4 1 Main features of the EcoWebServerlll setting software oooonccncccoconcconcnononnnnnononancnnnononanenonoss 1 4 142 System Contursi aos 1 4 14 35 HOC C ILC AON S li tdci lle li nal iido 1 5 Ze IDOTOreS US ii ada 2 1 2 1 Recommended system ENVIFONMENL cccccceeeeccccceeesececccaeseceecaaeseceeessauseeeeseseaeeeeesssaaeeeeeseaaeeeeesseages 2 1 22s GOS SAN ar AAA AA od 2 2 Zid IAS Me SO Ward A AA AA E A 2
27. Web server Communicates with up to 5 clients simultaneously Web browsers are used to view data FTP server Communicates with 2 clients Specific consumption Data of the year is transferred at the specified time once Annual every month Server function Transfers files via FTP in response to a command request from a client Client function HTTP client Communication with the air conditioner of up to 10 Carry out the notification of the emergency stop control and Energy saving level change FTP client 5 Communicates with one server Automatically transfers data files to the FTP server A path can be specified for each type SMTP client S Communicates with one SMTP server Notifies upper and lower limit errors and operation monitoring information by email Acquires and configures the time information periodically 4 Because logging data file of the today or the current month will be overwritten file transfer is unable when the data file in the FTP server is being used in other application S W Also when the data file is set overwrite protection in the FTP server cannot transfer 5 When the FTP server is stopped or LAN communication is abnormal can not be transferred and retransmission Also since any data in the FTP server is not deleted automatically clean up the server by deleting the data at regular intervals Display Real ti Demand value Display the following information about the demand control func
28. When the unit is set arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set 2 Output cannot be used 3 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring Ch5 digital input value lt Setting gt Ch13 digital input value 9 36 5 4 List of measured items of devices The following describes the measured items QCPU devices and GOT supported by EcoWebServerlll 5 4 1 Bit data a Range of accessible devices for commands common to high performance model QCPU process CPU dual CPU universal model QCPU and LCPU Device No X000000 to X001FFF Y 000000 to YOO1FFF Internal relay M M000000 to M008191 Latch relay L 000000 to Loosi91 Step relay s 5000000 to S008191 Link relay B __ B000000 to BOO1FFF F000000 to F002047 Special rey Timer Contact T 1S00000 to TS02047 Timer Coi T TC00000 to TC02047 Gounter Contact C CS00000 to CS01023 Counter Coil C CC00000 to CC01023 b Range of accessible devices for commands common to basic model QCPU Device No X000000 to X0007FF Y000000 to YO007FF M000000 to M008191 000000 to L002047 S000000 to S002047 B000000 to B0007FF F000000 to F001023 1500000 to TS00511 TC00000 to TC00511 CS00000 to CS0051 1 CC00000 to CC00511 5 37 c Range of accessible devices for commands common to QnACPU Measured items Device No nput x X000000 to X001FFF Output Y 000000 to YOO1FFF Internal relay M MO00000 to
29. aaa Y y 1 S l i 7 Y A l S i Virtual line oe i 7 Current Demand LL Masa 22 ee ee Pulse integrated time a Remaining time I a A A A lt lt A2 gt S L Time min Alarm mask time Current Demand time limit Level 1 alarm 4 27 2 Setting values related to Level 1 alarm Setting item Setting range Explanation Alarm mask time For 15 minute time limit Set the time that each alarm Level 1 alarm Level 2 0 to 15 minutes alarm limit alarm fixed alarm is not output after the 0 to 30 minutes For 60 minute time limit O to 60 minutes All day Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 10 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit 4 28 Level 2 alarm This alarm occurs when the adjusted electrical power excessive amount is higher than the control load capacity scheduled for shut off adjusted electrical power gt control load capacity scheduled for shut off The control load capacity can be set in the range of 0 0 to 99999 9 kW When the Level 2 alarm occurs it means that the adjusted electrical power is excessive negative value even if the control No scheduled for shut of
30. b02 Name Sp Cons Sp Cons 2 Unit kWh Energy amount numerator item name Measuring point2 Ref i Unit kwh Production Denominator item name Measuring point3 i f_o Unit kwh Register Decimal 1 digit v Close 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the Specific consumption measuring point list 1D Specific consumption measuring point ID Specific consumption measuring point name Specific consumption measuring point name Energy amount Measuring point name set for energy amount to be the numerator of the specific consumption Unit Registered unit Monitoring Registered monitoring on off state 4 121 Registering a new specific consumption measuring point This section described how to register a new specific consumption measuring point 1 Displaying the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box Click the Specific consumption button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting the line to register and clicking the Edit button Double click a line of an ID you want to register on the list in the Specific consumption measuring point list dialog box or select a line of an ID you want to register and then click the Edit button ID Specific consumption measuring point name Energy amount i Monitoring b01 Sp Cons 1 Measuring pointi b02 sp Cons 2 Measuring point Line of an ID to be registered Click the Edit bu
31. o 0 A 2 Measuring point2 Terminal2 1 Power fi factor Groupt lt not set 0 0 3 Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 Active energy kWh Group3 not set 0 0 4 Measuring point2 4 Terminal2 1 Power factor Group1 not set 0 0 al ID 4 1 Edit Name Measuring point2 4 Point type Terminal Device C PLC Terminal Name Terminai2 1 o YS Number of Upper and Lower limit monitoring 0 up to 32 Model EMU2 RD3 C Station No 5 Detail item Power factor v Unit FF range 0 100 0 Number of Operation monitoring 0 up to 32 Number of Energy planned value monitoring 0 e Multiple lines cannot be copied and pasted e Measuring point information cannot be pasted into a registered line e The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted measuring point name e The default value is set in the pasted address e The pasted measuring point information is automatically registered 4 104 Delete a registered measuring point This section described how to delete a registered measuring point 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a measuring point you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of a measuring point you want to delete in the measuring point list and then click the Delete button Line of a measuring point to
32. screen 4 198 Registering the data output settings demand control This section describes the procedures for registering the data output settings demand control The data output settings demand control cannot be registered if a single PLC or GOT is not registered 1 Displaying the Data output set Demand control screen Click the Data output set Demand control in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen output Data output set Demand monitoring e e Output settin A Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output The delay time of output finish fo Mail notification setting notification recsnae Set SMTP server Name PLC GOT series AAA Demand notification 2 Error notification Start device No El eee Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring 2 recceue Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer io Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set 3 Low rank Energy saving cooperation setting nn High rank seeesees Energy saving level monitor setting Low rank Lo Air conditioner connection setting Present demand High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Prospected demand Adjust power Permission power Former demand Remained
33. 1 0 0 10 0O 0 0 o o i D O lt 4 0 5 0 O lt 5 10 1 The total current is the average of R phase S phase and T phase 2 The total voltage is the average of R S S T and T R 3 4 5 7 8 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required The maximum phase current demand is the highest current demand of the current demands of the phases Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave Because the detailed electric energy has a small number of significant digits the monthly graph daily amount and the yearly graph monthly amount may not be displayed correctly For details on the significant digits of electric energy refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 5 3 5 EMU3 DP1 C Measured items Measured items Active energy Reactive energy Current phase
34. 2 3 voltage max y 3 1 voltage max y Average L L voltage min V 1 2 voltage_min____ y 2 3 voltage min o y 3 1 voltage min y Average _L N_voltage V 1 N_ voltage o e y 2 N_ voltage____ y 3 N voltage____ v Average L N_voltage max V__ 1 N voltage max 2 N_voltage max o y _ 3 N_voltage max o Vy Average L N_voltage min Z V 1 N_voltage min o y 2 N voltage min o y _3 N_voltage min a d V 5 24 Measured items 1 N_H_voltage_Total Measured items _current_17th 1 N_H_voltage_1st _current_ 19th 1 N_voltage_THD 1 N_voltage_HD_3rd 1 N_voltage_HD_5th 1 N_voltage_HD_7th 1 N_voltage_HD_9th 1 N_voltage_HD_11th 1 N_voltage_HD_13th 1 N_voltage_HD_15th 1 N_voltage_HD_17th 1 N_voltage_HD_19th 1 N_voltage_HD_21st 1 N_voltage_HD_23rd 1 N_voltage_HD_25th 1 N_voltage_HD_27th 1 N_voltage_HD_29th 1 N_voltage_HD_31st 2 N_H_voltage_Total 2 N_H_voltage_1st 2 N_voltage_THD 2 N_voltage_HD_3rd 2 N_voltage_HD_5th 2 N_voltage_HD_7th 2 N_voltage_HD_9th 2 N_voltage_HD_11th 2 N_voltage_HD_13th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 15th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 17th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 19th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 21st 2 N_ voltage _HD_ 23rd 2 N_ voltage HD 25th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 27th 2 N_ voltage HD 29th 2 N_voltage_HD_ 31st 3 N_H_voltage_ Total 3 N_H_voltage_1st 3 N_voltage_T
35. 250V 254V 265V 277V DA 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A 5 2 3 EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C EMU2 RD7 C Setting item Phase wire method Line to line voltage rating Current rating Setting range 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W 110V 220V 440V 690V 1100V 2200V 3300V 6600V 11000V 13200V 13800V 15000V 16500V 22000V 24000V 33000V 66000V 77000V 110000V 5A 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A 7500A 8000A 10000A 12000A 20000A 25000A 30000A 1 For 1P3W the voltage is fixed at 110V 2 The range of Line to line voltage rating x Current rating gt 88 665 kW cannot be set 5 3 5 2 4 EMU2 RD2 C 4W EMU2 RD4 C 4W Setting item Setting range Phase wire method 3P4W Line to line voltage rating 63 5 110V 110 190V 120 208V 220 380V 240 415V 254 440V Current rating 5A 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 254 30A 40A 504 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A 7500A 8000A 10000A 12000A 20000A 25000A 30000A 5 2 5 EMU3 DP1 C 1 For 1P3W the volta
36. 3 H_current_ 31th 3_current_ THD N H_current_ Total N H_current_1st N H_current_3rd N H_current_5th _current_7th _current_9th _current_11th OJO O 0 o 3S aS Zz I Z IIT 3S Z Z 2 Z I i O O Cc Cc D D gt gt ana gi k md N oO e e DE D current 1 9th z z z z E ap IL O O SGE D D ml ho al e Sia Z Z Z Z II current 27th H_current_29th H_current_31th AAAA AAAA ter i 5 25 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave
37. 432 kW Next control output load 1 scheduled for shut off Load capacity 150 kW Next control output load 2 scheduled for shut off Load capacity 200 kW Next control output load 3 scheduled for shut off Load capacity 100 kW At this time 150 200 100 lt 432 lt 150 200 is established and control output load 1 and control output load 2 are shut off simultaneously Control prohibited range Shut off control is not performed when the remaining time is less than 10 seconds 4 38 2 On control a Reclosing When the control method is set to Cyclic Reclosing Priority order Reclosing or Priority cyclic Reclosing the corresponding control output is turned on with the following conditions Judgment of whether the turn on control conditions are satisfied or not is performed at a 10 second interval in the control range In the time limit on range the turn on operation starts unconditionally at the start of the time limit Demand time limit switch Conditions None Operation All shut off control outputs are turned Until all shut off control outputs are on turned on Turn on interval 5 sec Time limit on Conditions Adjusted electrical power gt Control load capacity scheduled for turn on x2 Operation 1 control output on 10 seconds Turn on interval 30 sec or more E Conditions None Control prohibit Less than 10 seconds Operation Turn on prohibited Less than time
38. 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 5 26 5 3 15 ME96NSR Measured items Active energy Import Active power phase3 Active energy Export Reactive power phase1 Reactive energy Import lag Reactive power phase2 Reactive energy Export lag Reactive power phase3 Reactive energy Import lead VA total Reactive energy Export lead VA phase1 Active energy Import exp VA phase2 Active energy Export exp VA phase3 Reactive energy Import lag exp Power factor Reactive energy Export lag exp Power factor phase Reactive energy Import lead exp Power factor phase2 Reactive energy Export lead exp Power factor phase3 Current average Frequenc Current phase HV phase1 2 RMS total Current phase2 HV phase1 2 RMS 1st Current phase3 HV phase1 2 RMS 3rd Current phaseN HV phase1 2 RMS 5th Current demand average HV phase1 2 RMS 7th Current demand phase1 HV phase1 2 RMS 9th Current demand phase2 HV phase1 2 RMS 11th Current demand phase3 HV phase1 2 RMS 13th Current demand phaseN HV phase1 2 D ratio total Voltage L L average HV phase1 2 D ratio 3rd Voltage phase 2 HV phase1 2 D ratio 5th Voltage phase2 3 HV phase1 2 D ratio 7th Voltage phase3 1 HV phase1 2 D ratio 9th Voltage L N average HV phase1 2 D ratio 11th Voltage phase1 N HV phase1 2 D ratio 13th Voltage phase2 N HV phase2 3 RMS total Vol
39. About login ID password y 4 178 2 Inputting the system administration login ID and password To verify the permission for change type in the system administration login ID and password The default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass respectively 3 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the Old PW that is used before the change and a New PW to be used after the change For maintenance Old PW New PW feseseee New PW e Confirmation 1 Type in the current maintenance password in the Old PW field Default ecopass 2 Type in a new maintenance password at two sections the New PW and New PW confirmation fields The input conditions are as follows Characters Up to 8 characters A typed password will be displayed as asterisk 4 Changing 1 When you click the i Change button the confirmation message will Model MES3 255C EN setting software c be displayed Change the password for the maintenance of the main body of the Y product A Project name sample Projectl Yes button Executes the change of the maintenance IP address 10 16234 48 Comment pas SWO rd The main body of the product is reset after setting Are you sure you want to execute No button Cancels the change of the maintenance password Y If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable is ModelMES3 255C EN sett
40. Alarm mask time Shut off interval 30 sec or control longer 5 minutes Control mask Less than 5 minutes Multiple control numbers simultaneously shut off Shut off interval 30 sec or 30 seconds Emergency longer control 1 control output shut off Multiple control numbers Less than 30 seconds Shut off interval 10 sec or simultaneously shut off longer Shut off interval 10 sec or 10 seconds longer Sui kecsin io seconds Shut off prohibited Shut off prohibited Demand value kW Control prohibited range ontrol mask range Emergency control ge Normal control range Predicted demand 77 7 ei a A o ee D Vaan i S i I I I S i I Target demand Teas oad Ue Ma ce o Si gues S I I i I I I 7 i i Y i I S 1 1 l 7 7 I I i 1 I ER a TE P Virtual line on i po i 7 7 i Y i I I i S 1 1 Current Demand F pr a ee E i increased demand poa Pulse integrated time Remaining time a I I I I I Ea l Time min Alarm mask time Current 25 00 29 50 30 00 Example of 30 minute demand degree 4 37 1 2 3 4 Control mask range Within the alarm mask time the control output is not shut off regardless of whether a Level 1 alarm or Level 2 alarm is occurring Normal control range The control output is shut off when the Level 2 alarm is occurring One control output is shut off with one shut off control
41. Calendar setting management function Demand management is possible by setting the time zone switching calendar up to 24 months Time zone up to 10 Daily pattern up to 40 Maintenance Planned value Target Specifies monthly planned values and specific functions value setting consumption planned values for the year fiscal year Time setting Reads and sets the current date and time Demand Normal setting functions 1 50000 pulse kWh Default 50000 value Multiplying factor digits factor Initial TS Default Initial TS adjustment type External pulse signal 15 30 60 minutes Default 30 Alarm and Alarm Control O n minutes n demand Default 6 Control mask time time limit Alarm type Management Checked Not checked Default Not checked Settings for each Set the following to the time zone 1 10 Target demand 0 0 999999 9 kW Default 300 0 value Base power 0 0 99999 9 kW Default 0 0 Fixed alarm value 0 0 999999 9 kW Default 240 0 Time zone name 8 characters Default Whole day Demand contro Selected from the following type Cyclic Reclosing Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval Priority order Reclosing Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit Priority cyclic Reclosing Number of circuits Priority order Control capacity Reclosing interval 1 n minutes Default 5 n demand time limit Manual control Up to 12 circuits If man
42. Clear all expressions and back to the Virtual measuring O Are you sure you want to clear all arithmetic expression point dialog box No button Cancel clearing and back to the Virtual measuring point dialog box 4 116 5 Registering Click the button on the Virtual measuring point dialog box to register i Register Register button Register the virtual measuring point information you set Close button Back to the project setting dialog box l Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display ei displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details ES Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item x The name of Virtual measuring point is repeated Model MES3 255C EN setting software 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown E ee ee ae are on the right is displayed ES Do you want to register Yes button To register E No Cancel No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the Vertual measuring point dialog box When the entries of the expression are incorrect the following error message will appear Click the OK button and then enter a correct expression Error message Example of bad entry Countermeasures Algorithm errors ID001 1 2
43. D T N Item Description Demand alarm and control Refers to a record of the demand alarm occurrence reset and demand control history data System log values target Specific consumptions and password read only permission login ID and password read and write permissions for all files FTP server Refers to a server that provides files on the Internet via LAN FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol SMTP server Refers to a mail server that performs the transmission process of email to distribute it to other mail servers on the Internet via LAN SMTP stands for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SNTP server Refers to a server that provides time information to clients on the network SNTP stands for Simple Network Time Protocol Domain name Refers to the identifier of a computer or computer group that is connected to the Internet via LAN DNS server Refers to a server that converts domain names into IP addresses on the Internet via LAN DNS stands for Domain Name System 2 3 2 3 Installing the software The setting software can be easily set up and launched by using the dedicated installer When setting up the EcoWebServerlll setting software for the first time be sure to read this chapter before performing the set up To perform the set up you must log in with the administrator privileges 1 The operations and dialog boxes may be varied depending on the type of OS on your PC or the operating environment ME
44. D p w lt D2 Iojojo pg IN gt N lt o a D O D po y nm D N oo J lt LI lt ojo os o o O S Z IO vio lt 100 ol fab C oO power Reactive power Power factor Frequency gt O lt D 3 ohase2 phase3 Electric power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS total HA phase3 RMS ist HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase1 D ratio total HA phase1 D ratio 3rd HA phase1 D ratio 5th HA phase1 D ratio 7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th HA phase1 D ratio 11th HA phase D ratio 13th HA phase3 D ratio total il reee ivi ojoj m gt OOOO Ccycycyec eee ee RA AS JT en ee ee ee ee ODIDI III r ojojojo DIII 3 3 3 3 DIVIDIDO III alaaa O 3 S x D Eor N 3 2 3 O gt o Mm 0 Yo SN PS SIS SN HA HA HV HV HV HV phase2 3 RMS 3rd HV HV HV HV HV V Oo i aa 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of the currents of the phases For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R phase S phase and T phase 3 The total voltage i
45. Integrate Instant and Status 1 When Instant is selected The Power Factor PF selection check box is enabled Select the check box and specify the range in the PF range to register the power factor Data type t Integrate f Instant f Status Fower PF range V Factor PF a 056 100 0 50 100 50 2 When Status is selected The Record the status selection check box is enabled Select this check box to save an operation history to a file Up to 32 operation histories can be recorded Data type Integrate Instant Status Iv PF range 0 100 0 e Record the status 3 Device number Enter a device number with 7 characters in uppercase including the device name peeeneeeneeeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeaeanaearaeaearaeaeararararanaranananarananan Device numero Device number El FOF me posse range rerer to 5 7 List of measured Esis items of devices ouput Yo00000 Yoo07FE Internal relay M M000000 M008191 Latch relay L L000000 L002047 Link relay B B000000 B0007FF lt High performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU Universal model QCPU LCPU gt The setting range appears when the EIl button in the input field is clicked eet ia Internal relay M M000000 M008191 Latch relay L L000000 L008191 Link relay B B000000 B001FFF lt GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 gt Virtual device L L0000 L2047 Virtual device M M0000 M2
46. ME96SSR MB 3P4W Measured items Active_energy_ Import Active_energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive_energy_Export_lag Reactive energy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Apparent_energy Periodic_active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating_timet Operating _time2 Average_current Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current PhaseN_ current Average_current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max PhaseN _ current_max Average current demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand PhaseN_current_demand Average_current_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max PhaseN_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 voltage max 3 1 voltage _max Average _L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 _voltage_min 3 1 voltage_min Average _L N_ voltage 1 N_ voltage 2 N_voltage 3 N_voltage Average_L N voltage_max 1 N_voltage_max 2 N_voltage_max 3 N_voltage_max Average _L N voltage_min 1 N_voltage_min 2 N_voltage_min 3 N_voltage_min kWh kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh kVAh kWh Active_energy Import kWh _ Active_energy Export kWh _ Reactive_energy_Importlag kvarh Reactive_energy Exportlag kvarh Reactive_energy_Importlead kvarh Reactive_energy_Export lead kvamh_ Apparent_energy KkVAh Periodic_active_energy 1 kW
47. Prohibited characters ae Pa cannot be registered Up to 128 characters Bod j i Body Prohibited characters pee ae cannot be registered 4 231 6 Registering Click the button in the Registration of regular report dialog box to register Register Register button Register the set details of regular report RE Close button Back to the dialog box of Regular report registration Example of display If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Create lt Prev Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the Regular report registration dialog box The regular report information is not registered Y Do you want to register Cancel lt For continuous registration of regular report settings gt For continuous registration of regular report Registration of regular report settings click the Create button and repeat the gt steps from 3 to 6 Mail sending To confirm delete or change the previous Condon bey y registratio
48. Threshold 2 lt Threshold 1 A value from 99999 9 to 99999 9 can be entered as the threshold The corresponding energy saving levels are as follow Level 4 lt Threshold 4 lt Level 3 lt Threshold 3 lt Level 2 lt Threshold value 2 lt Level 1 lt Threshold value 1 lt Level 0 4 The setting will not be not accepted if the threshold 1 to 4 order is reversed 4 271 3 Setting the emergency stop order monitoring The emergency stop order is linked with the limit alarm or fixed alarm during demand control To change the monitoring method or related values base power fixed alarm value the settings must be changed on the Demand alarm and control setting screen Set the following items 1 Click Monitoring The box will be checked Energy saving level setting Subject Contents nitoring Monitori SystemLog OutsideNotification L oystemLog Ol 4 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Energy saving level monitor setting to register Register Register button Register the set details of energy saving level monitor setting information Close button Back to the project setting dialog box displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model MES3 255C DBEEN setting soft Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Xx Tiweshold 4is not set Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software
49. a LAN cable is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on e TA the right will appear A Click the No button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power Ye No Cancel Yes button Executes the operation check of next output destination Cancel button Executes the operation check of next output destination However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the operation check on all selected output destination is MedetMES 2256EN setting softw ES completed the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Confirm contact output dialog box 4 283 4 Checking the results of execution The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Output status and Result code columns on the Confirm contact output dialog box n Test Confirm contact outpu No Outputname temname Outputunit Ch f Output status Resutt Code Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Confirm mail sending Demand nortification Error regular notification Measuring point data monitoring report The results of execution are showed as below Contact status Displays OFF and ON Results code Execution completion Fail Communication error 19 Timeout error Connection error If the execution results
50. code column on the Confirm terminal connection dialog box Test Confirm termi ai COMME Confirm terminal connection No Terminainame Modelname Number of occupied station Station No Result Code Confirm contact output 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB 1St 1 Timeout error Confirm mail sending 2 Terminal2 EMU3 DP1 C 1St 2 Timeout error Demand nortification 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Error regular notification 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Measuring point data monitoring report 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection The connectivity check is performed for each terminal and shows the results as below OK The terminal with corresponding station No is connected Terminal transmission error XXXXX The communication error such as the terminal is not power ON the connection is not proper or the setting of the station number is not correct XXXXX refers to an error code Refer to 5 15 List of error codes If the terminal error EXXXX or terminal error XXXXX occurs investigate the cause based on the error code provided and then review the registration information of the terminal or check the installation condition of the terminal again e If the CC Link terminal with the appropriate station number is connected the result of the connectivity check should be OK even if the terminal name you set
51. e po 15 Daily pattern 04 DARAS a o o feo eo po a o fe e feo ee po fj feo ee Ro 105 a ff feo ee Ro feo ea po 1 fmf feo eo po 15 lt Pasting daily pattern definition gt The daily pattern definition can be pasted row by row Multiple lines possible Select the Daily pattern name or No to paste and press the right click menu Paste daily pattern No DE E Demand time imt 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 88 k eee 00 30min 2l 2 2 2 2l 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ee 30 60min 2l 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2l 2 3 00 30min E i A O O A ee es ee ee 2 Others PI e 30 60min a a a s a s al al s al 3 3 Daily pattern 03 r 1 00 30min 001 0 1 1 1 4 9 1 1 d 1 1 ee Copy daily pattern definition Ctrl C 4 y i ay 1 1 d 13 d 1 1 3 d 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EEEE E EA AA EA OA TTI No Demand te int 01 2 3145 16 7 89 10 P a 00 30min 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 imme 30 60min 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ae 00 30min 3 al a l a a a l aj A 30 60min L ee ed A PEE A A IA 010 O 00 30min a 2 2 2 al al al al 2 2 ai i n p 30 60min 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i J O 3 a gt a f 00 30min 31 al al al al 3 3 a ai a al ila Others 4 L i i AAA EN 30 50min 3 _ 21 E _ 2L _ 3L Mel _ 3 3 _ 3 El 00 30min TPaltalalalalalalal ala s Daily pattern 05 30 60min al al al al al al al al al
52. gt 2 contro When all control numbers from the oldest order of priority have been shut Current demand time limit off the system returns to the newest order of priority output and shuts off the control outputs The next demand time limit is also shut off following the order of priority numbers Next time limit shut off At the next demand time limit the shut off starts from the control output in control the order of priority following the previous time limit Next demand time limit If the next order of priority output is manually controlled at the previous demand time limit the shut off starts from the next control output in the order If the priority setting is changed shut off starts from the newest order of Shut off control when the priority number at the demand time limit following the setting change order of priority number setting is changed Cannot be turned on until the demand time limit ends Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit When the next demand time limit starts the control outputs are all turned on in order of longest shut off time including the control numbers that have Next time limit turn on been controlled manually control If the control outputs have the same shut off time they are turned on in the Next demand time limit order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on con
53. input unit 32 points o ewionten oe Terminal block type DC input Remote l O station transistor output combined unii CR AJ65SBTB1 16DT Input 8 points Output 8 points Terminal block type DC input Remote l O station transistor output combined unit MUS AJ65SBTB1 32DT Input 16 points Output 16 points Intelligent device i CC Link master local unit QJ61BT11N g 1 station Local station station occupied Intelligent device i CC Link master local unit LCPU LJ61BT11 g 1 station Local station A station occupied 1 station occupied 1 station occupied 5 2 5 2 List of model information The following describes the details of setting and setting ranges for models that require the setting of model information on the terminal registration screen 5 2 1 EMU4 BD1 MB Voltage rating Current rating 9 2 2 EMU4 HD1 MB Setting item Phase wire method Voltage rating Current rating Setting range 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W 1P2W 3P3W 110V 220V 440V 690V 1100V 2200V 3300V 6600V 1P3W 110V DA 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A Setting range 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W 3P4W 1P2W 3P3W 110V 220V 440V 690V 1100V 2200V 3300V 6600V 1P3W 110V 3P4W 63 5V 100V 105V 110V 115V 120V 127V 200V 220V 230V 240V 242V
54. is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 29 5 3 16 ME110SSR C H 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W Measured items Active energy Import Active energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive energy Export lag Reactive energy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Current phase1 Current phase2 Current phase3 Voltage phasel 2 Voltage phase2 3 Voltage phase3 1 Active power Reactive power Power factor Frequency Current demand phase1 Current demand phase2 Current demand phase3 Electric power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS
55. load that cannot be shut off is calculated This means that if the current demand exceeds the power limit the target demand will be exceeded even if all loads other than the base power are shut off 1 Setting values related to power limit Demand time limit 15 30 60 Demand time limit for demand control minutes All day Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 10 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit 4 25 2 Measuring value 1 Expression for power limit Base power Power limit Target demand _ _ _ _ Demandtimelimit x Remaining time kW Demand value kW Target demand N Base power Virtual line Power limit Current Demand Remaining time Current Power limit 2 Resolution and maximum
56. name server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company 4 216 4 8 5 Demand notification Only with models provided with demand control function This section describes the operations for Demand notification When registered as a demand notification a mail notice can be sent out when one of the following events occurs Level 1 alarm occurrence Level 1 alarm recovery Level 2 alarm occurrence Level 2 alarm recovery Limit fixed alarm occurrence Limit fixed alarm recovery Battery error demand control unit occurrence Demand time limit adjustment by external pulse occurrence Demand time limit adjustment by external pulse recovery Demand control error occurrence The demand notification registration function is available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function Checking the list of registered demand notifications This section explains the procedures for displaying and confirming the list of registered demand notifications 1 Displaying the Demand notification screen Click the Demand notification in the tree menu on the Output screen A r m Output Demand notification Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server rror notification Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Op
57. od lt e gt y N N N n lt lt e e PS OS lt e lt e gt o o o Oo o o 3S Oo i TAIN i i E Active energy Import _ Wh Active_energy Export Wh Reactive_energy_Importlag kvarh Reactive_energy Exportlag kvarh Reactive_energy_Importlead _kvarh Reactive_energy_Export_lead____ _kvarh Periodic_active_energy 1 kWh _ Periodic _active_energy 2 kWh Operating time h Operating time2 h Average curret A Phasel_current O O A Phase2_curret A Phase3_curret A Average_current_max A Phase1_currentmax A Phase2_currentmax A Phase3_currentmax A Average_currentdemand A Phase1_currentdemand A Phase2_currentdemand A Phase3_currentdemand A Average_current demand max A Phase1_current_demand_max____ A Phase2_current_demand_ max A Phase3_current_demand max A Average L L voltage V 1 2 voltage o E y 2 3 voltage y 3 1 voltage o y Average _L L_ voltage max Z V 1 2 voltage max y 2 3 voltage max y 3 1 voltage max y Average L L voltage min _ _ V 1 2 voltage min o A y 2 3 voltage min o y 3 1 voltage min o y Total_active power W Total_active power_max KW Total_active power min W Total rolling demand kW Total rolling demand_max____ _ kW Total reactive power kwar Total reactive power_max____ kvar Total_reactive_power_min_______ kvar Total_power_factor
58. phases D ratio 9th HA phases D ratio 11th HA phase D ratio 13th HV phase1 N RMS total HV phase1 N RMS ist HV phase1 N RMS 8rd HV phase1 N RMS 5th HV phase1 N RMS 7th HV phase1 N RMS 9th HV phase1 N RMS 11th HV phase1 N RMS 13th HV phase2 N RMS total HV phase2 N RMS ist HV phase2 N RMS 3rd HV phase2 N RMS 5th HV phase2 N RMS 7th HV phase2 N RMS 9th HV phase2 N RMS 11th HV phase2 N RMS 13th HV phase3 N RMS total HV phase3 N RMS 1st HV phase3 N RMS 3rd HV phase3 N RMS 5th HV phase3 N RMS 7th HV phase3 N RMS 9th HV phase3 N RMS 11th HV phase3 N RMS 13th HV phase1 N D ratio total HV phase1 N D ratio 3rd HV phase1 N D ratio 5th HV phase1 N D ratio 7th HV phase1 N D ratio 9th HV phase1 N D ratio 11th HV phase1 N D ratio 13th HV phase2 N D ratio total HV phase2 N D ratio 3rd HV phase2 N D ratio 5th HV phase2 N D ratio 7th HV phase2 N D ratio 9th HV phase2 N D ratio 11th HV phase2 N D ratio 13th HV phase3 N D ratio total HV phase3 N D ratio 3rd HV phase3 N D ratio 5th HV phase3 N D ratio 7th HV phase3 N D ratio 9th HV phase3 N D ratio 11th HV phase3 N D ratio 13th exp kWh Reactive energ urrent phase2 gt Oo ohase1 2 3 lt I lt IOIOIOIOIO gt ololelcelc c Q pri fr ee ee a ee a gt al 91M ID ID Io lt QRLNISISIS 5 D D D e OD 5 Lo v o lo po gt lt 5 5 5 D A DO mM O T MELALA 77 D gt o D D he o Z I w o 3 D
59. 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 226 transfer complete 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM 04 00PM lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt lt DIR gt ZoomLog DayLog DayBak MonthLog MonthBak YearLog YearBak ADE WV ele VDayBak VMonthLog VMonthBak BDayLog BDayBak SystemLog SystemBak DB eye DIBak ftp 916 bytes received in 0 11Seconds 8 40Kbytes sec AAA Display of the above is an example Refer to the table on the next page for more information 5 58 1 Each directory stores the following data files 2 The Bak directory stores backup data that is used for restoring a corrupted file Normally use the Log directory Direct ene Stored file Remarks name Daily data file _ Monthly data fi OOO Yearly data file e Vinual aly datafile VMonthLog Virtual monthly data le SS Specific consumption day data fle Equipment dal data le System log fil Operation history datafile Demand alarm and control o history data fl Demand data Gaje Demand data Monthly file Demand data Annual file Demand data is a file that only models with demand
60. 1 to 100000 Calculate by VT PT ratio x CT ratio and set up the VCT ratio example for the calculation of VCT ratio lt VT PT ratio 6600V 110V CT ratio 100 5A gt VCTratio ae 100 _ 60x20 1200 Pulse constant value Set up the energy pulse factor for the secondary 7 pulse Before the setting please read the user s manual fi Range 1 to 50000 pulse kWh If there is a Pulse CONST input it to set up the equipment If there is a Pulse unit kWh pulse use the following calculation to get Pulse CONST input it to set up the equipment lt VT Ratio 6600 110V CT Ratio 200 5A Pulse unit 1kWh pulse gt 6600 200 e PulseconsT MTRetioOTRatio_ 110 5 60x40 2400 pulse kWh Puls eunit 1 Number of digits Integer part and multiplying factor will be possible to input by checking the checkbox Multiplying factor Referance y About Multiplying factor Multiplying factor umber of digits Integer part Set up the number of digits of integar part on the equipment Range 4106 Set up the multiplying factor on equipment e value is multiplied by multiplying factor and value on the equipment 1 to 100000 Demand time limit f EER adj t Type Set up Demand time limit adjustment Type Range Either of Initial TS External pulse signal When clicking the help button Help for demand general settings dialog box is displayed 4 56
61. 13th Measured items HA phase1 D ratio total HA phase D ratio 3rd HA phase D ratio 5th HA phase D ratio 7th HA phase D ratio 9th HA phase D ratio 11th HA phase D ratio 13th HA phase2 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio 5th HA phase3 D ratio 7th HA phase3 D ratio 9th HA phase3 D ratio 11th HA phase3 D ratio 13th HA phaseN D ratio total HV phase1 2 RMS total HV phase1 2 RMS 1st HV phase1 2 RMS 3rd HV phase1 2 RMS 5th HV phase1 2 RMS 7th HV phase1 2 RMS 9th HV phase1 2 RMS 11th HV phase1 2 RMS 13th HV phase2 3 RMS total HV phase2 3 RMS 1st HV phase2 3 RMS 3rd HV phase2 3 RMS 5th HV phase2 3 RMS 7th HV phase2 3 RMS 9th HV phase2 3 RMS 11th HV phase2 3 RMS 13th HV phase1 2 D ratio total HV phase1 2 D ratio 3rd HV phase1 2 D ratio 5th HV phase1 2 D ratio 7th HV phase1 2 D ratio 9th HV phase1 2 D ratio 11th HV phase1 2 D ratio 13th HV phase2 3 D ratio total HV phase2 3 D ratio 3rd HV phase2 3 D ratio 5th HV phase2 3 D ratio 7th HV phase2 3 D ratio 9th HV phase2 3 D ratio 11th HV phase2 3 D ratio 13th HV phase1 N RMS total HV phase1 N RMS 1st HV phase2 N RMS total HV phase2 N RMS 1st HV phase3 N RMS total HV phase3 N RMS ist HV phase1 N D ratio total HV phase1 N D ratio 3rd HV phase1 N D ratio 5th HV phase1 N D ratio 7th HV phase1 N D ratio 9th HV phase1 N D ratio 11th HV phase1 N D ratio 13th HV phase2 N D ratio total
62. 211 Editing the registered contact outputs This section describes the procedures for changing a registered contact output Output unit output Ch Name Method Output conditions 1 Displaying the Contact output screen Click the Contact output in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Selecting the contact output No to edit Select the line of the contact output No to be edited and click the Output condition editing button MN Mr Mr lt a 1d SOs E Line of contact output Contact output No list No to be edited No Output unit Output Ch 1 Internal output unit 0 2 Internal output unit 1 internal output uni internal output unit 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E A _ deiete Output condition f Registration of contact output condition Output No 4 Name Contact outputs Method Automatic vr Output condition linked Turn ON when output condition is satisfied and restored back to OFF One shot 10 sec Turn ON for when output condition is satisfied back to OFF after 10 seconds 2 Detailed A Item Error information Uncheck Monitoring condition item name SA001 System Memory card error SA002 System Measuring error SA003 System Battery error SA004 System File transfer error 5 SA005 System Auto time adjustment errc Register l Close 3 Editing the items to be changed
63. 302 4 9 8 Integrated count value settings only models with demand control function ooccoccco 4 304 49 9 Dala Cole CUINA ATA AA AAA 4 308 A GAO DCI STIG daa ete 4 311 A911 Ec oWebServerlll res A A A A A A A cet te 4 314 Da APRENDE A A A a 5 1 5 1 List Of support terminals ccccconnnnccccnnnnccconnncnnoncncnnnnnononnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnranrnrenennnnennananes 5 1 9 2 IST OF mMOdel Italia dt dla dad 5 3 el EMUABD MB dc de 5 3 5 2 2 EMVIA ADE MB stes 5 3 5 2 3 EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C EMU2 RD7 C coocccccccnnnccnnnccnconcnnnonnnancnnnonnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnnnonanrcnnnnnnannoss 5 3 5 2 4 EMU2 RD2 C 4W EMU2 RD4 C 4W irona A ET 5 4 D20 O te ease erst sina ese E e ek edeae nie tote ieee T EN 5 4 D20 MDUW O PP A ern eae ree 5 4 2 AE OI BIE dl een id 5 4 5 2 9 ME96SSR MB ME9IOS SH MB 0 0 AA dd 5 4 5 29 MEITOS SR O o do elos 5 5 2 TO MEITONS R iu deidad 5 6 Sel AJOS ID erence nee oe ner Ch o ad 5 6 9 3 Listo measured ITEMS card ii boi 5 7 SA MEN eI MB aie ast te Seesmic pelts aoe ets E a aussie eon E eee Aa EN 5 7 330 2 EMUERDA MB turns eee ee eee eee eee ene ae ere 5 8 5 3 3 EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C EMU2 RD7B oooooocccnnccccccccnonccnnnccnnocconcccnnnnnnnononannnnnnnnnnononannennnnnons 5 9 5 3 4 EMU2 RD2 C 4W EMU2 RD4 C 4W oocccccccccccccooccconnccnconononccnnnnnonononnncnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnannrnnnnnnnns 5 10 O EME DA e do Pa O do 5 12 53107 MDI W GAN IA AA 5 13 Da MM e
64. 4 22 U instaling te SOMW ANG rt SAA AS AAA AA A 2 7 2 52 Upgradino the SO MW ANS a Sasadetebexs 2 9 3 FOW OF SCHININI 3 1 3 1 Procedures for initial settings COMMON cccccsssssecccceeeeeeeecsaeeeceeecseaseceeeseaaeceesssaaeeeeessaaeseeeeesaaass 3 1 3 2 Setting procedures for starting operation without demand control function ccccoonccnncccnonncnncnnno 3 8 3 3 Setting procedures for starting operation with demand control functiON o cccccocooncnnnccnoanennnnnnnn 3 9 A Operating PrOCeQU ES cia iaa 4 1 411 Saning exXiing Ne seting SOUWANC it AN 4 3 4 2s PRoJec manade mena 4 5 4 2 1 Registening a Mew pro ltd 4 5 422 Openinga O o Lee en cere 4 7 A232 Deleng a e 4 8 4 2 4 Modifying the project information ccccccconncnnccccnnncnnnccnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnanrnnnonnnancnns 4 9 Ae SOD ING a lO eolica tics 4 10 4 2 6 Backing UP projects cccccccccssssececccseseceecceeuseeeeeeseaecessesaueeeessaaueeeeesseuaeeeeesseaecesessaaeeeeessaaaeeeees 4 11 4 2 7 Restoring projects nx iiwetseiesntavszedecotanicntinnvcduriuastentenes cdpverabedeiunensiatinadddusaceradutiasdvetsduaiGetGtaldexcuuayaduads 4 14 4 3 Demand control and Control Section Specifications only with demand control function 4 17 A331 DEMANG MEASUTING TUNCUON iio AAA AAA 4 17 4 3 2 Demand control and alarm function ooccccccccocncnncconnnnnnncnonanennnonnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnonnnnnnnnnn
65. 4 228 4 8 7 Regular report registration This section explains the operation procedure in the Regular report After registration of the regular report setting it becomes possible to issue the mail report from EcoWebServerlll periodically Up to 8 points can be registered for regular report Confirming the list of registered regular report setting This section explains the procedure to display the list of registered regular report setting and confirm it 1 Displaying the Regular report dialog box Click the Regular report in the tree menu on the Output screen Output setting l Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output No Mail sending Report condition 1 Report condition 2 Report condition 3 Mail notification setting not set Monthly 1D 6H aaa yama m a ATA not set Demand notification Error notification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 oN MD ON amp WwW NE erro Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer rs Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy Saving cooperation setting i Energy saving level monitor setting i Air conditioner connection setting 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list No Regular report No Mail sending Active or inactive status of regular report by mail Suspend Active or in
66. A maximum of 64 terminals can be registered Number of terminals that can be registered varies depending on the settings Checking the list of registered terminals The following describes how to display and check the list of registered terminals Project name sample Project Data collecting settings 1 Displaying the Terminal dialog box Click the Terminal button in the dialog box of project setting SEA Extended settings A PLC GOT Specific consumption Wii di Measuring point Equipment Details Model name Number of occupied station Station No A 2 Terminal2 1 EMU2 RD3 C 2 Terminal2 2 EMU2 RD3 C 2 Terminal2 3 EMU2 RD3 C 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the Terminal No Terminal No 1 Terminal name Registered terminal name Model name Registered model name Number of occupied stations No of stations occupied by registered terminal 2 Station No Registered station No For the multi circuit product EMU2 RD3 C etc one circuit is shown per line and the same terminal No is shown for each circuit This is because the terminal information such as the rated voltage can be set for each measuring circuit The No of occupied stations varies depending on the selected model 4 76 Registering a new terminal This section described how to register a new terminal 1 Displaying the Termina
67. Average _L L voltage min _ _ V 1 2 voltage min PV 2 3 voltage min e y 3 1 voltage min o y Total_active power KW Total active power_max W Total_active power_min KW Total_roling demand w Total rolling demand_max_ kW Total_reactive power kwar Total_reactive powermax kvar Total reactive power_min________ kvar_ 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 5 17 9 3 11
68. Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set E Epe b Group ETT Name Measuring point Condition lu amp L Lower limit 0 Upper limit 100 To Create Subject upper or lower limit error te f cose Body Upper and lower limit abnormal occurred ah x Register Close 3 Setting the active inactive status of notification 1 To send the upper and lower limit monitoring notification mail check the Mail sending 2 To hold the mail temporarily when sending a mail check the Suspend check box 4 237 4 Specifying the measuring point to notification AAA Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration Select the measuring points for upper and lower limit monitoring notificatiot No 2 1 Select Group V Mail sending Suspend Group Name Condition Lower limit a 2 Select the measuring points for upper and lower limit including in the group selected in 1 Condition Measuring point Measuring point A A M A No iz E V Mail sending Only instantaneous value measuring points set T Suspend to upper limit monitoring lower limit Group Group monitoring or upper lower limit monitoring on Measuring points l are displayed in the pull down menu Lower limit e The information set for the selected measuring point no a is displayed in the moni
69. HD 23rd 2 3 voltage HD 25th 2 3 voltage HD 27th 2 3 voltage HD 29th 2 3 voltage HD 31st 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th _current_7th _current_9th _current_11th _current_13th _current_15th _current_17th _current_19th _current_21st _current_23rd _current_ 25th _current_27th _current_ 29th _current_31th 1 current _THD 2 H_current_ Total 2 H_current_1st 2 H_current_3rd 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current_7th 2 H_current_9th 2 H_current_11th 2 H_current_ 13th 2 H_current_ 15th 2 H_current_17th 2 H_current_ 19th 2 H_current_ 21st 2 H_ current 23rd 2 H_current_ 25th 2 H_current_27th 2 H_current_29th 2 H_current_31th 2 current_THD 3 H_current_Total 3 H_current_1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_5th 3 H_current_ 7th 3 H_current_ 9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_ 13th 3 H_current_ 15th 3 H_current_17th 3 H_current_ 19th 3 H_current_ 21st 3 H_current_ 23rd 3 H_current_ 25th 3 H_current_27th 3 H_current_ 29th 3 H_current_ 31th 3_current_ THD 9 20 kWh kWh kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh V O ojo o 3s kWh O O O O O zL zL o eterno i i i i i I xIx elec bese Z gt T i T o o 3s a8 o o o o o o OJO LO LO LO IO J0 3s 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phas
70. HV phase2 N D ratio 3rd kWh SN kvarh Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo Oo O O 0 0 90 1 90 O 1 0 0 1 0 JO 0 0 O x TTT reitero 9 31 3 HV i HV E 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of R phase current S phase current and T phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of R S voltage S T voltage and T R voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of R N voltage S N voltage and T N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V X Harmonic current voltage nth y n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 32 5 3 18 ME110NSR C kWh Yo kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh A A A Oo Oo Oo Oo H HV HV HV phase2 3 RMS 9th HV p
71. If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Mode mes3 255C EN setting software Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button To go back to the Auto time adjustment x The SNTP server is not specified Model MES3 255C EN setting software esl The information of auto time adjustment is not registered Do you want to register dialog box 4 175 4 7 4 Logging date time settings This section describes the procedures for operating the Set logging time The measuring point logging cycle time and date are set with logging date time setting Setting the logging date time 1 Displaying the Set logging time dialog box Click the Set logging time in the tree menu on the unit setting dialog box Options ogging time IP address l Time iB o time adiustmen Daily log 60 min Password Monthly log OH RE For maintenance For getting data Annual log 1D loH oon FOr system management 2 Setting the logging information 1 Select the daily logging cycle Data is collected a
72. July 28 2014 in the calendar settings Thus the system runs with pattern 3 on July 28 2014 21 00 to 21 30 is set to time zone 2 in the daily pattern so the time zone 2 settings target demand 300 0 kW fixed alarm value 0 0 kW base power 40 0 kW are used during 21 00 to 21 30 on July 28 2014 lt Image gt Calendar setting Daily pattern setting Time zone setting 24 months using the enactment Daily pattern 1 to 40 Time zone 1 to 10 changeover month as the starting month Setting of year 2014 2 1 daily pattern 3 ra 0 00 00 30 time zone 1 0 30 01 00 time zone 1 1 00 01 30 time zone 1 1 30 02 00 time zone 1 2 00 02 30 time zone 1 Mr Nh A 5A d o d i S 5 4 daily pattern 3 2 30 03 00 time zone 1 24 5 daily pattern 2 03 00 03 30 _ time zone 1 7 D 3 30 04 00 time zone1 gt FH 28 daily pattern 3 A als HTarget demand 300 0kW 29 daily pattern 3 21 00 21 30 time zone 2 Fixed alarm value 0 0 330 daily pattern 3 21 50 22 00 time zone 2 1 daily pattern 3 122 00 22 30 time zone 2 2 30 23 00 time zone 2 3 00 23 30 time zone 3 3 30 24 00 time zone 3 S0 00 tmezone2 Based power 40 0kW NInININIPIP lololololo lololo NMIN RIN lelelole olslele O NIN Refer to 4 4 2 Demand alarm and control setting and 4 4 3 Demand calendar setting for details on setting When not using the seasonal time zone con
73. Monthly 3 Annual 3 Computed from the data collected on the hour or on the half hour Computed from the data collected at the logging time once every day Computed from the data collected at the logging time once every month Four arithmetic computations with parentheses can be performed on up to 16 arithmetic elements A virtual calculation point cannot be registered within another virtual calculation point Only normal measuring points can be registered Energy amount measuring point or virtual calculation point is divided by production amount measuring point or virtual calculation point Quality Number of non defective products Number of processed products Performance Standard cycle time x Number of processed products Loading time Downtime Availability Loading time Downtime Loading time Overall equipment efficiency Availability x Performance x Quality Same as daily Same as daily Same as daily Same as daily Virtual measuring point can not register to the arithmetic expression of virtual measuring point 2 Contact output is possible up to 32 points by using internal output unit up to 16 points and CC Link remote 1 O In addition contact output of the following is possible within 32 points Error information Upper lower limit monitoring Energy plan value monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Operating status monitoring Demand alarm and Demand
74. Note that control outputs with the same priority are shut off simultaneously When shut off control is carried out in succession the next shut off control is performed at least 30 seconds after the previous shut off control Even during the normal control range the shut off control is not performed until the shut off within the on control time limit on range is completed Emergency control range Multiple one or more control outputs are simultaneously shut off while the Level 2 alarm is occurring When shut off control is carried out in Succession the next shut off control is performed at least 30 seconds after the previous shut off control When the remaining time is less than 30 seconds the next shut off control is performed 10 seconds or more after the previous shut off control Even if the Level 2 alarm is not occurring shut off control is performed when the Level 1 alarm is occurring If the control No is shut off due to a Level 1 alarm occurrence one control No is shut off with one shut off control When shutting off multiple control outputs the control outputs for which the control load capacity scheduled for shut off is the maximum total of control load capacities scheduled for shut off is close to adjusted electrical power are simultaneously shut off within the range that adjusted electrical power 2 total of control load capacities scheduled for shut off are simultaneously shut off lt Example gt Adjusted power
75. O Q D O TO O a a n n ORK Nh I 3 phase3 N Leakage current Leakage current Harmonic Power factor Current demand phase1 ohase2 J Current demand maximum phase Leakage current demand Leakage current demand Harmonic Electric power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase2 RMS total HA phase3 RMS total HA phaseN RMS total HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of the currents of the phases For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R phase S phase and T phase 3 The total voltage is the average of the voltages between the lines For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R S S T and T R 4 The demand refers to moving average 5 The maximum phase current demand is the highest current demand of the currents demand of the phases o Wn 5 14 5 3 8 AE SW BIF CC Measured items Active energ Reactive energy Import lag Reactive energy Import lead Current phase1 Current phase2 Current phase3 Current phaseN Voltage phase1 2 Voltage phase2 3 Voltage phase3 1 Voltage phase1 N Voltage phase2 N Voltage phase3 N Voltage L L maximum Voltage L N maximum Leakage current Active
76. Register button is clicked ES Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions 2 If you click Close button without clicking the Register button after changing the entry the message shown on the right will be displayed Yes Register No Do not register Cancel Return to CC Link Terminal registration dialog box 4 80 If the setting is incorrect the error message such as the one on the right will Example of display fr Q The Terminal name is repeated Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software _ The terminal information is not registered YY Do you want to register No Cancel lt Copying terminal information gt To copy registered terminal information select the line to copy and press the right click menu Copy terminal unit or the short cut keys Ctrl C Tm ome tuber of occupied staton EJ Termina EMU4 HD1 MB alema uz RDS Paste terminal unit Delete terminal unit lt Pasting terminal information gt To paste the copied terminal information select the line to paste into and press the right click menu Paste terminal unit or the short cut keys Ctrl V Wo Teminalnane Wodelname Wumberofoccupied staton Statonio remar MUI E e E A i a 15L 2 Terminal Model name Number of occupied station EMU4 HD1 MB EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD3 C Terminal1 3 EMU4 HD1 MB 13 v I No 3 Name Terminalt 3
77. TEST_b_y csv Specific consumption data monthly TEST_b_m csv TEST TEST Specific consumption data daily TEST_b_d csv Equipment data daily TEST_f_d csv Operation history data TEST_di csv System log TEST_s csv Demand data annual TEST_d y csv Demand data monthly i TEST_d_m csv Demand data daily TEST_d_d csv Demand alarm and control history data TEST_a csv Do not test at the timing of file transfer time set in 4 8 12 FTP server setting There is a possibility that the file transfer is overlap and not transferred correctly 4 301 4 9 7 Air controller connection check only models with demand control function This section explains the procedures for making an external transmission to the air conditioner controller for each energy saving level The Air controller connection check is available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function This does not need to be set when not using the coordinated function with the air conditioner Confirming the connection with air conditioner controller This section explains the procedure to confirm the connection with the air conditioner controller 1 Displaying the Confirm air conditioner connection dialog box Click Confirm air conditioner connection in the tree menu on the Test dialog box Test Confirm air conditioner Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Air conditioner connection setting
78. The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted terminal name e The default value is set in the pasted IP address e The pasted PLC GOT information is automatically registered 4 89 Deleting a registered PLC GOT This section described how to delete a registered PLC GOT 1 Displaying the Log in PLC GOT dialog box Click the PLC GOT button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a PLC GOT you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of a PLC GOT you want to delete in the list in the terminal list and then click the Delete button Log in PLC GOT mo Temmimalmame POT seres Connection n Sequencer1 QCPU LCPU QnACPU Ethernet Dire Sequencer2 FXCPU Convert Ethe Sequencer3 QCPU LCPU QnACPU Ethernet Diro SEN ONDUA a PLC GOT PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QnACPU Communication IP address Port No Station No Model MES3 255C EN setting software If the PLC GOT you select is registered as a measuring point the message on the right will Terminal Sequencerl is being registered to measuring point or appear contact output Please delete the terminal before you delete registered items Click the OK button to delete the measuring point first 3 Deleting the project A delete confirmation message appears Click the button to delete the terminal MadetMES3 255C EN setting software
79. The project is written All of data will be overwritten i Data collecting will be stopped during reflecting Yes button To execute project writing Are you sure you want to execute No button To cancel project writing 1 If the device status is not ready the message shown on the right is displayed Click the OK button and confirm the device status GP li can not access GN KaT The device is not prepared 2 When writing is completed the following message is displayed Model MES23 255C DM EN setting soft MLN e Project writing overwrites the existing project Remember this e First insert the CF card where the project is written and then power on EcoWebServerlll 4 149 4 6 3 Project reading This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Read Reading the project via LAN This section explains the procedure to read the project from EcoWebServerlll via LAN 1 Displaying the dialog box of Read project 1 Click the Read button in the dialog box of Project setting aio 2 The dialog box of Read project is displayed r 4 WT Read project a Save Option a e Via Ethernet amp Eu Login ID a en oe nee For system management Ca 4 D Via memory card reader Read Test E Drive E Collate 2 Inputting the login ID and password Select the Via Ethernet radio button a
80. Total_power_factor_max Total_power_factormin Frequency Hz Frequency max __ Hz 9 16 5 3 10 ME96SSR MB 1P3W Measured items Active_energy_ Import Active_energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive_energy_Export_lag Reactive energy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Periodic active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating_timet Operating _time2 Average_current Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current Average current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max Average current_demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand Average_current_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 _voltage_max 3 1 voltage_max Average L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 _voltage_min 3 1 voltage_min Total_active_ power Total_active_power_max Total_active_power_min Total_ rolling demand Total_rolling_demand_max Total_reactive_power Total_reactive_power_max Total_reactive_power_min Measured items Total_power_ factor Total_power_factor_max Total_power_factor_min Freguenc Frequency_max 1 2 H voltage Total 1 2 H voltage 1st 1 2 voltage THD 1 2 voltage HD 3rd 1 2 voltage HD_5th 1 2 voltage HD 7th 1 2 voltage HD 9th 1 2 voltage HD 11th 1 2 voltage HD 13th 2 3 H voltage Total 2 3 _H voltage 1st 2 3 volta
81. Yes button Delete the PLC GOT and back to the Log in PLC GOT Delete the information of terminal name Sequencer3 dialog box li Cancel the deletion and back to the Log in PLC GOT dialog box After the terminal is deleted its registration information is removed from the terminal list e The terminal can also be deleted by clicking the right click menu Delete of PLC GOT information or pressing the Delete key 4 90 Editing registration information of a registered PLC GOT This section described how to edit registration information of a PLC GOT 1 Displaying the Log in PLC GOT dialog box Click the PLC GOT button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a PLC GOT you want to edit and click the Edit button Select a line of a PLC GOT you want to edit and then click the Edit button Log in PLC GOT Terminal name Connection n Sequencer QCPU LCPU OnACPU Ethernet Dire Sequencers FXCPU Convert Ethe Sequencers QCPL LEPU OnA4CPU Ethernet Dire Line of a PLC GOT to edit Name PLE GOT series Communication IP address Port No Station No ee e e 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those registering a new PLC GOT e You cannot edit the PLC GOT Series if its measuring point is registered Delete the measuring point fir
82. _ A HA phase1 RMS 19th __ A HA phase3 RMS total OOO A HA phase3 RMS 1st SO OO O A O HA phase3 RMS 3rd A HA phase3 RMS 5th TA kWh HA phase3 RMS 7th A HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th HA phase1 D ratio total HA phase1 D ratio 3rd HA phase1 D ratio 5th HA phase1 D ratio 7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th HA phase1 D ratio 11th HA phase1 D ratio 13th HA phase1 D ratio 15th HA phase1 D ratio 17th HA phase1 D ratio 19th HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio 5th HA phase3 D ratio 7th HA phase3 D ratio 9th HA phase3 D ratio 11th HA phase3 D ratio 13th HA phase3 D ratio 15th HA phase3 D ratio 17th HA phase3 D ratio 19th Active energy exp Pulse counter value 1 Pulse counter value 2 Operating time 1 Operating time 2 Active energy Operating 1 Active energy Operating 2 Hee ojj anlon OS OS ojiin Ht ohase1 RMS total ojo ono gt ohase1 RMS 9th ohase1 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th _ _ HA phase1 D ratio total HA phase1 D ratio 3rd HA phase1 D ratio Sth _ HA phase1 D ratio7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th _ HA phase1 D ratio 11th _ _ HA phase1 D ratio 18th __ _ HA phase1 D ratio 15th __ _ HA phase1 D ratio 17th
83. adl a e The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted daily pattern name Example When the Summer season is pasted to line No 3 Summer season 3 4 71 3 Registering the daily pattern After inputting the daily pattern daily pattern will be reflected when click the Register button d Register Register button Register the contents of the set daily pattern Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box In the case of the following the message shown on the Model MES3 255C DM ENS right will be displayed e When clicking the Close button without clicking the Pel pattern setting in editing is not registered Register button after changing the contents of daily pattern A e When trying to change to the Calendar definition daily pattern allocation tab No Cancel Yes button Register No button Do not register Cancel button Back to the Demand calendar setting dialog box If there is non input daily pattern an error message as shown Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software on the right is displayed Set the daily pattern name to all of the daily pattern to be registered as X Daily Pattern name is not set No 1 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time lim
84. af af af af at at af af af af af af at af af af a a a af af af af af af 4 4 af af af af aj 4 af a af a ppp 1 1111 1 aaa a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a aaa alai Lal AN AA ajll l AAR RENNE AN BR an ae Pa aaa af ala al al a aaa alata aaa al al a aj aj af af aj al af af a al af al al at a al al oa a al al a at al af oa aj af af af at al a al aj aj af aj afl aj aj al af a EA AA A AA A e de ak aa y gt os one aE TE SRE oe 2 o ama 4 68 eDisplay the following by the demand time limit that is set in the Normal dialog box Demand time limit 15 min No Daily pattern name Demand time limit 0 1 1 7 145 30min al 1 l 30 45min i 1 4 la 1 No Daily pattern name Demand time limit D 1 When the Carry out management based on calendar setting is not checked the following message will be displayed Check the Carry out management based on calendar setting in the Alarm and control dialog box Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software a Configuration of demand calendar is not able to operate because w Carry out management based on calender setting is not checked Please turn on the check Carry out management based on calender setting 4 69 2 Setting the daily pattern In the Daily pattern definition set the daily pattern such as weekdays and holidays 1 Double click the Daily pattern name
85. alarm or Level 1 alarm occurs the corresponding control output is shut off or turned on The order for shutting off and turning on and the conditions for turning on differ according to the control method Control method Outline of operation Cyclic Reclosing Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval Priority order Reclosing Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit Priority cyclic Reclosing Each control output is shut off and turned on in order so that only a specific control Output is not shut off At the end of demand time limit the control output currently shut off will be turned on at 5 second intervals in the order of higher priority Each control output is shut off in order so that only a specific control output is not shut off The shut off control output does not turn on until the end of demand time limit At the end of demand time limit the control output currently shut off will be turned on at 5 second intervals in the order of higher priority Each control output is shut off in order so that a specific control output is not shut off However control output will be turned on forcibly after a lapse of the reclosing time has been set It will be turned on independently of the end of the demand time limit It will be shut off in the order of higher priority The control outputs are shut off in order of highest priority It will be shut off in the
86. also be updated automatically to the new values sample Project 10 162 34 48 sample Projectz 92 100 3 4 sample Project3 192 168 3 5 lt Double click here to register gt Version Restore Ext If the set values of IP address Subnet mask or Gateway Example of display are incorrect a message as shown to the right will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software Review the values x The setting of IP address is wrong 4 164 8 Restoring the IP address settings of the PC If the network address portion of the IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll has been changed the setting on the PC side needs to be revised Because communication requires that the network address portions be the same If the IP address of the PC has been changed to change the IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll restore the original IP address setting Restore the original setting by following the same step as Step 2 How can check that the IP address has been changed correctly Check it in the following ways 1 Execute the Get time information f the IP address is configured correctly the date and time that are set to the main unit of EcoWebServerlll can be read out Refer to 4 7 2 Setting of the time 2 Check the configured IP address by using the 7 segment LEDs on the main unit Refer to Checking IP address in Instruction Manual Hardware If communicatio
87. are not required when not using functions in coordination with this controller The energy saving level monitor setting screen and the external transmission must be enabled to use the coordination function Setting the energy saving level setting and emergency stop order setting 1 Displaying the Energy saving level monitor setting screen Click the Energy saving level monitor setting screen in the tree menu on the Output screen Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Energy saving level setting Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Contents Monitoring i Demand notification Monitoring type Predicted demand Error notification Threshold 4 Initial condition1 Threshold 3 Initial condition2 Threshold 2 Initial condition3 Threshold 1 Regular report SystemLog Upper and lower limit monitoring OutsideNotification Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Emergency stop order setting Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting f Energy saving level monitor setting Alarm type Subject Contents Monitoring Fixed alarm value SystemLog OutsideNotification Register Close If the alarm type is set to Limit alarm the emergency stop order setting will appear as follows Emergency stop order setting
88. button P Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If external transmission fails the message on the right will appear Click the OK button and check the air controller Dj ProjectEnergy saving level4 failed connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc 3 Confirming the execution results The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Execution results column on the Confirm Event subject Output Result Code Test Energy saving level4 Faill 005 3 Energy saving level Not carry out Execute l Energy saving level not set Not carry out Execute Energy saving leveli Not carry out Execute Energy saving levell Not carry out Execute l Emergency stop order not set Not carry out Execute The le of execution are showed as below e When external transmission ends normally Succeed e When external transmission fails Fail error code The transmitted file is a test file for confirming the operation 4 303 4 9 8 Integrated count value settings only models with demand control function This section explains the integrated count value settings The integrated count value setting is available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function Do not set an integrated value just before or after the hour or half hour If the integrated value is changed during operation an abnormally large value may be displayed for the electric energy 30 min
89. button Cancel the deletion and back to the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box gt _ Delete specific consumption measuring point information of specific consumption measuring point name Sp Cons 1 Are you sure you want to delete it as After the specific consumption measuring point is deleted its registration information is removed from the list in the Specific consumption measuring point list e You can delete it by clicking the right click menu Delete Sp Cons information or by pressing the Delete key 4 127 Editing a registered specific consumption measuring point This section described how to edit registration information of a specific consumption measuring point 1 Displaying the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box Click the Specific consumption button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a specific consumption measuring point you want to edit and clicking the Edit button Double click a line of a specific consumption measuring point you want to edit on the list in the Specific consumption measuring point list dialog box or select a line of a specific consumption measuring point you want to edit and then click the Edit button Line of a specific consumption measuring point to be edited Specific consumption measuring point ID Specific consumption measuring point name Energy amount Unit Monitoring b01 1a 1 macia ell kWh i ol Click the Edit
90. button Cancels the file automatic transfer check and back to the Ma Confirm file transfer dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the file automatic transfer check is in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button please wail a moment E Subject Measuring data Virtual daily Confirm Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the file automatic transfer check fails the message on the right will appear Y aaa Click the No button and check the FTP server ii connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc Yes button Executes the transfer check of the next item Cancel button Executes the transfer check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the automatic transfer check on every registered item is completed Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft the completion message appears Click the OK button to return to the Confirm file transfer dialog box 4 299 3 Testing a selected item 1 ad in the maintenance password AO occ 23 oo 2 eae Pea The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Select the line of the output destination to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row Result Code System log Not carry out Measuring data Annual Mot carry out Measuring data Monthhy Se Monthiog Not carry out Measuring data Daily Dayl
91. control Number of output points are up to 32 points even if contact output is CC Link remote I O only 3 Calculation accuracy of the virtual measuring point and the specific consumption measuring point can be selected from Integer 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits and 5 digits the number of digits after the decimal point Saving Zoom 1 minute function Zoom 5 minutes Monthly Virtual daily Virtual Monthly Virtual Annual Specific consumption daily Specific consumption Monthly Specific consumption Annual Equipment daily Operation history System log Demand daily Demand Monthly Demand Annual Demand alarm and control history Data for 62 days Saved in the 1 hour data is saved in one file Data at 1 minute intervals from CompactFlash memory card Data for 14 days 1 hour data is saved in one file Data at 5 minute intervals from Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 30 minute or 1 hour Data for 60 months 1 month data is saved in one file Data at 1 day intervals from the 1st day of one month to the 1st day of the next month Data for 5 years 1 year data is saved in one file Data at 1 month intervals from January of one year to January of the next year Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 30 minute or 1 hour intervals from one day at 00 00 to the next day at 00 00 Data for 60 months
92. data of a measuring point collected at 1 month intervals for 1 year Zoom data Refers to the data of a measuring point collected at 1 minute or 5 minute intervals for 1 hour Virtual data daily Refers to the data of a virtual measuring point collected on the hour or on the half hour for 1 day Virtual data monthly Refers to the data of a virtual measuring point collected at 1 day intervals for 1 month Virtual data annual Refers to the data of a virtual measuring point collected at 1 month intervals for 1 year Specific consumption data Refers to the data of a specific consumption measuring point collected on the hour or daily on the half hour for 1 day Specific consumption data Refers to the data of a specific consumption measuring point collected at 1 day intervals monthly for 1 month Specific consumption data Refers to the data of a specific consumption measuring point collected at 1 month annual intervals for 1 year Operation history data Refers to the data recorded when the status of an operation monitoring point is changed Demand data daily Refers to demand data collected at the set demand timing for 1 day Demand data monthly Refers to one month s worth of data recording the demand data collected daily at the designated time and the daily maximum demand Demand data annual Refers to one year s worth of data recording the demand data collected monthly at the designated time and the monthly maximum demand o
93. default 4 102 Measuring item Unit Group Electric_energy Const g Current phase1 A Y Groupi Active energy kWh Group2 HV phase1 2 D ratio Monitoring Group3 lt Group setting gt GPE O O z o w a Group2 Group3 CON MO Nna wN l Delete Register l Close Setting the monitor type and setting value This section described the setting of the monitoring type and the setting value 1 Setting the monitoring type and setting value Set the monitoring type Energy planned value Upper limit Lower limit Upper or lower limit Operation ON Operation OFF Operation ON OFF and the setting values Lower limit value Upper limit value 1 The monitoring type and the setting value cannot changed during measuring point editing Change it after pressing the Resister button 1 Monitoring Select no monitoring or the monitoring type from Monitoring the Monitoring selection pull down menu not set The following monitoring types are displayed in ow the pull down menu according to the type of measuring item Lower limit value Upper limit value Type of measuring item Monitoring type Integrat consumption etc not set Energy planned value Instant current voltage etc not set Upper limit Lowe r limit Upper or lower limit Operation ON operation OFF operation ON OFF Data type Integrate gt The same as
94. dialog box Test Reset Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Reset the main body of the product Restart Password For maintenance Confirm mail sending Demand nortification bo EFTOF regular notification Measuring point data monitoring report Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection ll Integration value set ll Collect data ll Delete data Reset 2 Inputting the maintenance password 3 Password aeree For maintenance The default maintenance password is ecopass 4 314 3 Resetting restart 1 When you click the secu button the confirmation message will Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software appear Reset the main body of the product Yes button Executes the reset O No button Cancels the reset Project name sample IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Are you sure you want to execute PR If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll is not correct a LAN Cable fmoaemes255c 0m en seting software is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the iia message on the right will appear SF Ee O Click the OK button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power If the password is incorrect the message on the right will appear Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft WES Click the OK button and then check t
95. e do 5 14 A O A O 5 15 03d MEIOSS AMB 1P 2W 3P I Wisin carol 5 16 Bo VO MEIOSS AMBAS What iga 5 17 8 3 11 MEJOSSA MBAS PWI A 5 18 3 3 12 ME 96S9REMB 1 PFZ2 W3 PIW a Ad 5 20 59 T3 ME96SSMB COW eseat e de on 5 22 59 T4 ME96SSFEMB SPA Wii a a aoe aed ds 5 24 SS METI SS a ee eer eee 5 27 6 3 16 MEIM0SSR C A TP2ZW PSW PSI 5 30 5 3 17 ME11OSSR C H SP4AW occnccccecevescecccecseceeeeecccacesceseedenes codes axeccseeteccbsceeeecesdeheceesasevecnosscesdsesheeeeesenes 5 31 Bid LO MENTON ei dialecto direis 5 33 APA aac nace ie seats aa aa ecu sa tee aea o aaa 5 34 9o 20 Pd OOD OF AOD renners n aa a a a a sta uansahee ss 5 34 592 PO OI OA ADO 5 35 5O 22 PU OO OD 26 ncssirad lei il Ea 5 35 A A A a AR 5 35 A A A 5 36 A A ee 5 36 53 20 AJO OS TDi 32D e is 5 36 54 LIStO measured tems Of GEVICES sui 5 37 54AT Vee ee a a eee eee 5 37 542 VWONGOAIA scene et ee eae ie Le As a hed Laie a tne A ee 5 40 A THONG Cala sirens ite ee cl Ah eee en a teh ei 5 42 E a a ene Agatese casts tetas e a denteteiatenccateranctbe 5 44 5 5 1 Communicate with EcoWebServerlll by Ethernet CH2 oooccccccccccccnncccconcconcnononncononononncnnononnno 5 44 5 5 2 Communicate with EcoWebServerlll by Ethernet Serial CH2 occccccoccnccnnccononnconcnononnconononono 5 45 5 6 GOT communication settings ccccccccconocccocnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnannnnerennnnnnos 5 46 5 6 1 Settings to connect EcoWebServerlll t
96. ecopass 2 Click the Perform the test for all items button on the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box No tem Measuring point ID 1 Monitorino Limit Mail Sending 2 set 2 Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 3 set 1 Monitorino Status Mail Sending 8 set 2 Monitoring Status Mail Sending 9 sel 1 Monitorino Sp Cons Mail Sending 1 sel 1 Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 1 set 2 Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 4 set 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes button to execute the test Executes the measuring point data monitoring and report check Oeae Cancels the measuring point data monitoring and report check and back to the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the measuring point data monitoring and report check is in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button ag Subject Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 2Confirm IM please wait a moment If the measuring point data monitoring and report i Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software check fails the message on the right will appear Click the No button and check the SMTP server e RA oe connection settings and the LAN cable connection Press Cancel to mot show enor message again etc Cancel Yes button Executes the report check of the next item Cancel button Executes the report che
97. equipmert group Line of equipment O Registration of equipment group No E be added No 1 Marne Equiprent group Name Equipment group1 b deberi pies al in grama Fipe l Included equipment in group Equipment list D Equipment name ID Equipment name 101 Equipment f02 Equipment2 The selected measuring point is added to the last line in the Included equipment in group If you want to delete equipment from a group double click the line of the measuring point you want to delete on the Included equipment in group or select a line of equipment you want to delete and then click the gt button 6 Changing the order in which the equipment are listed The equipment details list in the Graph view Equipment Graph of the EcoWebServerlll is displayed in order of equipment registered in the Included equipment in group To change the registration order of the equipment in the Included equipment in group area select a line of equipment and click the 1 button and the Jl button Click 1 button once to move up one line Click 4 button once to move down one line 4 140 F Registering Click the button on the Registration of equipment group dialog box to register equipment E Register button Register the equipment group with information you set legister i A A The registration information will be reflected to the Equipment group lis
98. gt Replace the symbol with when entering it 4 268 3 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Transmission destination folder set to register J Register Register button Register the file transfer setting as the set details Close button Back to the project setting dialog box Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item X The forwarding address is not set 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close Mes MS 225 2MENssting software button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree The information of file transfer that is being edited is not registered menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed PA Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Transfer enable disable transfer destination folder setting 4 269 4 8 14 Energy saving level monitor setting Only for models with demand control function This section explains the operation procedure for Energy saving level monitor setting The energy saving level monitor setting sets the function used in coordination with the Air conditioner These settings
99. item is completed the completion message will appear 4 310 Selection of data collection o Path C Users eco giDocuments Select the collected files please 140903 csv Select all 140902 csv 140901 csw 140829 csw 140828 csw 140827 csw 140822 csw 140808 csw 140807 csw 140806 csw 7 v 140801 csv v 140725 csv v 140724 csv v 140716 csv hg The data is being collected from MES3 255C EN File name 140805 csv r al Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software l O The main body of the product Collect file from has been completed 4 9 10 Deleting data This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Delete data Deleting data This section explains the procedures to manually delete data stored in EcoWebServerlll 1 Displaying the Delete data dialog box Click Delete data in the tree menu on the Test dialog box Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Confirm mail sending Demand nortification Error regular notification System log file Measuring point data monitoring report C Data file and system log file Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Password For maintenance Collect data Delete data After the data is deleted please be sure to reset 4 311 2 Selecting the data to delete Select the data to delete by clicking the radio button aaa The files that c
100. lower limit monitoring notification registration in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the upper lower limit report to be deleted and clicking the Delete button Select the line of the upper and lower limit monitoring notification to be deleted from the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen and click the Delete button Measuring point Measuring points Line of upper lower limit report to be deleted 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion Modet MES3 255C EN setting software S Yes button Delete the upper and lower limit monitoring notification Si tic Ac ccc cs settings and back to the dialog box of Upper and lower O psa a limit monitoring _ No button Cancel the deletion and back to the dialog box of Upper j and lower limit monitoring screen After deletion the information of the deleted upper and lower limit monitoring notification is removed from the list in the dialog box of Upper and lower limit monitoring No Mai sending Suspend 1D Measuring point name not set Measuring pointS e It can be also deleted by clicking the Delete button in the dialog box of Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration 4 240 Editing the registered upper and lower limit monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for editing the information registered for an upper and lower limi
101. measuring points can be selected as the demand measuring point groups when using the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 1001 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 Integrated value of Consumption Whole day Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 1 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 2 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 3 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 4 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 5 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 6 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 7 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 8 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 9 Integrated value of Consumption Time zone 10 The integrated value of consumption Time zone 1 to integrated value of consumption Time zone 10 can be selected only when Carry out management based on calendar setting is checked 5 Selecting production amount denominator Select a measuring point for production amount to be the denominator of the specific consumption The procedure to select a measuring point is similar to 4 Select an energy amount 4 124 6 Registering Click the button on the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box to register f TEE Register button Register the specific consumption measuring point information you set Close button Back to the project setting dialog box Close If the set details are not proper an error message as show
102. measuring points for upper lower limit monitoring Up to 32 points can be set for the operation status monitoring 4 103 Copy and paste the measuring point lt Copying the measuring point information gt To copy registered measuring point information select the line to copy and press the right click menu Copy measuring point information or the short cut keys Ctrl C B feshane Temhair _ Nsaswrng tem____ Unt_ rovp_ onfocng_ Lower int ae oper nt vate E eat a OE Lette sited ili ih not set Sopy measuring pointinfommation Chie ago nat AE EE Paste measuring point information Delete measuring point information lt Pasting the measuring point information gt To paste the copied measuring point information select the line to paste and press the right click menu Paste measuring point information or the short cut keys Ctrl V D Measuringpointname Terminal name Measuring tem Unt Group Monitoring Lower limit value Upper limit value 1 Measuring point Terminal Electric_energy Consi kWh Growpt notset o o Q m Measuring point2 Termina Powerfactor Group mote Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 Activeeneroy kwh Grous A O O Measuring point Measuring point name Terminal name Measuring item Unit Group Monitoring Lower limit value Upper limit value 1 Measuring point1 Terminal1 Electric _energy Const KWh Group1 not set
103. no Limit Foced alarm occurred not set no Limit Fixed alarm restored not set no Battery error demand control unit occurred not set no Outside synchronism error occurred not set no Outside synchronism error restored not set no Demand control Error occurred not set no 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test Model MES3 255C DM EWN setting soft Yes button Executes the demand control and notification check AER Carry out choice line test No button Cancels the demand control and notification check and back P sit ok to the Demand notification dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the demand control and ME ad PEI Subject Level 1 alarm occurredConfirm notification check is in progress will appear A please wait a moment If you want to cancel it click the Abort button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the Demand control and notification check fails the message on the right will appear Click the No button and check the SMTP server connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc A Subject Level 2 alarm occurredFailed continue Press Cancel to not show error message again No Cancel Yes button Executes the notification check of the next item Cancel button Executes the notification check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs Model MES
104. normal demand information 1 Displaying the Normal dialog box Click the Normal button in the dialog box of project setting Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r Demand settings Data col Alarm and Control q Circuit name Power receiving point 3h WCT ratio leoo Calendar Pulse constant value 50000 pulse kWh Details Perform the settings of demand lw Multiplying factor Number of digits Integer part ls Multiplying factor h Help Demand time limit adjustment type Initial TS Register Demand time limit l Close 2 Select an item you want to edit and click the Edit button Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those resistering a new terminal 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 60 4 3 6 Demand alarm and control setting This section describes the setting procedures for demand monitor and control Always read 4 3 Demand control and Control Section Specifications thoroughly before settin
105. note that control outputs shut off simultaneously are turned on simultaneously 4 42 3 Details of control methods a Cyclic Reclosing control Each control output is shut off and turned on in order so that only a specific control output is not shut off A control output that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit Turned on Current time limit shut off control Current demand time limit Next time limit shut off control Next demand time limit Shut off control when the order of priority number setting is changed Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit Next time limit turn on control Next demand time limit Turn on control when the order of priority number setting is changed The control numbers are shut off in the order of priority Shut off in the order of 12 3 gt 11 12 12 When all control outputs from the oldest order of priority have been shut off the system returns to the newest order of priority number and shuts off the control outputs The next demand time limit is also shut off following the order of priority numbers At the next demand time limit the shut off starts from the control output in the order of priority following the previous time limit If the next order of priority number is manually controlled at the previous demand time limit the shut off starts from the next contro
106. of an equipment Equipment group list E A be deleted No Equipment group name Equipment 1 Equipment group1 f01 2 Equipment group2 101 3 4 5 6 7 Edit 1o L D 4 l Close 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion ModelMES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Delete the equipment group and back to the sa a Equipment group list dialog box xu T RTA Say No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Equipment group list dialog box After the equipment group is deleted its registration information is removed from the list in the Equipment group list Equipment group list No e Equipment group name Equipment ID 1 Equipment group2 101 3 wh e You can delete it using the Delete button on the Registration of equipment group dialog box 4 142 Editing the registered information of a registered equipment group This section describes how to edit registration information of an equipment group 1 Displaying the Equipment group list dialog box Click the Registration of equipment group button in the dialog box of device list 2 Selecting an equipment group you want to edit and clicking the Edit button Double click a line of the equipment group you want to edit on the list in the Equipment group list dialog box or Select a line of equipment group you want to edit and then click the Edit b
107. on the message on the right will appear Click the OK button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power v Connection error 7 Authentication of the main body of the product has failed 2 If the password is incorrect the message on the right will appear Click the OK button and then check the login ID and password If many files are stored a timeout may occur In this case perform the deletion of the data again 2 After the files are deleted EcoWebServerlll will be reset It may take up to eight minutes to reset A The system is being restarted A Please wait 3 When the deletion of the files and reset are completed the following message will appear Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software e Immediately after restarting the EcoServer daily data file and demand daily data file of today is created e After erasing the data incorrect display of the demand measuring screen because there is no data until the start end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min 4 313 4 9 11 EcoWebServerlll reset This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Reset Resetting the EcoWebServerlll This section explains the procedures for resetting restarting EcoWebServerlll 1 Displaying the Reset dialog box Click Reset in the tree menu on the Test
108. oo 4 137 AG RO ec Operator dos 4 144 At PTOS AIN ra eii debia 4 144 Aa PrO CC WINO eaa r a 4 145 463 ex 0 2161 ig readh A A A AA A nen 4 150 AG 4 GOAO Of Droe laia a 4 153 Ai Tis DUON Suaa a Oe cad eal Nat teehee coe he el et Ae AN ale ant dvb ied Sal 4 157 As IP address ENS did 4 158 Ata SeN MIN a O da 4 170 AO AMO IMSS CN UNC S aaa E 4 174 4 7 4 Logging date time settings ccooonncnncccoconccnnconnonnnnncnonancnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnnnonnnnrnnnnnnnnennnnnnnns 4 176 4 7 5 Setting of the login IDS and paSsswordS ccccccccoonccnncccnoncnnncnonancnnnonnnanennnonnnnncnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 178 4 8 Setting external device coordination occccccccooncnncccononcnnnnononncnnnnononnnnnnnononnnnnononnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 187 48 1 Data OUIDUESSUNOS sta ico E 4 188 4 8 2 Data output settings demand control Only when demand control function is provided 4 198 4 89 GOMAT OUDEN S rre dieta 4 203 AS OMI Server SCUUNGS iaa ie 4 213 4 8 5 Demand notification Only with models provided with demand control function 4 217 4 8 6 EcoWebServerlll error notification SettingS cccooconcnncccoconconncnnnnnconnnononncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnanennnnnnnas 4 221 Au Megular FEDOM FEGISU ALON EAN Lia Dei CA A acre ities 4 229 4 8 8 Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration oonccccconnnncononcnnononennnnnanoncnnanennos 4 235 4 8 9 Operating status mon
109. order of highest priority 1 2 3 and are turned on in the order of longest shut off time 1 2 Then the control outputs that are on are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 4 gt 6 gt 7 and are turned on in the order of longest shut off 8 1 2 In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in order of longest shut off time 6 7 1 2 3 8 9 10 12 These are turned on at a five second interval The control outputs with the same shut off time are turned on in the order of highest priority 8 9 The control outputs with same order of priority are turned on simultaneously At the next demand time limit the control outputs are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit ernie Order of priority 25 20 15 10 5 output 2 inate Example of operation for Off on priority cyclic control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs that are on are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 and are turned on in the order of longest shut off time 1 2 Then the control outputs that are on are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 4 Control
110. output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs including the manual shut off control output are turned on in the order of lowest priority 12 10 9 gt 1 These are turned on at a five second interval At the next demand time limit the control outputs are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Manual shutoff E OF OFF id Manual shut of o val o UCERO Example of operation during manual shut off control 4 50 e Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit control The control outputs are shut off from the order of highest priority A control output that has been shut off cannot be turned on until the demand time limit ends starts A control output that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit Current time limit shut off control Current demand time limit Next time limit shut off control Next demand time limit Shut off control when the order of priority number setting is changed Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit Next time limit turn on control Next demand time limit Turned on Turn on control when the order of priority number setting is changed Shut off starts with the control output having the highest priorit
111. output turned on first turns on when the time limit switches 2 Control prohibited range On control is not performed after the time limit on is completed 4 41 c Reclosing after Reclosing time When the control method is set to Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval the corresponding control output is turned on with the following conditions Conditions Set time has passed after shut off Turns on at conditions on right oe Operation On regardless of remaining time Same interval as shut off Control The set time is the same as the Reclosing interval setting value Demand value kW Control range i ooa Predicted demand L E 0 EE E ee See ee eee all l i ii l l l Z i A I 7 l S i i Target demand f Sagas Pane eis jain aaa SOA ei ace es ae as a I I I I I i i i 7 l i oOo i 1 7 Y i i Ai i I I A Pa ou I S 1 A l f i Y 1 Virtual line J i l 7 i i i i 1 i l 7 po i i Current Demand SSS 5 Se ds W i Increased demahd Pulse integrated time Remaining time ee i lp e L L Time min Alarm mask time Current 25 00 29 50 30 00 Example of 30 minute demand degree 1 Control range The control output is turned on after a set time has passed after shut off The time between shut off and turn on can be set with the off on time One control output is turned on with one on control
112. pattern choice 1 Summer season No Daily pattem Summer season a 2S ese es oe isan Mi gt 2 2 2 a a 2 a a 2 a a 2 a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Sl 36830 3 Dai ttern 03 1 Summer season con 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 14 Daily pattern 04 2014 8 pih 2014 2014 2014 2015 aoe ee wee a ea 2015 al ae 2015 2015 201 E 01 Vai fie i 10 11 Eee Ea 11 E rr rrrrrrrrrr ERE HEHE rosso rosso rro rro oros ss rro oo dos besesesooosdoceososoooo cede cccncccccccccccccscccrccencc cee sess H SEO SESH EEUU SHEDS DEES S ODO o sor rocoso corro serra roo ieee Time zone of the daily pattern selected IS pres to aa bate sac area 4 73 3 Setting the calendar In the calendar setting list set the daily pattern for each date 6 When double clicking the cell of the date currently selected number of daily pattern will be input Daly pattern choice 2 Others No Daily pattern name Demand time imt 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 2 Others 00 30min 31 al al al al al 3 3a al al al al al 30 60min Parallel eel e al call 20147 2014 2014 2014 2014 20141 2014 2014 20147 2014 2014 2015 2015 20157 20157 02 03 04 or 08 09 10 11 12 01 02 03 e AAA T S im 7 By clicking the right click menu Set all in chosen daily pattern you can set ih daily pattern for all cell
113. point data monitoring report Measuring data Zoom Smin not set Measuring data Zoom 1 min not set On Se CONCIERGE cion Measuring data Virtual annual not set integration value set Measuring data Virtual monthly not set Measuring data Virtual daily not set Collect data j Measuring data Sp Cons annual not set Delete data Measuring data Sp Cons monthly not set Reset Measuring data Sp Cons daily not set Measuring data Equipment daily Measuring data Operating history Demand data Annual Demand data Monthly Demand data Daily Demand data Alarm and Control data 4 Password For maintenance The demand data is not displayed if the EcoWebServerlll does not have the demand control function 4 298 2 Testing all items 1 Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Click Perform the test for all items button on the Confirm file transfer dialog box Subject oo Transmission Transfer to Relative address Result Code System log Systemlog Not carry out Measuring data Annual set Mearlog Not carry out Measuring data Monthhy set MMonthlog Not carry out Measuring data Daily set Daylog Not carry out Measuring data Zoom Smin set ZoomlogPer5 Not carry out Measuring data 4o0m 1min set ZoomlogPer1 Not carry out Measuring data Virtualfannual not set Not carry out Measuring data Virtual monthhy not set Not carry out _ o No
114. power Reactive power Power factor Frequenc Current demand phase1 Current demand phase2 Current demand phase3 Current demand phaseN Current demand maximum phase Leakage current demand Electric power demand Reactive power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase2 RMS total HA phase3 RMS total HA phaseN RMS total HA phase1 RMS st HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase1 RMS 15th HA phase1 RMS 17th HA phase1 RMS 19th HA phase2 RMS st HA phase2 RMS 3rd HA phase2 RMS 5th HA phase2 RMS 7th HA phase2 RMS 9th HA phase2 RMS 11th HA phase2 RMS 13th HA phase2 RMS 15th HA phase2 RMS 17th HA phase2 RMS 19th HA phase3 RMS ist HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th VA demand 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of the currents of the phases For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R phase S phase and T phase 3 The total voltage is the average of the voltages between the lines For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R S S T and T R 4 The demand refers to moving average 5 The maximum phase current demand is the highest current demand of the currents demand of the phases 6 The maximum voltage is the highest of th
115. registration This section explains the operation procedure for setting Upper and lower limit monitoring After registration of the upper lower limit monitoring notification tt becomes possible to detect an event that the measuring point value exceeds the upper or lower limit and to notification it by mail Up to 32 points can be registered for upper lower limit monitoring notification However the target notifications are the measuring points for instantaneous value only e l no measuring point of instantaneous value data type is registered or the measuring point s monitoring type is upper limit monitoring lower limit monitoring or upper lower limit notification the setting of upper and lower limit monitoring notification cannot be registered e The setting of upper and lower limit monitoring notification can be registered only to a single measuring point and multiple registration to a same single measuring point is not allowed If intending to register multiple setting of upper and lower limit monitoring notification to a single measuring point register the same measuring point to multiple separate measuring points and register the conditions of upper and lower limit monitoring notification Confirming the list of registered upper and lower limit monitoring notifications This section explains the procedure for displaying and checking the list of registered upper and lower limit monitoring notifications 1 Di
116. screen 2 Displaying the dialog box of Registration of operating status monitoring notification Double click the line of the operating status monitoring notification No to be registered on the Operation status monitoring screen or select the line of the operating status monitoring notification No to be registered and click the Edit button Output Ope ation status mo 7 a dlls gt a gt a de Output setting Contact output oe No Mai sending Suspend ID Measuring point name Mont Set SMTP server 1 Error notification 2 Initial condition 3 Initial condition2 4 Initial condition3 5 Regular report 6 Upper and lower limit monitoring 7 i Operation status monitoring 8 Li n e of O pe rati ng Specific consumption target value monitoring a status monitorin g d Energy planning value monitoring E File transfer se report No to register Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Group Er Name Measuring point1 2 Condition o H Ta E Create subject status change Body Operating status changed 7 Register 3 Setting the active inactive status of notification 1 To send the operating status monitoring notification mail check the Mail sending The operating status monitoring results are not recorded in the system log If intending to record the monitoring data in the operating status monitoring data file set it from the dialog box of Measuring point Refe
117. screen Double click the line of the demand notification No to be registered on the Demand notification screen or select the line of the demand notification No to be registered and click the Edit button Output Demand notification Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output M Demand subject Mail notification setting 1 Level 1 alarm occurred Set SMTP server 2 Level 1 alarm restored not s Demand notification 3 Level 2 alarm occurred not s Error notification 4 Level 2 alarm restored not Initial condition 1 5 Limit Fixed alarm occurred nots Initial condition2 6 Limit Fixed alarm restored nots Initial condition3 7 Battery error demand control unit occurred nots Regular report 8 Outside synchronism error occurred nots Upper and lower imi monitoring MI ora E Operation status monitoring 4 a 3 Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Line of the demand Set FTP server report No to be Transmission destination folder set reg i ste red Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting Air conditioner connection setting Enter demand notification Demand subject Level 1 alarm occurred Send To Subject DM_Alarm_1st Body Level 1 alarm occur 3 Setting the active inactive status of notification 1 To send a demand notification mail check Mail sending 2 To temporari
118. screen The number of graph up to 10 Display the measuring point alongside in the same graph or vertical row Display the graph of measuring point that was registered to the display list file Up to 32 files The following measuring point can be selected Electric energy and pulses Demand measuring point Analog value Electric energy Analog value power factor Whole day Time zone 1 10 Virtual measuring point Demand l Whole day Time zone 1 10 Display update interval automatic update Zoom 1 min Zoom 5 min Daily 1 min Monthly Annual 1 hour Date Display the measuring point with the date comparison comparison Display in the specified display intervals Graph Zoom Daily Monthly Annual Display the date comparison graph of max 10 measuring points in 1 screen The number of graph up to 10 Display the graph of measuring point that was registered to the display list file Up to 32 files Optionally can be added deleted to from the display list The following measuring point can be selected Electric energy and pulses Demand measuring point Analog value Electric energy Analog value power factor Whole day Time zone 1 10 Virtual measuring point Demand l Whole day Time zone 1 10 Display update interval automatic update Zoom 1 min Zoom 5 min Daily 1 min Monthly Annual 1 hour Specification Display the specific consumption graph Display interval Select from Daily Week
119. setting J Equipment daily l Operating history C Demand data Demand annual Demand montnty Demand daily 7 Demand alarm and control Register Close The demand data appears only on the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 4 267 2 Inputting the file transfer information Select the data to transfer and set the transfer destination path name in FTP server 1 Check the check boxes of the files to be transferred After checking the check boxes input of the FW to area becomes available 2 Input the destination addresses path names in the FTP server AS E System log W System log iSystemLog Measuring data W Annual D DayLog le Monthiy D MonthLog lw Daily D PearLog W Zoom Smin f to ZoomLogPer5 W Zoom 1min i oomLogPer1 For each destination address path name in the FTP server specify a relative address a folder name viewed from the FTP login folder For example if logging in d EcoWebServer data and transferring a file to d EcoWebServer data DayLog specify the file name as DayLog Since the specification manner varies depending on a FTP server consult the FTP server instruction manual or consult with your vendor The followings are the input conditions for the destination addresses Number of characters Up to 50 characters The following characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters lt
120. the Password screen is clicked the following screen will open Refer to this for details on using each login ID and password About login ID password i The following three accounts shall be managed in the system 1 Getting data Login ID password By FTP it can enter the data files of the main body of the product only extending of authority for Read 2 System management Login ID password By FIP accessing to all files of the main body of the product with extending of authority for Write Read 2 Maintainance Password only Never set the software in reset the main body of the product reset time set measuring point value of the Web Browser and the specific consumption target walue When modified the above login ID or password there needs login ID and password of svstem manacement Changing the maintenance password The following describes the steps for changing the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 1 Displaying the Password For maintenance screen Click the Password For maintenance in the tree menu on the unit setting dialog box Options Password For maintenance address Time Login ID Password For system management Auto time adjustment For maintenance Set logging time rra i e S E i For system management The password can be input by less than nine figures Changed password will be valid after changing reset by itself
121. the CompactFlash card using the CompactFlash reader writer etc Power off EcoWebServerlll before inserting removing the memory card 1 Displaying the dialog box of Read project 1 Click the Read button in the dialog box of Project setting ene 2 The dialog box of Read project is displayed Read project de lan a p For system management Options Outp Password F Via memory card reader Test 5 rive Geel ooo MA A A o ac Via Ethernet Login ID For system management Execute 2 Specifying the drive fi Select the Via memory card reader radio button and select the drive where the memory card is mounted from the Drive pull down list 3 Re ad i n g 1 h e p r Oj e ct Model MES3 255C EN setting software _ The project is read from the main body of the product 1 By clicking the Execute button in the dialog box of Read project o Project namesampl Project the reading confirmation message Is displayed on All of data will be overwritten Are you sure you want to execute Yes button To execute project reading No button To cancel project reading If the device status is not ready the message shown on the right Model MES3 255C EN setting softw CEES is displayed Click the OK button and confirm the device status GP It can not access Ga Nahe The dev
122. the device No After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the Data output setting demand control screen 4 201 Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Data output set demand information in situation is not registered DY Do you want to register i No Cancel Editing the registered data output settings demand control This section describes how to edit the data output setting demand control 1 Displaying the Data output set Demand control screen Click the Data output set Demand control in the tree menu on the output setting screen r Output Data output set Demand monitoring output setting Data output start ontact output The delay time of output finish Mail notification setting notification Set SMTP server Name Sequencer1 X PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QNACPU Demand notification Error notification Start device No D001000 E pa Device number UN os pue D001000 Control device ei Regular report 0001001 Healthy i Upper and lower limit monitoring D001002 Operation status monitoring D001003 l Specific consumption target value monitoring D001004 i Energy planning value monitoring D0
123. the integrate PLC Data type Instant gt The same as the instant Data type Status gt The same as the status 1 The setting is automatically registered when selected from the pull down menu 2 Lower limit value Upper limit value Double click the Lower limit value or Upper limit value field and enter the values for the lower limit and upper limit The entry conditions are as follow Upper limit Lower limit Upper lower limit Active or inactive status monitoring monitoring monitoring Monitoring conditions Input range and sign up to 5 decimal digits Lower imit setting value f O Upto 11 digits including decimal point Upper limit setting value 1 When monitoring the values rounded by the number of decimal digits set for the measuring point are compared Provide some margin to the monitoring values 2 When monitoring the upper and lower limits make sure that Lower limit setting value lt Upper limit setting value is satisfied 3 Input value is automatically registered when the Enter key is pressed If the settings are incorrect a message as shown on the right appears when the Enter key is pressed Change the setting to satisfy the condition for each item Example of display r Model MES3 255C EN setting software x The size of lower limit setting value and the upper limit setting value are wrong Up to 32 points can be selected from the
124. the load condition control output will be turned on after a lapse of the reclosing time has been set 3 When selected the other than Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval to the alarm type the setting of reclosing interval can not be changed In addition it is not used even if has been set 10 Inputting the Load name Comal Ho Losdname Priority order Control capacity a 1 Control output Load1 walid 0 0 kW 2 Control output Load2 Invalid 0 0 kw MAA cs cm ce Pe ch ee ee i Pil LAB 1 Load name can be input up to 32 characters 2 The following characters cannot be registered lt gt 13 Y 11 Setting the Priority order Control No Load name Priority order Control capacity 1 Control output Load1 0 0 kW 2 Control output Load2 l Invalid i 0 0 KW 3 Control output Load3 1 invalid I 0 0 kW 4 Control output Load4 Invalid i 0 0 kW 5 Control output Load5 invalid i 0 0 kW 6 Control output Load6 Invalid 0 0 kv T Control output Load l Invalid 0 0 kW amp Control output Load3 Invalid l 0 0 KW 9 Control output Load9 invalid l 0 0 kW 10 Control output Load10 i Invalid i 0 0 kW 11 Control output Load11 Invalid i 0 0 kW 12 Control output Load1 2 l Invalid 0 0 KW 1 Invalid or 1 12 can be selected 2 Control circuit that is set to Invalid does not demand control 3 Control circuit that is set to Invalid
125. the main unit of EcoWebServerlll Power on EcoWebServerlll and check the IP address configured on the main unit Refer to Checking IP address in Instruction Manual Hardware At the time of shipment IP address 192 168 10 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 2 Changing the IP address of the PC To access EcoWebServerlll from the PC change the IP address of the PC based on the IP address of EcoWebServerlll that was checked in Step 1 If the network address portion of the IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerll gt kxx xxx xxx xxx is the same as that of the PC the IP address of the PC does not need to be changed 1 Take a note of the IP address that is configured on the PC Before change IP address of the PC Before change Subnet mask of the PC Before change Default gateway Be sure to take a note in order to restore the IP address setting of the PC after the IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll is changed 4 158 2 Change the IP address of the PC lt Procedures in Windows 7 gt 1 Open the Control Panel of Windows LD Sticky Notes Computer QR Snipping Tool Control Panel 4 XPS Viewer ro Windows Fax and Scan Devices and Printers Default Programs 9 Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 A Remote Desktop Connection Help and Support gt All Programs Search programs and fi les e v EF Control Panel Adjust your computer
126. the measuring point group with information you set Close button Back to the Measuring point dialog box Close If the setting is incorrect the error message such as the one on the right will Example of display r appear according to the invalid setting when Register button is clicked ModekMES3 255C EN setting softwa Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions x The group name is repeated 2 If you click Close button without clicking the Register button after Mode MES2229C EN setting software changing the entry the message shown on the right will appear Yes button Register No button Not register Cancel button Back to the Measuring point group set dialog box y The editing group information is not registered Do you want to register i No Cancel lt Copying measuring point group information gt To copy registered measuring point group information select the line to copy and press the right click menu Copy measuring point group information or the short cut keys Ctrl C E 1 Groupi gt E sa a a E 3 Copy measuring point group information Cte ff a Paste measuring point group information Ctrl V gt Delete measuring point group information Del lt Pasting measuring point group information gt To paste the copied measuring point group information select the line to paste and press the right click menu Paste me
127. the operation of mail send Confirming file transfer Confirm the operation of file transfer Confirming air conditioner Confirm the operation of Energy saving level send connection Integration value setting Collect data Delete data Reset Logging time setting Login ID Password O Output setting functions Test adjustm ent function 1 22 2 Before use This chapter describes the part names and functions of EcoWebServerlll as well as the recommended system environment the installation of the Setting software the uninstallation of the Setting software the upgrade of the Setting software and the relevant settings of PCs which are essential for using the Setting software 2 1 Recommended system environment The system environment requirements for this software to properly operate as follows System environment OS Microsoft Windows XP Professional 32 bits English version SP3 basic software Microsoft Windows Vista Business 82 bits English version SP2 Microsoft Windows 7 Professional 32 bits 64bits English n SP1 Microsoft Windows 8 1 Pro 32bits 64 bits English version Pentium processor running at 1 GHz or higher or compatible microprocessor DOS V compatible Memory 4GB or more 4GB or more more Hard disk When the data collected by EcoWebServerlll save in the PC requires its Capacity A 10BASE T 100BASE TX or CompactFlash card reader required when performing the write
128. time Alarm status Load control status Demand goal Low rank value High rank Low rank High rank VCT ratio Alarm type Jka 4 199 2 Entering or selecting the items 1 2 3 4 Data output start Check Data output start to enable output of the demand a ienrnentnnecnecnn l Data output start G control measuring point data 3 The delay time of output finish lo notification The following items can be set only when this item is Name checked Start device No The delay time of output finish notification Set the time to delay update of the control device to Write complete after output of the demand control measuring data is completed The delay time can be set in the range of 0 to 3 seconds Name Select the PLC that outputs the data Information displayed in Terminal pull down menu PLC GOT terminal name registered in PLC GOT registration For the CPU GOT series the registered PLC GOT information is displayed Name Sequencer PLCAGOT series lOCPU LCPU OnACPU Sequencer i Start device No LPerere rere rere ere err ere rere rerer rere reer erere terete rer rere rererererrerrr rere terete rer rerer rere rere rere rrr rerr ere re rere rer re retire rere terete rrr rere rr erate re rerrrrerrr terete terete rrerrrrererererer rere rrr re rererererrrrerrrrerererererrr rere rrer ere rere rr tre rrr terete rere rrr rere r terete rere ts Device n
129. to that monitoring ID Did the contact output setting but contact is There is a possibility that the monitoring notification not output register has not been Separately contact output of the following is required monitoring notification registration When mail notification is not required resister as no notification Upper lower limit monitoring Operating status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring and Energy plan value monitoring Refer to 4 8 8 Upper lower limit notification registration 4 8 9 Operating status notification registration 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value notification registration 4 8 11 Energy plan value notification registration Contact output setting was changed and State of the contact ON is continued when change the written to the project but the contact remains setting about the contact and write the project ON not OFF Turned OFF the contact manually in the test adjustment function before the project is writen Reset the EcoWebServerlll or the remote I O unit when the project is changed and written in the state of contact IP address setting IP address illegal appears when the Confirm that the client PC s IP address is not duplicated EcoWebServerlll IP address setting is input with the IP address set in CH2 After the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is Check the IP address and subnet mask setting of the changed communication from a client PC is clie
130. up to 8 characters This entry is optional e Record the status Select this check box to save an operation history to a file Up to 32 operation histories can be recorded 4 96 5 2 Entering or selecting the items For a measuring point of a PLC Ethernet connection remate Name Measuring pontZ_ Select the PLC radio button and enter or select Ponte C Terminal C Device each of the following items mc Nam Sequencer O station fa IP address 192 168 10 2 PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QNACPU Data type Integrate Instant Status v PF range Device number ts Unt Data length feii Maximum value 32767 1 Name Factor CS Decimal integer y Select a PLC The name shown in the pull down menu is the terminal name of the PLC GOT terminal name registered with PLC GOT The registered PLC GOT information is displayed for station number IP address and CPU series 2 Data type Select a data type from Integrate Instant and Status When Instant is selected The Power Factor PF selection check box is enabled Select the check box and specify the range in the PF range to register the power factor Data type t Integrate fe Instant Status Power M Factor PF E 0 100 0 y 0 100 0 501000 When Status is selected The Record the state selection check box is enabled Select this check box to save an operation fee to a f
131. v New folder A Xx Favorites Name MZ Desktop de Downloads 2 Recent Places de sample de terminalConfig de XMLTemplate Libraries Documents A Music Pictures E Videos Computer amp Local Disk C 1 Sequencer1 2 Sequencer2 _ 7 Mitsubishi mes3CDmEn_v y Search mes3CDm er2 gt ARK Date modified 8 22 2014 11 06 AM 8 22 2014 4 35 PM 8 22 2014 4 35 PM vr 4 a i S Filename LOA 19 File folder File folder File folder j Yv Save as type CSV files z a Hide Folders Cancel The save dialog appears Specify any save destination and file name and click the Save button 4 196 The form of data output setting parameters is following Item Contents lt Output information gt Measuring point ID Measuring point name Unit Measuring item Decimal point data type Channel Pulse factor Scale type power factor type Data output device No Measuring error information error output device No bit output group No n line lt Data output group information gt Output group No Output group name IP address Port No PLC station No Start device No of th y n 1 line information updating 1 Measuring item 2 Decimal point 3 Data type 4 Channel 5 Pulse factor Measuring item for terminals Device No for PLC Decimal 1 Analog 2 Pulse 3 Digital Channel No for terminals Data length for PLC 0 0 0
132. value from main product Click the OK button b y Are you sure you want to execute The retrieved integrated count value information is displayed in the Present value field 4 304 2 Setting the electric energy C DEn ee te cl as Password For maintenance The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Enter the electric energy meter s indication value in the Indicated value it Time zone Name Present value af aaa factor Whole day Whole day 67 kw CIC 100 1 Time zone 0 kWh z 100 2 Time zone 0 kWh z 100 3 Time zone3 0 kWh z 100 4 Time zone4 0 kWh z 100 5 Time zone5 0 kWh 100 1 Enter the current indication on the electric energy meter for each time zone 2 Enter within the following range according to the number of meter digits in the demand setting Effective value range Meter multiplier x Value range of transaction meter 0 to 9999 99 or 99999 9 or 999999 0 to meter multiplier x 10 number of instrument digits 10 number of instrument digits 7 3 Ifa value exceeding the number of valid decimal digits is entered or a decimal digit is not input the value will be rounded to the valid decimal digits lt Ex If the number of meter digits is 5 digits and 13776 25 is entered for the meter indication the value will be 13776 2 gt 3 Click Set for the items to set Settled value Integrated value Multiplying factor Whole day Whole day 67 kW
133. want to set in the EcoWebServerlll and click the Direct write memory card button Refer to 4 8 1 IP address settings Password For maintenance CH1 IP address setting Before IP address setting After IP address 192 168 10 1 192 168 10 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Gateway i E E 4 168 3 Specifying the drive Select the drive where the memory card is mounted from the Drive pull down list Execute Cancel 4 Writing the IP address settings 1 Click the Execute button on the Direct write memory card screen and write in the IP address settings J execute Execute Write the IP address settings j P Cancel Back to the IP address If the device status is not ready the message shown on the right is displayed Click the OK button and confirm the device status GQ 1 can not access GA ad The device is not prepared 2 When writing is completed the following message is displayed e First insert the CF card where the IP address settings are written and then power on the EcoWebServerlll 4 169 4 7 2 Setting of the time The following describes the steps for operation in Time Reading out the date and time The following describes the steps for reading out the time that is set to the main unit of EcoWebServerlll 1 Displaying the Time screen Click Time button in the tree menu on the un
134. 0 001 to 99999 can be set 5 Resister value multiplying factor is do not exceed the 99999999999 11digits 6 Max intergration in 1 month is 9 99 10 1 5 41 5 4 3 Long data a Range of accessible devices for commands common to high performance model QCPU process CPU dual CPU universal model QCPU and LCPU Timer Current value TN00000 to TNO2046 Counter Current value CNO0000 to CNO1022 Data register D D000000 to D008190 W000000 to W001FFE File register R R000000 to R008190 Special register eS ee b Range of accessible devices for commands common to basic model QCPU TN00000 to TN00510 CN00000 to CN00510 Data register D D000000 to D008190 W000000 to W0007FE Fie register R E Special register R000000 to R008190 c Range of accessible devices for commands common to QnACPU TN00000 to TN02046 CNO00000 to CNO1022 Data register D D000000toD008190 W000000 to W001FFE R000000 to R008190 Special register D D009000 to D009254 d Range of accessible devices for commands common to ACPU TN00000 to TNO2046 CNO00000 to CNO1022 Data register D D000000 to D008190 W000000 to W001FFE EI D R000000 to R008190 D009000 to D009254 File register Special register 5 42 e Range of accessible devices for commands common to AnA AnUCPU Timer Current value TN00000 to TNO2046 Counter Current value CNO0000 to CNO1022 Dataregister D D000000 to D008190 W00000
135. 0 to WOO1FFE R R000000 to R008190 D009000 to D009254 Special register f Range of accessible devices for commands common to FXCPU Baa register D 00000 7098 Expanded resister R R000010 R9098 Special register D f D8000toD8510 g Range of accessible devices for commands common to GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 1 The device number varies with the sequencer CPU For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the sequencer or the CC Link master local unit 2 Data of double word 2 device No for 1 data Last device No is first device No 1 3 First word is being used as symbol a multiple of 2 4 Arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set as the unit 5 For the multiplier 0 00001 to 1 Up to 5 decimal places can be set 6 Resister value multiplying factor is do not exceed the 99999999999 11digits 7 Max intergration in 1 month is 9 99 10 1 5 43 5 5 PLC Setting The following describes PLC settings to communicate with by Ethernet CH2 FX series PLC is only supported for serial communication by using Ethernet Serial transfer 5 5 1 Communicate with EcoWebServerlll by Ethernet CH2 a For Ethernet interface unit GX Works2 GX Developer settings for Ethernet interface unit Operation settings 0 0 Line1 Contents Protocol Open mode Fixed buffer Fixed buffer step Pair open Alive confirm Local port Target IP address TCP Unpass
136. 01005 File transfer D001006 i Set FTP server D001007 Transmission destination folder set D001008 ASS EE EE Low rank FI Energy saving cooperation setting D001009 High rank i Energy saving level monitor setting D001010 Low rank Air conditioner connection setting D001011 Present demand High rank i D001012 E A Low rank D001013 High rank D001014 Low rank poo1015 AYestpower High rank D001016 R Low rank mwa High rank D001018 Low rank ne i High rank D001020 Remained time D001021 Alarm status D001022 Load control status D001023 Demand goal Low rank D001024 value High rank D001025 VCT ratio Low rank D001026 High rank f D001027 Alarm type 2 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The entries and input conditions for each item are the same as registering a data output group demand control 4 202 4 8 3 Contact output settings This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Contact output This is the setting for contact outputs of product errors and the monitoring information upper lower limits operation status specific consumption target value and energy plan value demand control and demand control set through the dialog box of Monitoring and notification settings Up to 32 points can be registered for contact outputs The contact output setting for demand control and demand control are p
137. 047 Characters not included in the setting range cannot be registered Word device lt Basic model QCPU gt Data register D D000000 D011135 Link register W W000000 W0007FF h File register R RO00000 R032767 F File register ZR ZR00000 ZR65535 lt High performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU Universal model QCPU LCPU gt Please refer to user s manual of CPUGOT for more details about device range OK 4 99 4 5 6 7 8 Unit Selector directly iype a unit ETS e When you type it directory the entry conditions are as follows Maximum value Up to 8 characters Decimal Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters lt gt When Operation monitoring is selected the selection pull down menu is disabled Only direct typing When Operation monitoring is selected this entry is optional Data length Select a data length Integrate or Instant Select from 16bit W and 32bit L Status Fixed to 1bit B Tabi Factor 32bit L Maximum value only when Integrate selected Enter the max value of the data range of the integrated count value Peeee ee errr reer errr errr reir errr rr rrr rrr rrr rrr rr treet rrr errr rr rr reir rrr rrr rrr rrr r rrr terres Maximum value 132767 Ex When the data range is from 0 to 999999 the max integrated c
138. 1 Current phase2 Current phase3 Current average Voltage phase1 2 Voltage phase2 3 Voltage phase3 1 Voltage L N average Leakage current Leakage current Harmonic Active power Reactive power Power factor Frequenc Current demand phase1 Current demand phase2 Current demand phase3 Leakage current demand Leakage current demand Harmonic Electric power demand HA HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA HA HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase1 RMS 15th HA phase1 RMS 17th HA phase1 RMS 19th HA HA phase3 RMS 1st HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Active energy Wh Reactive energy _ kah Current phaset A Current phase A Current phase3 A Current average O A Voltage phase1 2 _ OO Vy Voltage phase2 3 y Voltage phase3 1 _ _ Oo y Voltage L N average O Vy Leakage current mA Leakage current Harmonic mA Active power KN Reactive power var Power factor S Frequency Hz Current demand phase A Currentdemand phase2 A Current demand phase A Leakage currentdemand mA Leakage current demand Harmonic mA Electric power demand kW HA phase1 RMS tota O A HA phase1 RMS ist A HA phase1 RMS 3rd A HA phase1 RMS Sth A HA phasei RMS 7th A HA phase1 RMS 9th A HA phase1 RMS 11th A HA phase1 RMS 13th __ A HA phase1 RMS 15th A HA phase1 RMS 17th _
139. 1 1 0 1 2 1 only for MP11A 1 No corresponding item 6 Scale type 0 0to20mA 1 4to20mA 2 0to5V 3 1to5V 4 5to5V 7 Power factor type 0 0 100 0 1 50 100 50 8 Start device No of information updating gt Blank for no updating Example of OutputData csv lt Version gt 2 0 0 lt Output Condition gt 60Second lt Output Information gt 1 Energy1 kWh Energy 1 2 63 1 0 0 D002000 1 9 Voltage1 V Voltage 1 1 89 1 0 1 D002002 1 5 Current1 A Current 1 1 57 1 0 1 D002004 1 7 S T Voltage1 V S T Voltage 1 1 7 1 0 1 D000150 D001000 b0 2 10 Power factor1 Power factor 1 1 27 1 0 0 D000152 D001000 b1 2 12 Production line counter1 Pcs D000051 0 2 0 1 D000154 D001000 b2 2 lt Output data group information gt 1 Data output group1 10 23 45 6 80 0 2 Data output group2 10 23 45 6 80 0 D001001 a a a a y 4 197 4 8 2 Data output settings demand control Only when demand control function is provided These settings are made to output the measuring point data for demand control to the MELSEC PLC GOT using Ethernet communication or Ethernet Serial adaptor cable Checking the registered information for the data output settings demand control Display the data output setting demand control and describe how to check the registered information 1 Displaying the Data output set Demand control screen Click the Data ou
140. 1 month data is saved in one file Data at 1 day intervals from the 1st day of one month to the 1st day of the next month Data for 5 years 1 year data is saved in one file Data at 1 month intervals from January of one year to January of the next year Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 30 minute or 1 hour intervals from one day at 00 00 to the next day at 00 00 Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 30 minute or 1 hour intervals from one day at 00 00 to the next day at 00 00 Data for 5 years 1 year data is saved in one file Data at 1 month intervals from January of one year to January of the next year Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 30 minute or 1 hour intervals from one day at 00 00 to the next day at 00 00 Operation monitoring information is saved in operation history data files 64 KB x 4 x Number of operation monitoring points System error information is saved in system log files 256 KB x 8 Data for 186 days 1 day data is saved in one file Data at 15 minute 30 minute or 1 hour intervals from one day at 00 00 to the next day at 00 00 Data for 60 months 1 month data is saved in one file Data at 1 day intervals from the 1st day of one month to the 1st day of the next month Data for 5 years 1 year data is saved in one file Data at 1 month intervals from January of one year to January of the next year Record the occurrenc
141. 106 4 4 4 Measuring point group registration This section explains the procedure on the for Measuring point group set A measuring point group refers to a group of several measuring points It is listed in the current value view group of the EcoWebServerlll for each measuring point group registered here A maximum of 32 groups can be registered e You cannot register one measuring point to more than one measuring point group at the same time e You cannot register a virtual measuring point to a measuring point group Checking a list of registered measuring point groups The following describes how to display and check the list of registered measuring point groups 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting Measuring item Unit Group Monitoring a Electric_energy Const Current phase A Y Groupl Active energy kWh lt Group setting gt E ala 2 Displaying the Measuring point group set dialog box Select an any measuring point on the measuring point registration screen and select lt Group setting gt from the Group selection Measuring point group a Name pull down menu Group2 Group3 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 ry 8 3 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the screen No Measuring point group No Name Name of registered measuring point group Delete
142. 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS total HA phase3 RMS ist HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase D ratio total HA phase D ratio 3rd HA phase D ratio 5th HA phase1 D ratio 7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th Measured items HA phase D ratio 11th HA phase1 D ratio 13th HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio 5th HA phase3 D ratio 7th HA phase3 D ratio 9th HA phase3 D ratio 11th HA phase3 D ratio 13th HV phase1 2 RMS total HV phase1 2 RMS 1st HV phase1 2 RMS 3rd HV phase1 2 RMS 5th HV phase1 2 RMS 7th HV phase1 2 RMS 9th HV phase1 2 RMS 11th HV phase1 2 RMS 13th HV phase2 3 RMS total HV phase2 3 RMS 1st HV phase2 3 RMS 3rd HV phase2 3 RMS 5th HV phase2 3 RMS 7th HV phase2 3 RMS 9th HV phase2 3 RMS 11th HV phase2 3 RMS 13th HV phase1 2 D ratio total HV phase1 2 D ratio 3rd HV phase1 2 D ratio 5th HV phase1 2 D ratio 7th HV phase1 2 D ratio 9th HV phase1 2 D ratio 11th HV phase1 2 D ratio 13th HV phase2 3 D ratio total HV phase2 3 D ratio 3rd HV phase2 3 D ratio 5th HV phase2 3 D ratio 7th HV phase2 3 D ratio 9th HV phase2 3 D ratio 11th HV phase2 3 D ratio 13th kWh e ANS kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh gt TA SN 3s 4 4 o o o 3s 3S Reactive energy Import lag Current phaset Current phase __ _ Cur
143. 15th _current_17th _current_19th _current_21st _current_ 23rd _current_ 25th _current_27th _current_ 29th H_current_31th 1 current THD 2 H_current_ Total 2 H_current_1st 2 H_current_3rd 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current_7th 2 H_current_9th 2 H_current_11th 2 H_current_ 13th 2 H_current_ 15th 2 H_current_17th 2 H_current_ 19th 2 H_current_ 21st 2 H_ current 23rd 2 H_current_ 25th 2 H_current_27th 2 H_current_ 29th 2 H_current_ 31th 2_current_ THD 3 H_current_ Total 3 H_current_ 1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_5th 3 H_current_7th 3 H_current_9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_13th 3 H_current_ 15th 3 H_current_17th 3 H_current_ 19th 3 H_current_ 21st 3 H_current_ 23rd 3 H_current_ 25th 3 H_current_27th 3 H_current_ 29th 3 H_current_31th 3 current_ THD kWh kWh kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh V ojo SOS kWh zL e ojoo o gt O PS PTAA i i i x e Oo 3s o 3s 3s aS o ol Ne r 3S O O 00 o r 5 22 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltag
144. 2 Confirming mail send 4 9 4 Errors and regular notification check 4 9 5 Measuring point data monitoring and notification check y 3 Confirming file transfer Send a test file if necessary Refer to sail aids 4 9 6 File automatic transfer check J Check the connection with air conditioner if Refer to 4 Confirming energy necessary 4 9 7 Air conditioning controller saving collaboration connection check Adjust to the business meter indicator value Enter Refer to 5 Setting the count the meter indicator value for each time zone 4 9 8 Integrated count value value settings Delete the log data logging data alarm and Refer to 6 Clearing the log control history data and the system log 4 9 10 Delete data 4 Operating procedures This chapter describes the operating procedures for Project management dialog box and Project settings dialog box The operations and screens may differ according to the user s personal computer OS and working environment Project management dialog box Manages the setting data of multiple units of EcoWebServerlll through the project management Double click here to register gt Project settings dialog box Performs settings and operations of Demand settings Data collecting settings Project management Options Output and Test for the projects that are managed through the project management lt For CC Link communicat
145. 21 GOOD BYE C EcoWebServer Data gt 14 Type exit and then press the Enter key Windows Command Prompt will be closed C EcoWebServer Data gt exit 9 60 5 11 List of prohibited characters Prohibited characters on EcoWebServerlll are shown below The following characters may not be displayed correctly on the browser of EcoWebServerlll t SADOOMOOOMQOQOWDOHBOOOMWUM I MMV V VIVIVITX X mncmkmmgkgcom a Nokk Taf SL Ai i v vivivilixx 7 i iiiv v vivivilix x I HMMIV V VIVIVIXX i OC Not 9 61 5 12 List of error codes 5 12 1 Terminal connection check Factor for occurrence of Error code Description of error Action error details 45828 Abnormal station No terminal of the B304 detected in circuit test 2PPlicable station number is connected 45831 Abnormal data link of No terminal of the Check for proper connection of the B307 all stations applicable station number terminal and disconnection or is connected mie 27a n asias No terminal of the short circuit of the transmission line applicable station number is connected at the first connection check 5 12 2 Mail sending check Factor for occurrence of Error code Description of error Action error details Mail server not set SMTP server has not error been registered in the Check the contents of the setting setting project project Mail not set error Mail notification has not And check if the project ha
146. 26 255 255 255 128 0 0 0 191 255 255 255 192 0 0 0 223 255 255 255 1 The following IP addresses cannot be configured e 0 0 0 0 Xxx xxx xxx 255 xxx are any values e The same IP address as that of the client PC 2 The same IP address as the one for other projects can be registered Subnet mask Setting conditions Example e The value 1 continues from the 255 255 0 0 most significant bit 11111111 11111111 00000000 e No Ois inserted between the 1s 90000000 e The least significant bit is O CESEN The following IP addresses cannot be configured 0 0 0 0 xxx xxx xxx 255 xxx are any values This item is optional Configure it only when necessary Binary number The DNS server can be configured at the same time To set the DNS server enter the setting in DNS setting After Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings Configuring DNS servers 2 Set the IP address for connecting the PLC and EcoWebServerlll This setting is not required if data will not be exchanged with the PLC via the MC protocol Type the IP address and subnet mask you want to set in the CH2 IP address setting After field If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 IP address setting Before IP address setting After IP address 192 168 3 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Gateway AAN M
147. 3 etc Remove unnecessary brackets The value measuring point or constant is 1 piece in parenthases Algorithm errors 10 10 5 3 2 etc You cannot register the constant that a The arithmetic result of the constant is 0 computation between constants results in 0 Algorithm errors 999999 999999 etc You cannot register an expression such The arithmetic result of the constant exceeds as that computation between constants 11 digits results in more than 11 digits Algorithm errors ID0001 IDO02 IDO001 Check if the expression is valid The formula is wrong etc Algorithm errors 1 OOOOO0000 You cannot register an expression The number of characters of arithmetic ID001 ID002 1 2 etc exceeding 256 characters expressions exceeds 256 characters Algorithm errors 100 0 etc You cannot register an expression Divide by zero including a division by zero 4 117 lt Copying virtual measuring point information gt To copy registered virtual measuring point information select the line to copy and press the right click menu Copy virtual calculation point information or the short cut keys Ctrl C Data type Virtual measuring point name Arithmetic ex J ai a Sor 100001 002 Copy virtual calculation poin information Ctrl C J asl A A A A A A A A A A A A A M M M M 4 Paste virtual calculation poin information Ctrl V wOO4 005 Delete virtual calcula
148. 3 255C DM EN setting soft 5 After the notification check on all selected item is completed the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Demand notification dialog box 4 288 4 Checking the results of execution The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Result code column on the Demand notification dialog box g m 7 E A ae Se _ _ A Test Demand nortification __ A r N sa E 8 Confirm terminal connection Subject Maisending Suspend SendTo Resut Code Confirm contact output Level 1 alarm occurred not set not set Execution completion Confirm mail sending Level 1 alarm restored not set not set Execution completion Demand nortification Level 2 alarm occurred not set not set Not carry out Error regular notification Level 2 alarm restored not set not set Not carry out Measuring point data monitoring report Limit Fixed alarm occurred not set not set Not carry out Confirm file transfer Limit Fixed alarm restored not set not set Not carry out Confires r eadar connection Battery error demand control unit occurred not set not set Not carry out integration value set Outside synchronism error occurred not set not set Not carry out Coli dade Outside synchronism error restored not set not set Not carry out Delete data Demand control Error occurred not set not set The results of execution are showed as below e When each item s test mail transfer e
149. 32 groups can be registered Refers to a measuring point for recording the operation status of equipment by Operation monitoring measuring point monitoring digital input signals Up to 32 of 255 measuring points can be registered Contact output Refers to output when an event such as an error occurs in EcoWebServerlll Up to 32 contact output points can be registered Virtual measuring point Refers to a measuring point for which the computation result between measuring points is used as virtual measurement data A maximum of 128 measuring points excluding the 255 measuring points can be registered Refers to a measuring point for which the result of dividing energy amount by Specific consumption measuring point production amount is used as measurement data A maximum of 64 measuring points excluding the 255 measuring points can be registered Refers to a measuring point for recording an equipment status such as equipment efficiency A maximum of 42 measuring points can be registered Refers to a group of equipment measuring points A maximum of 42 groups can be registered Equipment Equipment group Daily data Refers to the data of a measuring point collected on the hour or on the half hour for 1 Weekly data Refers to the data of a measuring point collected on the hour or on the half hour for 7 days Monthly data Refers to the data of a measuring point collected at 1 day intervals for 1 month Annual data Refers to the
150. 3919 1502
151. 4 characters The following characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters yy ar Name Select the PLC to where the data will be output from the pull down menu The selected PLC CPU series will be displayed Name Sequencer PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QnACPU Start device No Input the start device No for the data output destination Refer to section 5 10 Items output to PLC GOT for the setting range Depending on the number of measuring points registered in the output group the last device number will appear automatically The last device number cannot be set in duplicate with a device registered as a measuring point Start device No PF El gt Click to display the range of devices that can be set for each CPU series Device Only D devices Characters Up to 5 half byte alphanumeric characters or 7 characters including device name Types of characters Decimal or hexadecimal in device name number section Measuring error information Check this to enable measuring error outputs Start device No When output of measuring error is enabled set the start number of the device that is outputting the measuring error information Refer to section 5 10 Items output to PLC GOT for the setting range Depending on the number of measuring points registered in the output group the last device number will appear automatically The last device number cannot be set in duplicate with a device registere
152. 55 255 255 0 Gateway Comment Re Eas 2 Entering items Enter the following items Project name Enter the name of a project that is to be registered in EcoWebServerlll The project name specified here is displayed in the EcoWebServerlll menu dialog box EcoWebServerlll menu dialog box Project name sample Project Current value Monitor Large font Enter amp Real time Monitor Characters Up to 32 characters The following characters cannot be registered Prohibited H 2 lt gt characters A period cannot be used at the beginning or end of the project name If you use any disallowed characters which are listed in Appendix Disallowed Character List the characters may not be displayed properly in the browser display of EcoWebServerlll 2A project name that is the same as the existing one cannot be registered And XMLTemplate and terminalConfig can not be registered 4 5 Enter the same value as the IP address that is specified in EcoWebServerlll IP address alue i When a new project is being created the default value 192 168 10 1 is automatically entered Range of configurable IP address Leading IP address bits Range of IP address B 10 _128 0 0 0 10 191 255 255 255 192 0 0 0 to 223 255 255 255 1 The following IP addresses cannot be configured e 0 0 0 0 XXX XXX XXX 255 xxx are any values The same IP address as that of the client PC 2 The s
153. 68 10 1 IP address 192 168 10 xx xx is a value from 2 to 255 For example change to 192 168 10 10 etc Subnet address 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Blank 3 1 4 Setting the EcoWebServerlll IP address Set the IP address for the EcoWebServerlll with the setting software 1 Start the EcoWebServerlll configuration software E For CC Link communication product with demand control function Open Start menu All programs Mitsubishi Energy Management EcoW ebServerlll MES3 255C DM EN ver2 Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software Or double click the Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 icon on the desktop E For CC Link communication product Open Start menu All programs Mitsubishi Energy Management EcoW ebServerlll MES3 255C EN ver2 Model MES3 255C EN Setting software Or double click the Model MES3 255C EN Setting software ver2 icon on the desktop lt Example gt de Accessories Control Panel Je Games de Maintenance Devices and Printers Default Programs Help and Support Shut down ma 3 2 The Project management dialog box is displayed shortly When the following dialog box is displayed the launch is completed Model MES3 255C DM EN setting softwar Double click here to register gt When the User Account Control dialog box is displayed in Windows7 click Yes to launch the software Program name ecoservers3 exe Publisher Unknown F
154. 8 3 Contact output settings Refer to 4 6 1 Project saving 4 6 2 Project writing 3 3 Setting procedures for starting operation with demand control function This section describes flow of settings from starting the EcoWebServerlll unit with demand control function to starting data collection 1 Configuring demand control settings and data collection 1 Demand control settings 2 Time zone and calendar settings 3 Measuring data collection settings Basic settings 4 Measuring data collection settings Advanced settings 5 EcoWebServerlll configurations Configure the settings related to demand control and control a Configure the demand basic settings b Configure the demand alarm and control settings Set the time zone name day pattern and calendar a Configure the demand alarm and control settings b Configure the demand calendar settings Register the I O terminal or PLC connected to the unit register the measuring elements collected from the terminal as the measuring points and sort into groups a Register the terminal b Register the PLC GOT c Register the measuring points Set the options for expanding the scope of display and analysis This can be skipped when not using the following functions a Register the virtual measuring points b Register the specific consumption measuring points c Register the equipment Set when u
155. A O HA phase3 RMS 15th A HA phase3 RMS 47th A HA phase3 RMS 19th A HA phaseN RMS fundamental A HA phaseN RMS 3rd A O HA phaseN RMS Sth __ A HA phaseN RMS 7th A kvar HA phaseNRMSoth_ A HA phaseN RMS 11th A O HA phaseN RMS 13th A HA phaseN RMS 15th A HA phaseN RMS 17th A HA phaseN RMS 19th A HA demand phase1 RMS total A HA demand phase2 RMS total A HA demand phase3 RMS total A HA demand phaseN RMS total A Leakage current Leakage current Harmonic Reactiveenergy Power factor Frequency i O Leakage current demand Leakage current demand Harmonic _ Electric powerdemand Reactive power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase2 RMS total HA phase3 RMS total HA phaseN RMS total HA phase1 RMS fundamental HA phasel RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS Sth __ HA phase RMS 7th _ HA phasei RMS 9th 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of the currents of the phases For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R phase S phase and T phase 3 The total voltage is the average of the voltages between the lines For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R S S T and T R 4 The demand refers to moving average 5 The maximum phase current demand is the highest current demand of the curre
156. Availability M 2014 08 25 Mon Performance EW 2019 08 25 Mon Quality gt 2014 08 Z25 Mon Overall equipment fficiency Rate Equipment efficiency 120 100 e Q NORMA A gt y I 50 PE ON N TARTA A q sI y F 50 GN EN Ga E A A 7 A NDN one 30 RS Ae ik A Y 7 IE F TaD can P A LA be Pee FIA Pee be Pee be bebe Pee a FEE 20 MN A a X aia T A IN NI NCE A va oN E e e ATARI A PARA PALA E AA ee A PA AA A A DS No o PES a LA i z a e E es t Lf res i _ amp P Nia gt free he NA m As HIENE 22 ERREEN For details about the measurement graph view refer to Instruction Manual Operation 4 129 Checking the list of registered equipment The following describes how to display and check the list of equipment Project name sample Project 1 Displaying the Equipment list dialog box vs csiccins serinss Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting Equipment li n B Equipment group Specific consumption Do Equipment name Standard cycle time Loading time Stopt fete 01 Equipment 60 Measuring point Meas f f02 Equipment2 90 Measuring point1 Measi Equipment 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list ID Equipment ID Equipment name Name of registered equipment Standard cycle time Registered refer
157. Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters O i cannot be registered 1 2 Memory card error Report mail for memory card error W Mail sending lw Suspend To tarofMyama melco co jp Subject memory card error Body Memory card error occurred 1 To transmit the memory card error report mail check the Mail sending check box of the Report mail for memory card error area 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows To To a anibited eiaieciais le a cannot be registered Default memory card error Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters ears i cannot be registered Default Memory card error Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters ee oe cannot be registered 4 223 1 3 MER RNG error Report mail for measuring error W Monitor W Mail sending Suspend To taro yama melco co jp Subject loggingerror Body occuring Measuring error occurred Body recovering Measuring error recovered Number of errors le Measurement report when an error occurs continuously over the set 1 Check the Monitor check box in the Report mail for measuring error area to monitor the measurement error only i e record the system log only and check the Mail sending check box in the Report mail for measuring error area to transmit the measurement error report mail When t
158. Cancels the folder selection and returns to the Restore of project dialog box 3 Performing the restoration 1 Click the button on the Restore of project dialog box a OK button Performs the restoration The restoration confirmation dialog box is displayed If the restore folder is not entered the OK button is disabled Cancel button Cancels the restoration and returns to the project management dialog box Cancel If the project does not exist in the specified restore source a message EYES software as in the right figure is displayed Click the OK button and specify the correct restore source again Q There is no project in restore folder 2 If the folder specified as the source is not ready for use a message as in the right figure is displayed o Click the Retry button after the device is ready or click the Cancel y E m button to change the source drive Cancel 4 15 3 If no project data exists in the specified source folder Mod MES3255C EN setting software a message as in the right figure is displayed a as a n not access C rs EcO GI VESKLO acku mpie Fro Click the Cancel button and enter the correct source UD a path Cancel 2 Click the button on the restoration confirmation dialog box Model MES3 255C EN setting software EW Yes button Performs the restoration No button Cancels the restoration and returns
159. Close 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the terminal list No PLC No Terminal name Name of PLC GOT PLC GOT series PLC GOT series Connection Communication type between PLC GOT and EcoWebServerlll method IP address IP address of PLC GOT Port No Port number for Ethernet of PLC GOT Station No Station number of PLC serial communication when Ethernet Serial conversion is selected for exchanging data with EcoWebServerlll 4 85 Registering a new PLC GOT This section described how to register a new PLC GOT 1 Displaying the Log in PLC GOT screen Click the PLC GOT button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a line to register and click the Edit dialog box Double click a line to register in the terminal list or select a line to register and click the Edit button The default value is displayed for each item in the PLC GOT information Log in PLC GOT No Terminal name PLCAGOT series Connection n Sequencer QCPU LCPU OnACPU Ethernet Dire Sequencers FXCPU Convert Ethe Sequencers 6T27 6T16 GT159 GT14 Ethernet Dire Click Edit button to enable inputs 6 h en pg i ha 4 Sequencer4 PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QnACPU Communication IP address Port No Station Mo qn mH A A a 4 86 3 Entering or selecting the items Enter or select the following items Name PLC GOT series Connect
160. Confir il sendi rs p maaan se fication No Name Destination IP address domain name uc leer ia 1 Connect domain1 http 192 168 0 201 da by A 2 Connect domain2 http 192 168 0 202 MR Aa dl 3 Connectdomain3 http 192 168 0 203 n 4 Connect domain4 http 192 168 0 204 Confirm air conditioner connection EPA 5 http Collect data a Delete data 8 http Reset 9 http 10 http Event Subject Output Result Code Test Energy saving level4 Not carry out Energy saving level3 Not carry out Energy saving level2 not set Not carry out Energy saving level Not carry out Energy saving level0 Not carry out Emergency stop order not set Not carry out Password For maintenance l_es 4 302 2 Testing the external transmission 1 in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is asa 2 Click the Execute button for items to send Event Subject Output Result Code Test Energy Saving level4 Not carry out o Execute Energy saving level3 Not carry out Execute Energy saving level not set Not carry out Execute Energy saving level Not carry out Execute Energy saving level Not carry out Execute Emergency stop order not set Not carry out Execute 3 A dialog box that indicates the air controller connection dig tem Energy saving levels is being confirmed check is in progress will appear pam ese wer If you want to cancel it click the Abort
161. Control output Load12 Invalid 0 0 kW 4 61 2 Setting demand alarm and control 1 Input or select the following items Inputting the Alarm Control mask time i Alarm setting T ee 1 It does not alarm monitoring and demand control until the alarm control mask time have passed from the start of the demand time limit 2 The following can be input Demand time limit 15 min gt 0 15 min Demand time limit 30 min gt 0 30 min Demand time limit 60 min gt 0 60 min The default value is 6 minutes 3 If set to 30 the alarm monitoring and demand control can be carried out regardless of the remaining time During the reclosing after demand time limit demand control off is not carried out Set the optimal value to match the actual alarm and control situation Alarm type Limit Alarm Carry out management based on calender setting i i A E IO IEA AA ra ia eee eee cee aii Reale l Time zone Target demand OPAS Fixed alarm Subject No Time zone Base power 3 mae 5255 walue value Level 1 alarm 1 Whole day 300 0 KW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW Level 2 alarm 7 PoS e onion Limit Fixed alarm 3 1 Time zone name can be input up to 16 characters 2 The following characters cannot be registered lt gt Y 4 62 4 When carrying out the season and time zone management checking the Carry out management based on calendar setting check box As necessa
162. D D o mb lt lt ojo mp mF Y V O Q D D Z m lt D o O D phase1 N phase2 N J J lt lt ojo t mt DIN O O D il Pat itil lt a pes je Q D O a gt je n D oo Z Reactive power Power factor Frequenc phase1 J O Cc D 5 o D 3 je o OJO O JO gt S o o1c Q aT pae A ia ee ee ie MN a em lt oo D 3 3 3153 me e e O olajalo O ojo o o Z 3 3 33 D D puro JS o Jl Haro E a ojajaja O o fo 23 3 33 D 1H mn DIDID ZWN 3 D 2 3 Z 3 O 3 D 0 CD Electric power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase2 RMS total HA phase2 RMS ist HA phase2 RMS 3rd HA phase2 RMS 5th HA phase2 RMS 7th HA phase2 RMS 9th HA phase2 RMS 11th HA phase2 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS total HA phase3 RMS ist HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase1 D ratio total HA phase1 D ratio 3rd HA phase1 D ratio 5th HA phase1 D ratio 7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th HA phase1 D ratio 11th HA phase1 D ratio 13th HA phase2 D ratio total HA phase2 D ratio 3rd HA phase2 D ratio 5th HA phase2 D ratio 7th HA phase2 D ratio 9th Haasan li coe Noe POS OJO RO 1 0 0 0 10 0 O 1 0 0
163. HD 3 N_voltage_HD_3rd 3 N_voltage_HD_5th 3 N_voltage_HD_7th _current_21st _current_ 23rd OJO Ne 4 mob mob I O Cc a D ma p N al p gt _current_27th _current_ 29th H_current_31th 1_current_ THD 2 H_current_ Total 2 H_current_1st 2 H_current_3rd 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current_7th 2 H_current_9th 2 H_current_11th 2 H_current_ 13th 2 H_current_ 15th 2 H_current_17th 2 H_current_ 19th 2 H_current_21st 2 H_ current 23rd 2 H_current_ 25th 2 H_current_27th 2 H_current_ 29th 2 H_current_ 31th 2_current_ THD 3 H_current_ Total 3 H_current_ 1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_5th 3 H_current_7th 3 H_current_9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_13th 3 H_current_ 15th 3 H_current_17th 3 H_current_ 19th 3 H_current_21st 3 H_current_23rd 3 H_current_25th 3 H_current_27th 3S O O O O O O O O SES ojx 00 e e e e e e e 3 N_voltage_HD_ 9th 3 N_voltage HD 11th 3 N_voltage HD 13th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 15th 3 N_voltage HD 17th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 19th 3 N_voltage_ HD 21st 3 N_ voltage HD 23rd 3 N_ voltage HD 25th 3 N_voltage HD 27th 3 N_voltage_ HD 29th 3 N_voltage_HD_ 31st 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th _current_7th _current_9th _current_13th 1 H 1 H 1 H_current_11th 1 H 1 H _current_15th 3S 3 H_current_ 29th
164. IT IP address setting After IP address Type in a new IP address Subnet mask Type in a new subnet mask Gateway Type in a new gateway address The input range is the same as CH1 A network address section IP address that is the same as CH1 cannot be entered 4 163 F Changing When you click the f change button the message for confirming the change will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Executes the IP address setting No button Cancels the IP address setting QS y Change IP address Are you sure you want to execute When the change is completed the following message will be displayed Click the OK button i Model MES3 255C EN setting software F The changed of IP address is completed The main body of the product is being reset now Start communication After restarting the System When it can not communicate with main body of the product normally please review the network setting of main body of the product and client PC 1 After the IP address setting is changed EcoWebServerlll will be automatically reset After the reset is completed the change of the IP address will be effective A reset takes 1 to 8 minutes Wait until the reset is completed and the STA LED on the main unit of EcoWebServerlll comes on before executing communication 3 The values of IP address Subnet mask and Gateway in the project information will
165. M008191 Latch relay L L000000 to L008191 Step relay S 000000 to S008191 Link relay B B000000 to BOO1FFF 1 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring d Range of accessible devices for commands common to ACPU nput Output Internal relay Latch relay Step relay Link relay Annunciator Special relay e Range of accessible devices for commands common to AnA AnUCPU Outpu Y 000000 to YOO1FFF intemal relay M Moo0000 to MOOB191 Latch relay E 1000000 to LO0B191 Step relay s S000000 t0 S008191 Link relay B B00000010 B001FFF 5 38 f Range of accessible devices for commands common to FXCPU input 0000tOx0377 routput Y V00001o 0377 intemal relay M Mo000 to M7679 Step relay s S0000 0 54095 Specialrely M M8000 to mestt g Range of accessible devices for commands common to GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 L0000 to L2047 M0000 to M2047 9 39 5 4 2 Word data a Range of accessible devices for commands common to high performance model QCPU process CPU dual CPU universal model QCPU and LCPU Timer Current value TNOOOOO to TNO2047 Counter Current value CNO0000 to CNO1023 Data register D D000000 to D008191 Fie register R R000000 to R008191 Special register BI ar l b Range of accessible devices for commands common to basic model QCPU Device No Data register D D000000 to D008191 File register R R000000
166. MES3 255C DM EN setting soft E Yes button Executes the measuring point data monitoring and report check Sia nets No button Cancels the measuring point data monitoring and report check and back to the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the measuring point data monitoring and report check in progress will appears Subject Mon oring i in Mal Sending Confirm If you want to cancel it click the Abort button Bee oe et If the measuring point data monitoring and report check Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software fails the message on the right will appear Click the No button and check the SMTP server E AAA oe connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc Press Cancel to not show error message again Cancel Yes button Executes the report check of the next item Cancel button Executes the report check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the report check on all selected item is completed the completion MsMSS C PMFEN setting sof message appears Click the OK button to back to the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box 4 296 4 Confirming the execution results The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Result code column on the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box Test Measuring p
167. MU3 DP1 C EMU4 BD1 MB or EMU C7P4 6 A S EMU C7P4 6 A P MDU WS EMU4 HD1 MB MDU WS V AE SW BIF CC ME110SSR C ME110SSFL C2H ME110NSR C ME110NSFL C LG 5F C LG 10F C AJ65BT 68TD AJ65BT 64RD3 AJ65BT 64AD AJ65SBTB1 8D AJ65SBTB1 16D AJ65SBTB1 32D AJ65SBTB1 16DT AJ65SBTB1 32DT QU61BT11N LCPU LJ61BT11 connection be input and Model MELSEC PLC output number name type QCPU LCPU QnACPU ACPU Among them data name AnACPU AnUCPU output is possible FXCPU FX1x FXCPU FX3x 8 only FXCPU only serial connection GOT2000 series GOT1000 series Connection device name GT27 GT16 GT14 GT15 Measuring CC Link terminal Current voltage electric power electric energy target PRA etc Differs for each model Demand contro Time Year month day hour minute second Remaining time Current demand Whole day time zone 1 10 Integrated value of consumption Whole day time zone 1 10 Predicted demand Adjusted electrical power Permissible power Power limit Measuring All measuring points Up to 255 points oo o points measuring points of Up to 32 points Include in the measuring point Not include in the measuring point measuring point Equipment Demand measuring point 2 points Demand Integrated value of consumption 1 The following conditions Total number of stations a bx2 cx3 dx4 lt 64 a Number of units occupying 1 station b Number of units occupying 2 stations c Number of units occup
168. No 5 order of priority 4 is manually controlled so it is excluded from the demand control target The next priority 6 7 is shut off In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs including the manually shut off control output are turned on in the order of longest shut off time 4 4 gt 6 12 These are turned on at a five second interval The control outputs with same order of priority are turned on simultaneously At the next demand time limit the control numbers are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit ernie Order of priority 25 20 15 10 5 output Manual shut off Example of operation for manual shut off control 4 54 4 3 4 Seasonal Time Zone Control Function Time Zone Schedule Function The current time zone 1 to time zone 10 is judged from the current date and time and the system is run with the settings target demand fixed alarm value base power for the corresponding time zone By setting the time zone setting daily pattern setting and calendar setting beforehand demand control that matches the seasons or date time can be carried out lt Example gt Time zone schedule for July 28 2014 21 00 to 21 30 80 minute demand time limit In the following diagram daily pattern 3 is set for the
169. Operation status monitoring To Subject memory card error UN Specific consumption target value monitoring Body Memory card error occurred Energy planning value monitoring File transfer a Set FTP server m Report mail for measuring error Transmission destination folder set Y Monitor Mailsending Suspend Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting e flogging error Air conditioner connection setting Body occuring Measuring error occurred Body recovering Measuring error recovered Number of errors E Measurement report when an error occurs continuously over the set Start up and memory card error will always be monitoring and recording in system log 4 222 2 Inputting the information of each monitoring and report item 1 Setting items on initial condition 1 screen 1 1 Startup Report mail is started We Mail sending W Suspend To taro yama melco co jp subject start Body Model MES3 255C DM EN start 1 To transmit the startup report mail check the Mail sending check box of the Report mail is started area 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows To To oneei e a cannot be registered Default start Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters eee lt a cannot be registered Default Model MES3 255C EN start
170. S3 255C DM EN is used in the following operations but this also applies MES3 255C EN 2 If an older version of the EcoWebServerlll setting software is already installed see 2 5 Upgrading the software and upgrade the setting software 1 Inserting the CD and launching the installer 1 Insert the EcoWebServerlll setting software set up CD ROM into the CD drive on your PC The web site below will be displayed Click the setting software to install Wie e D ReadMe html J gt x E sing vip Favorites Energy Saving Data Collecting Server Ec A a gt E E dh y Pager Safetyy Tools e Click Setting Software al Setting Software s ctio i Install setting software for EcoWebServerIII Software The display method is explained Measurement graph display current value display data file etc This instruction manual describes how to manage set up and operate ee mae EcoWebServerIII and how to operate the Manual 2 Instruction Manual Setting EcoWebServerIII setting software for the maintenance of EcoWebServerIII 7 2 AA Installation and wiring are explained Done jM Computer Protected Mode Off fa y Q10 Instruction If the installer is not automatically launched open the CD drive with Explorer and double click ReadMe html in the root folder to run it 2 Security warning screen will appear so
171. T rati 60 Current demand No of pulses from start of time limit x ee x kW Pulse constant Demandtimelimit A graph of the demand value kW and demand time limit minutes is shown below The electric energy No of pulses from start of time limit x VCT ratio pulse constant kWh is averaged with the demand time limit minutes so even if a single electric energy pulse is not input from the current state to the end of the demand time limit the current demand will not change Demand value kW Target demand i Current Demand 4 Remaining time _ gt 0 Time min Current Demand time limit Current Demand 2 Multiplying factor resolution and maximum value of current demand The current demand range depends on whether or not the multiplying factor is set See 4 3 1 Demand measuring function integrated electric energy Remarks Setting the multiplying factor for details lt When setting the multiplying factor gt Maximum value of Multiplying factor of current e 999 9999 Meter multiplier x 100 ofmeter digis 7 y 94 9 999 999 0 01 lt Meter multiplier x 10 No f meter doits 7 q q 99 999 99 0 1 lt Meter multiplier x 10 ofmeierdigits7 lt 4 999 999 9 1 lt Meter multiplier x 1000 9f meter digits 7 4 20 A quick reference table of the maximum current demand value and multiplyi
172. Time zone 2 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW Pocobrrrrrorrrnrrrrrcnrnrrrrcsrrrnrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrcrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnnrnnssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnnrrrrrrrncrrrrrrnnrnrrrrrsrrrrrrrrcrrcrrrrrrrenrrrrrrrnnrnnrrrnsnrrrrrrnrrrrrrrrr csro 1 0 0 99999 9 can be input 2 When integers or more than 2 decimal places is input will be displayed with the first decimal place Example 123 45 gt 123 4 456 gt 456 0 8 Selecting the Demand control type Demand control type Cyclic Reclosing aa Cyclic Reclosing ATE i Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interwal Priority order Reclosing Control No Load name Control capacity 1 Control output Load Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit 0 0 KW 2 Control output Load Priority Cyclic Reclosing 0 0 kw 1 The details of demand control type refer to 4 3 3 Demand Control Function 4 64 When selected the Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval in Demand control Type 9 Inputting the Reclosing interval Control setting Demand control type Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval bl eS SS SS eee oe i Reclosing interval 5 Minute 1 30 e e a 1 The following can be input Demand time limit 15 min gt 0 15 min Demand time limit 30 min gt 0 30 min Demand time limit 60 min gt 0 60 min The default value is 5 minutes 2 Regardless of
173. VCT ratio pulse constant setting value and electric energy pulse input 1 Setting values related to integrated electric energy Setting item Setting range Explanation VCT ratio 1 to 100000 Scale for the VCT meter transformer Pulse constant value 1 to 50000 Number of pulses per 1 kWh electric energy input into this device ae Value multiplied with the value displayed on the meter when APO AGLON Qe confirming the electric energy measured with the meter Number of digits de of digits in the electric energy integer displayed on the The meter multiplier and the number of meter digits does not need to be set when the multiplying factor is not set Refer to 4 4 1 Demand basic settings for details on the setting methods Setting the multiplying factor By setting the multiplying factor Meter multiplier Number of meter digits this device will also calculate the integrated electric energy with the same meter rotation value maximum value of integrated electrical power rate as the transaction meter gt When synchronization with integrated electric energy measurement range is not required Demand control is possible with the simple settings of just the VCT ratio and Pulse constants Always check the Set multiplying factor check box 2 Measuring value 1 Expression for integrated electric energy The integrated electric energy is calculated with the following expression based on the preset VCT ratio and pulse c
174. _RMS_phase3N_total HV_RMS_phase3N_1st HV_D ratio_phase12_total HV_D ratio phase12 3rd HV_D ratio phase12_5th HV_D ratio phase12 7th HV_D ratio phase12 9th HV_D ratio_phase12 11th HV_D ratio phase12_ 13th HV_D ratio_phase23_ total HV_D ratio phase23_ 3rd HV_D ratio_phase23_5th HV_D ratio_phase23_7th HV_D ratio_phase23_9th HV_D ratio_phase23_ 11th HV_D ratio_phase23_13th HV_D ratio_phase1N_total HV_D ratio phaseiN 3rd HV_D ratio phase1N_5th HV_D ratio phase1N_ 7th HV_D ratio_phase1N_ 9th HV_D ratio phase1N_11th HV_D ratio phase1N_13th HV_D ratio_phase2N_total HV_D ratio_phase2N_3rd HV_D ratio_phase2N_5th HV_D ratio_phase2N_7th HV_D ratio_phase2N_9th HV_D ratio_phase2N_11th HV_D ratio phase2N_13th HV_D ratio_phase3N_total HV_D ratio_phase3N_3rd HV_D ratio_phase3N_5th HV_D ratio_phase3N_7th HV_D ratio_phase3N_9th HV_D ratio_phase3N_11ith HV_D ratio_phase3N_13th Measured items Electric_energy Consumption Electric_energy Regeneration Electric_energy Consumption extended Electric_energy Regeneration extended Reactive_energy Consumption_lag Reactive _energy Consumption_lag extended kWh kWh kWh kvarh kvarh Voltage_phase1N phase2N Electric_power Reactive power Power_ factor Frequenc zL gt phase gt gt gt Electric_power_demand Periodic_electric_enero Pulse count HA_RMS_phase1_total HA RMS _phase1_ist HA RMS _phase1_ 3rd HA RMS _phasei_5th HA RMS _phasei 7th HA_RMS_phase1_9th HA_RMS_ph
175. ____________ Set SMTP server not set 2 Measuring point2 Error notification not set 8 Measuring point8 Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring ONO on amp Wh Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring File transter Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set 4 256 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list No Mail sending Suspend ID Measuring point name Send To Subject Body Energy plan value monitoring notification No Active or inactive status of energy plan value monitoring notification by mail Active or inactive status of temporarily holding of mail transmission Measuring point ID of energy plan value monitoring notification Measuring point name of energy plan value monitoring notification Destination address of energy plan value monitoring notification mail Subject of energy plan value monitoring notification mail Text of energy plan value monitoring notification mail 4 257 Registering a new energy planning value notification This section explains the procedure for registering a new energy plan value monitoring notification by mail 1 Displaying the Energy planning value monitoring screen Click the Energy planning value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Disp
176. a 99 79 999 4 9 999 999 4 Meter multiplier 1 a Lo i a oo alla ra co hoy r a i Multiplying factor of integrated electric energy 0 ZL to L lio DD co ico joo o co yuo ho ola mk ERA l 0 Example 1 When No of meter digits 5 meter multiplier 100 Meter multiplier x 1080 0f meter doits _ 4 integrated electric energy multiplying factor 0 10 Maximum integrated electric energy value 1000 meter dioits X Meter multiplier 10 79 factor _ 100 000 x 100 1 9 999 999 Thus the integrated electrical power rate is 0 1 2 gt 9 999 998 gt 9 999 999 gt 20 gt 1 gt Example 2 When No of meter digits 4 meter multiplier 240 Meter multiplier x 10 meter dots _ 0 24 integrated electric energy multiplying factor 1 10 Maximum integrated electric energy value x Meter multiplier 1 0 P 9 factor _ 10 000 x 240 0 1 2 399 999 9 Thus the integrated electrical power rate is 0 0 gt 0 1 gt 0 2 gt gt 2 399 999 8 gt 2 399 999 9 gt 0 0 01 pao of meter digits 1 4 18 lt When not setting the multiplying factor gt Multiplying factor of integrated Wee value of integrated electric energy Conditions electric energy 10 999 999 VCT ratio 9 999 99 1 lt VOT ratio lt 10 p 999 999 0100 lt VCT ratio lt 1 000 22 Example 1 When VCT ratio 100 Maximum integrated electric energy value 99 999 9 Integrated electric energy multiplyi
177. a set time from the next control output in the order If the priority setting is changed shut off starts after a set time from the newest order of priority number at the demand time limit following the setting change The control number is forcibly turned on again after the shut off time has surpassed the preset off on time Even when the next demand time limit starts the control output shut off from the previous time limit is turned on after a set time from the shut off However for the control output that was manually controlled during the past time limit all control outputs are turned on again when the next demand time limit starts Control outputs with the same shut off time are shut off in the order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on control If the order of priority numbers have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control outputs are all turned on when the demand time limit switches If the order of priority numbers have been changed including when changed from 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to Turn on after a set time cyclic control all control outputs are turned on from the newest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 47 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control outputs a
178. active status of temporarily hold of mail transmission Report condition1 to Report condtion 3 Regular report timing monthly weekly daily etc Send To Destination address of regular report mail Subject Mail subject of regular report mail Body Text of regular report mail 4 229 Registering the new regular report settings This section explains the procedure to register the new regular report by mail settings 1 Displaying the Regular report screen Click the Regular report registration in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Displaying the Registration of regular report dialog box Double click the line of regular report No to be registered in the dialog box of Regular report or select the line of regular report No to be registered and click the Edit button Output Regular epon j Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Demand notification Error notification Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring fam Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Enanos Transmission destination folder set No Mail sending Report condition 1 Report condition 2 Report condition 3 Send To on Om on mn
179. age fundamental wave 6 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 30 5 3 17 ME110SSR C H 3P4W Measured items Active energy Import Active energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive energy Export lag kvarh Reactive energy Import lead kvarh Reactive energy Export lead kvarh Current phase1 Current phase2 Current phase3 Current phaseN Current average Voltage phase 2 Voltage phase2 3 Voltage phase3 1 Voltage L L average Voltage phase1 N Voltage phase2 N Voltage phase3 N Voltage L N average Active power Reactive power Power factor Frequenc Current demand phase1 Current demand phase2 Current demand phase3 Current demand phaseN Current demand average Electric power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase2 RMS total HA phase2 RMS st HA phase2 RMS 3rd HA phase2 RMS 5th HA phase2 RMS 7th HA phase2 RMS 9th HA phase2 RMS 11th HA phase2 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS total HA phase3 RMS ist HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phaseN RMS total HA phaseN RMS st HA phaseN RMS 3rd HA phaseN RMS 5th HA phaseN RMS 7th HA phaseN RMS 9th HA phaseN RMS 11th HA phaseN RMS
180. ail notification settings Name Mail notification settings Set SMTP server Configures the mail notification SMTP server Demand notification Configures the demand control and notification settings Error notification E z Configures the setting of notifications of launch memory card errors Initial condition 1 and measurement error nitale naiono Configures the setting of notifications of launch transfer errors auto time setting errors and battery errors Initial condition 3 Configures the setting of notifications of launch data output errors Regular report Displays the list of regular report settings Registration of regular report Registers the regular report settings Configures the unit error notification Upper and lower limit monitoring Displays the list of upper lower limit monitoring and notification Upper ano one al MONUOUNG Registers an upper and lower limit monitoring and notification notification registration Operation status monitoring a a list of operating status monitoring and notification Registration of Pera Mg staris Registers the operating status monitoring notifications monitoring notification Specific consumption target value Displays a list of specific consumption target value monitoring and monitoring notification settings Registration of specific consumption ie l ae DEE Registers the specific consumption target value target value monitoring notification Displays a list
181. al oa E PR 30 60min al al al al al al al a al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al a 00 30min MTalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalalaloa UN leads 30 60min aa al a al ala al al al oa a a al asadas 00 30min al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al aal al al al al al al ala OO PARA 30 60min a al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al aal aal aal ala 00 30min Haa aa aaa a a aaa a aa aala a tamara 30 60min Lila lala 41 41 aa aida aaa al a al al a als 2 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to the first registration 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 75 4 4 Measuring Data Collection Settings Normal Settings This section explains the Terminal registration Measuring point registration and Group registration procedures that are necessary for system operations 4 4 1 CC Link terminal registration This section explains the procedures on the CC Link terminal registration
182. alue is not registered Do you want to register Cancel i a consumption target value monitoring lt For continuous registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification gt For continuous registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification click the Create button and repeat the steps from 3 to 6 To confirm delete or change the previous registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification click the lt Prev button To confirm delete or change the next registration of specific consumption target value notification click the Next gt button Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification No 2 Y Mail sending Suspend Name Sp Cons Sp Cons 2 To bbb yama melco co jp K creste D Subject over bum target level I Delete Body Target value of the specific consumption exceeded ae Close ES 4 253 This section explains the procedure to delete the registered specific consumption target value monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen Click the Specific consumption target value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the specific consumption target value notification to be deleted and clicking the Delete button Select the line of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification to be de
183. alue monitor No Specific consumption measuring point is registered consumption target value or notification can be registered Resister the specific consumption measuring point and monitoring and notification setting to set of Monitoring in the Specific settings consumption measuring point setting display Registration of energy No energy plan value monitor or repo No measuring point of an integrated value is registered planned value monitoring notification rt can be registered Resister the measuring point of an integrated value and and notification settings setting to set of Monitoring in the measuring point setting display Can an energy plan value be monitored for a An energy plan value cannot be monitored for a virtual virtual measuring point measuring point EcoWebServerlll error After the time adjustment error occurs re set In order to recover from the auto time adjustment error notification the SNTP server and came to be time need to reset the EcoWebServerlll adjustment but does not recover from the error Contact output setting Can an Unregistered monitoring item be It is possible However please note that an selected or registered as a contact output Unregistered item cannot establish a monitoring condition condition After an Unregistered monitoring ID is registered as a contact output condition the contact output condition will be updated when monitoring registration settings are made
184. ame IP address as the one for other projects can be registered Subnet mask Enter the same value as the subnet mask that is specified in EcoWebServerlll When a new project is being created the default value 255 255 255 0 is automatically entered Gateway Enter the default gateway of the network to which EcoWebServerlll is connected 1 The following IP addresses cannot be configured 0 0 0 0 xxx xxx xxx 255 xxx are any values 2 This item is optional Configure it only when necessary Comment Enter a description of the project Characters Up to 32 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters lt gt This item is optional 3 Registering the project Click the button on the Creation project dialog box to register the project J OK OK button Registers the project based on the content of the entered items and returns to the project management dialog box Cancel If the project name is not entered the OK button is disabled Cancel button Discards the entered content and returns to the project management dialog box If there is an invalid value in the entered content an error message Example of display as in the right figure is displayed according to the invalid content Modei mes3 255 EN setting software when the OK button is clicked l Reenter the content so that the conditions described in 2 Entering amp The project information has a
185. an be deleted are as follow Data file Daily data Monthly data Annual data Zoom 5 minute data Zoom 1 minute data Virtual daily data Virtual monthly data Virtual annual data Specific consumption daily data Specific consumption monthly data Specific consumption annual data Equipment daily data Operation history data Demand daily data Demand monthly data Demand annual data Demand alarm and control history data System log file System log Data file and All files listed above system log file The demand daily data demand monthly data demand annual data demand alarm and control history data deletion function is available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 3 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 4 Deleting the file 1 When you click the Coss essesssescsssscsscsessseed button the confirmation message r i Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software will appear Yes button Executes the deletion of the files O A No button Cancels the deletion of the files A Comment The main body of the product is reset after deleting Are you sure you want to execute 4 312 1 If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll main unit is not correct a ModeliMESS 255C DM EN Gann Sane LAN cable is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered
186. and inputting the daily pattern name Daity pattern definition Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation Time zone 1 Time zone 1 No NAMED Demand time mt 0 117213 475 6 7 8 9 1 00 30min a a a a a af aft a a EM Others o0 30min 4 aj 4 a af al af al al al al 1 Daily pattern name can be input up to 16 characters 2 The following characters cannot be registered lt gt Y 3 Up to 40 can be set 2 Select the time zone to be set for each demand time limit of the daily pattern Daily pattern definition Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation 2 Time zone 1 Time zone 1 am 1 Time zone ls as ds Pige seni Babia 2 Double click the cell demand time limit to be set ee ee ee eee ee ee e onorornoroneroscnoso ec ce bole LUPI rconccororosorororonoronososoconocisocorncoPfocrroconcaoroacosorosoi cocono o You can set the time zone for each cell each demand time y you double click the cell the currently selected time zone number 1 10 is input la zone EE zone 2 _ E 30 80min arom AA Pp CT ral af h m Set all in N time zone Anat nate cc 00 30min _ 1 4 70 lt Copying daily pattern definition gt The daily pattern definition can be copied row by row Multiple lines possible Select the Daily pattern name or No to copy and press the right click menu Copy daily pattern 2 3 4 5 6 Ff amp 9 1 o a a ee
187. and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the contact output conditions e Change the output unit and output Ch from the Contact output No list pull down menu 4 212 4 8 4 SMTP server settings This section describes the procedures for setting the Set SMTP server For installing and setting the SMTP mail server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company Set the SMTP server Set the SMTP server This is the required setting item for mail notification 1 Displaying the Set SMTP server screen Click on Set SMTP server in the tree menu on the Output screen Output Set SMTP Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring SMTP server Contact output Own ni aie Cs Mail notification settina i SMTP Port No 25 As usual Others 1 65535 C 587 submission port Set SMTP server Dema MICatIo Error notification jrnnnnnnas Initial condition1 Initial condition2 The identification of this server is Es Initial condition3 necessary i Regular report identification method Q fo Upper and lower limit monitoring I pon Operation status monitoring User name i Specific consumption target value monitoring O R ps Ene
188. ange is 00 00 0000h to 59 59 3B3Bh This can be used to determine whether the information is output correctly from EcoWebServerlll 9 90 5 8 4 Outputting demand information Only with demand control function Each time the demand is updated the following demand information is output to the specified output destination The output destination devices are shown below Can be output PLC GOT is only 1 n First device No in 4 8 2 Data output settings demand control Output data range Device No Item oo Outputdatarange Decimal Hexadecimal NN Control device for monitoring ere co e 0000h 0001h a l Healthy 0 1 Reversed with each write 0000h 0001h 2 Current time A 2 to 2099 07DCh to 0833h Mon 1to12 0001h to 000Ch 1 to 31 0001h to 001Fh A 0 to 23 0000h to 0017h 0 to 59 0000h to 003Bh 0 to 59 0000h to 003Bh EA consumption o ouen demand Pom to 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h o O n4 4 Adjusted electrical power n 9 999 999 to 9 999 999 FF676981h to 0098967h Permissible power pon to 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h ai oe to 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h oneig Control status Refer to next page 23 Target demand value naa Down Jo to 9 999 999 00000000h to 000f423fh VCT ratio oe to 100 000 00000001h to 000186A0h m26 Top Limit alarm Alarm type aF red alar 0001h 0002h 1428 Integrated value of consumption 0to 3 0000h to 0003h Number of decimal digits Current demand Number of dec
189. anning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting i Air conditioner connection setting The following message will be displayed Click the Yes button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting OIE m jh We will delete the information output group name Group data i outputl Are you sure 4 195 Outputting data output group parameters This section described how to output data output group parameters to CSV file 1 Displaying the Output setting screen Click the Output setting in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Outputting setting parameters Output the information related to each measuring point data and device No to be output to a CSV file data output setting information file Click the Output setting para button to display save dialog Demand notification 3 Error notification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 E Initial condition3 me Regular report Upper and lower limit monitd ses Operation status monitoring ne Specific consumption targe Energy planning value moni File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination fo Energy Saving cooperation setting YY e Output setting para No Data output group name D Terminainame P adgg Group data output1 Group data output2 Save Dialog a Organize
190. apan this can be left set to UTC 09 00 Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Set according to your time zone 3 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the maintenance password Password For maintenance Setting The default maintenance password is ecopass S After the entry the Setting button becomes enabled Close 4 172 4 Changing 1 When you click the setna button the confirmation message will be displayed Yes button To execute date and time setting No button To cancel date and time setting If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on If the password is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software O The date and time is set to the main body of the product Project name sample Projectl IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Measuring point data collecting will be stopped during setting Are you sure you want to execute Model MES3 255C EN setting software el 7 _ Communication error 7 Authentication of the main body of the product has failed 2 When the setting of the date and time is completed the following message will be dis
191. are not Execution completion investigate the cause based on the error code provided and then review the registration information of the terminal or check the installation condition of the terminal again e The contact output operation check execute tests by retrieving the latest contact output status and changing to OFF if ON and ON if OFF e Contact output of the following have been set in the monitoring notification registration must be checked Upper lower limit monitoring Operating status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring and Energy plan value monitoring Refer to Registering new contact outputs gt Selecting the contact output conditions gt 2 Selecting the detail item lt Monitoring Limit Monitoring Status Monitoring Sp Cons Monitoring Energy gt 4 284 Retrieving the latest contact output status The latest contact output status is retrieved from the EcoWebServerlll and displayed 1 Retrieving latest contact output status 1 Click the Get latest status button on the Confirm contact output dialog box No Outputname temname 1 Contact outputl Demand alarmFLevel 1 alarmCDemand alarmFLevel 2 alarmCDemand alarmF Limit Feed alarmCSystemF Battery error Derr 2 Contact output Demand alarmFLevel 2 alarm 3 Contact output3 Demand alarmPLimit Fixed alarm 4 tl I Password For maintenance CDER a H 2 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the r
192. arily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows Prohibited characters at cea cannot be registered Default battery error Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters ers teal cannot be registered Default Occurrence of battery error Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters US aes oo cannot be registered 4 226 3 Setting items on initial condition 3 screen 3 1 Data output error Report mail for data output error W Monitor W Mail sending Suspend To taro yama melco co jp Subject data output error Body occuring Output error occurred Body recovering Output error recovered Frequency of error l3 y Notified When the continual data output error occur over the setting times 1 Check the Monitor check box in the Report mail for data output error area to monitor the data output error and check the Mail sending check box in the Report mail for data output error area to transmit the data output error report mail When the Mail sending check box is checked the checkmark is put on the Monitor check box automatically 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows Up to 50 characters To To de 1 hats oo cannot be registered Default vata output error Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters Le ee can
193. arm Level 1 alarm Level 2 0 to 15 minutes alarm limit alarm fixed alarm is not output after the 0 to 30 minutes For 60 minute time limit O to 60 minutes Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit Time zone 10 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Base power 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity that cannot be shut off This is used to calculate the power limit 4 32 Fixed alarm This alarm occurs when the current demand is higher than the fixed alarm value current demand 2 fixed alarm value and can occur if the alarm type is set to fixed alarm The fixed alarm value can be set in the range of 0 to 999 999 9 kW 1 Fixed alarm occurrence resetting conditions The fixed alarm occurs when all of the following conditions are satisfied Current Demand gt Fixed alarm value Alarm type Fixed alarm Fixed alarm value 0 Outside alarm mask time remaining time lt demand time limit setting value alarm mask time Remaining time gt 0 Bacorcondi
194. ase1_11th HA_RMS_phase1_13th HA_RMS_phase2_total HA _RMS_phase2_ist HA RMS _phase2_ 3rd HA RMS _phase2_5th HA RMS _phase2_ 7th HA RMS _phase2_ 9th HA_RMS_phase2 11th HA_RMS_phase2_ 13th HA_RMS_phase3_total HA_RMS_phase3_1st HA_RMS_phase3_3rd HA_RMS_phase3_ 5th HA_RMS_phase3_7th HA RMS _phase3_ 9th HA RMS _phase3_ 11th HA RMS_phase3_ 13th HA RMS _phaseN_ total HA_RMS_phaseN_ist HA RMS _phaseN_ 3rd HA_RMS_phaseN_5th HA_RMS_phaseN_7th HA_RMS_phaseN_ 9th HA RMS _phaseN_11th HA _RMS_phaseN_ 13th ja ai ee i adasa deee ii e e gt ojo el 3s OIOIOIO lt lt lt I lt I lt I lt IOIOIOIOIO y o E e ojo ojojJoJoISISIS ISI IS O at oe aj olola lo SP 2 8 20310018010 aaa 5 o 2 o fo 2222 O ajajaja Oo gt o oibr DooDoo ojojo lt s gt s gt lt 13 3 33 3 31313 fa DIVIYVI YVID V V V H 3 p p p on lnluluni lnlin in n D vjololoiV ojojoj j alalala 0 O co KO Z do Mo IS E E Do Fas gt 2 0 mn O FO O O um y mo 3 vio O nin n olojo lt Z W N o O O kWh kWh kWh kvarh _ kvarh _ kvar A A A E A kWh Du 5 8 5 3 3 EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C EMU2 RD7 B Measured items kWh Reactive energy J J J J J lt LIOIOIOIO gt Ojc icicic Q p ian ee a ee m ee ee e VIR Iininin lt amp ofjojojo S 31 31 5315 D D gt gt 1m Fo ro lo JI lt 555 D piojo O
195. asier to use this product Virtual measuring point registration Specific consumption measuring point registration and Equipment registration 4 5 1 Virtual measuring point registration This section explains the procedure on the Virtual measuring point registration A virtual measuring point refers to a measuring point for which the computation result between measuring points is used as virtual measurement data A maximum of 128 measuring points excluding the 255 measuring points can be registered Checking the list of registered virtual measuring points The following describes how to display and check the list of virtual measuring points 1 Displaying the Virtual measuring point dialog box Click the Virtual button in the dialog box of project setting Model MES3 255C EN settii Project name sample Project Data collecting settings z Virtual measuring point he a Data type Virtual measuring point name Arithmetic expression Integrated value Virtual measuring point 1D001 ID003 Normal settings Extended settings 011 gt ks Specific consumption 4 ae ff Equipment ID Virtual Data type int Name Virtual easuring poin Unit Expression Group ID Measuring point name 1 Measuring point 3 Measuring point3 a jt EN paci Edit Delete Decimal 1 digit Close
196. asuring point group information or the short cut keys Ctrl V F No 1 Group 2 Group 3 e A ee ee O eee 3 Paste measuring point group information Ctrl V BAT a eater tae eee eee Delete measuring point group information Del e Multiple lines cannot be copied and pasted e Measuring point group information cannot be pasted into a registered line 4 109 Deleting a registered measuring point group This section described how to delete a registered measuring point group 1 Displaying the Measuring point group set dialog box Select any measuring point on the measuring point registration screen and select lt Group setting gt from the Group selection pull down menu 2 Selecting the measuring point group you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of the measuring point group you want to delete in the list in the Measuring point group set dialog box and then click the Delete button Measuring point group set e of ame point to be deleted Name Group Delete I Register i Close 3 Deleting A delete confirmation message appears Click the button to delete Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Delete the measuring point group and back to the o Measuring point group set dialog box 7 recrea eri ii No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Measuring aera point group set dialog box After
197. asuring point is deleted from the Resistered ID 4 191 6 Registering Click the button on the Registration of the data output group dialog box to register the data output group l Create Register button Register the data output group settings you set Close button Back to the Output setting dialog box clicking the Register button the message shown on the right will be displayed a a Output group information data is mot registered Click Yes to register Click No to not WO Do you want to register Click Cancel to back page to Registration of the data output grou p l Cancel If data output group name is not input the following message Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software will be displayed Click OK to back to input name If prohibited characters are used the following message will be Model Mes3 255C DM EN setting software displayed Click the OK button and change or delete the corresponding e edad dicte character NaF s t If the group name is duplicated the following message will be Madel MES3 255C DM EN setting software displayed Click the OK button and change the output group name 4 192 If the device No is not set the following message will be displayed Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft Click the OK button and set the device No If measuring point is not registered the following message will be Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software eau display
198. asuring point is not allowed e Set the target value from the Web screen of the EcoWebServerlll Refer to Setting of Planned Target values in Instruction Manual Operation Confirming the list of registered specific consumption target value notifications This section explains the procedure for displaying and checking the list of registered specific consumption target value monitoring notifications 1 Displaying the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen Click the Specific consumption target value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen Output Specific 5 mp ion taroet mor torini Output setting Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Error notification Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring nergy planning value montoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set No Mail sending Suspend o Specific consumption measuring point name m on NM on amp UNE l 4 249 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the Terminal list No Mail sending Suspend ID Specific consumption measuring point name Send To Subject Body Specific consumption target value monitoring notification No Active or inactive status of specific consumptio
199. at 1 minute intervals Virtual calc point Display the following file data lt Annual gt Contains 1 year data logged at 1 month intervals lt Monthly gt Contains 1 month data logged on the specified hour every day lt Daily gt Contains 1 day data logged on the hour or on the half hour Sp Cons data Display the following file lt Annual gt Contains 1 year data logged at 1 month intervals lt Monthly gt Contains 1 month data logged on the specified hour every day lt Daily gt Contains 1 day data logged on the hour or on the half hour Operation history Contains a log of ON OFF states of operation monitoring points data 64 KB x 4 Saved in a separate file for each operation monitoring point System log Contains a log of occurrence and recovery of measurement errors upper and lower limit errors etc 256 KB x 8 1 16 Display the following settings Demand basic setting Setting of Demand control Display Setting functions of Measuri ng point list Demand setting Alarm setting Demand control setting Time zone setting Display the setting of Time zone name and Daily pattern Calendar setting Display the following settings Time zone setting Daily pattern setting Calendar setting Energy saving level monito setting Display the following settings Energy saving level monitor setting Energy saving level alarm setting Air controller connection setting Measuring point Electric energy a
200. ation login ID and password The following describes the steps for changing the system administration login ID and password The default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass respectively 1 Displaying the Password For system management screen Click the Password For system management in the tree menu on the unit setting dialog box Login ID Password For system management For system management Auto time adjustment Set logging time Password Old login ID New login ID For maintenance For getting data Old PW New PW For system management New PW Confirmation The login ID password can be input by less than nine figures Login ID password change becomes effective after a reset of the product itself About login ID password 2 Inputting the system administration login ID and password To verify the permission for change type in the system administration login ID and password The default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass respectively 3 Inputting the system administration login ID Type in the Old login ID that is used before the change and a New login ID to be used after the change New PW Confirmation 1 Type in the current data acquisition login ID in the Old login ID field Default ecoV 2 Type in a new data acquisition login ID in the New login ID field The input
201. ation of energy planning value monitoring notificatior 2 Select the measuring points for energy plan value monitoring notification from the measuring points including in the group selected in 1 jf Mail sending Suspend Only the measuring points for energy plan value Groupt notification are displayed in the pull down menu ai Measuring point2 Measuring ponte To Measuring point OR easuring point9 Subject E Measuring point10 Body Measuring pointi 1 5 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail notification Set this information only when Mail sending is checked The entry conditions are listed below Up to 50 characters The following characters cannot be registered H 2 lt gt Default Over energy target level Subject Up to 30 characters The following characters cannot be registered HA 2 lt gt Default Energy plan value is exceeded Body Up to128 characters Prohibited characters ee i cannot be registered T To Prohibited characters Prohibited characters 4 259 6 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Registration of energy planning value monitoring notification to register Register Register button Register the set details of energy plan value monitoring notification neuer Close button Back to the Energy planning value monitoring screen If the set details are not proper an error message as shown
202. ations and dialog boxes may be varied depending on the type of OS on your PC or the operating environment MES3 255C DM EN is used in the following operations but this also applies MES3 255C EN 2 Even if the uninstallation is performed the created projects are not deleted 3 Uninstall after you have finished this software 1 Uninstalling the software lt Procedures in Windows 7 gt 1 Open Control Panel of Windows a Sticky Notes Computer xg Snipping Tool Control Panel es XPS Viewer El Windows Fax and Scan A Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 Devices and Printers Default Programs Help and Support A Remote Desktop Connection gt All Programs 2 Open Programs Uninstall a program Jve gt Control Panel Adjust your computer s settings View by Category System and Security User Accounts and Family Safety Review your computer s status a Add or remove user accounts Back up your computer a Set up parental controls for any user Find and fix problems Appearance and Personalization Network and Internet Change the theme U View network status and tasks Change desktop background Choose homegroup and sharing options Adjust screen resolution Hardware and Sound View devices and printers Clock Language and Region Change keyboards or other input methods Ease of Access kal Programs Let Windows suggest settings Uninstall a program a Optimize visual display 2 1
203. ator after O e More than 6 decimal places Integer started with 0 Start with a decimal point Start with a right bracket Start with an operator e Start with a sign You can specify it with a constant only ERs 0 000001 0123 000 This is used to specify a constant to a production amount in the Specific consumption measuring point registration and a load time a downtime the number of processed products and the number of non defective products in the Equipment registration In this case set an integrated value for the data type After an expression is entered the Data type is disabled and you cannot change the data type After all expressions are cleared the Data type is enabled and you can change the data type lt To select a measuring point as an element of an arithmetic expression gt 1 Select Group Arithmetic expression Group Group Me Meas o 1 Meas All De em ENES A E E E E EE Ae 2 Measuring points included in the group selected in 1 is displayed in the list Double click a line of a measuring point name you want to enter an arithmetic expression Or Select a line of a measuring point you want to enter and then click the Select button Arithmetic expression Group Al Measuring point name Measuring pointi Measuring point2 Measuring point3 T AAA AAA aama AAE les Line of a measuring point to be entered in the expression 4 115
204. aying the Equipment list dialog box Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting equipment you want to edit and clicking the Edit button Double click a line of equipment you want to edit on the list in the Equipment list dialog box or Select a line of equipment you want to edit and then click the Edit button Line of equipment to be edited n Equipment list o p Equipment group Do Equipment name Standard cycle time Loading time Stopt 60 Equipment Measuring point Meas L Equipment2 90 Measuring point Meas Equipment ID Equ i Graph func Name Equ Equipmentt Standard cycle time The product is turned on to equipment and standard time Sec until completing it is set Std cycle 60 Operating time Set the measuring point on calculated equipment operating time Time 1 Measuring point Unit Time 2 Measuring point Unit Quality rate Set the measuring point for calculating quality rate Quantity 1 irtual measuring pointi Unit lef Create Quantity 2 Virtual measuring point Unt Delete Register Next gt Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them After editing the items to be changed click the Register button The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering new equipment 4 136 4 5 4 Equipment group registration This section explains
205. be deleted am gt e a Measuring point _ e i ID Measuring point name Terminal name Measuring item Unit Group Monitoring Y Lower limit value Upper limit value 1 ESTI Terminal Electric ala not set 2 Measuring point2 Terminal2 1 Power factor Group1 not set 0 0 3 Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 Active energy kWh Group3 not set 0 0 If the terminal you select is registered as any of a virtual Mosetmess 2550 sting OS E measuring point a Specific consumption Ej Measuring point Measuring point1 is being registered to virtual measuring point equipment or a monitoring notification i poro E S the message shown on the right will be displayed ee Click the OK button to delete the registered item first 3 Deleting A delete confirmation message appears Click the button to delete Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Delete the measuring point and back to the Measuring Bis tortion ot mening pi ramo eit point registration dialog box ees No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Measuring point 5 registration dialog box After the measuring point is deleted its registration information is removed from the list in the Measuring point list e The measuring point information can also be deleted by clicking the right click menu Delete measuring point information or by pressing the Delete key 4 105 Editing registration information of a registered mea
206. bited range On control is not performed when the remaining time is less than 10 seconds 4 40 b Reclosing after Demand time limit When the control method is Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit or Priority order Reclosing after demand time limit the corresponding control output is turned on with the following conditions In the time delay on range the on operation starts conditionally when the time limit starts Demand time limit switch Conditions None Operation All shut off control outputs a turned Time limit on Until all shut off control outputs are on Turn on interval 5 sec turned on Control prohibit Less than time that all shut off a Conditions None outputs have completed turn on Operation Turn on prohibited Demand value kW Time limit on range y Control prohibited range Predicted demand canicas pq EE A a a a J 1 S I Target demand AE a cca aa eg I i l I I i i i E o 7 Kd Y 1 1 i A i i 7 i i i i I 1 Y i 4 I I Virtual line f i i i I i S I I 7 1 1 Y 1 i i i i 7 i Current Demand P 223 nes o Increased demand poa Pulse integrated time i Remaining time 1 aaa Y Alarm mask time Current 25 00 29 50 30 00 Time min Example of 30 minute demand degree 1 Time limit on range The shut off control output is unconditionally turned on when the demand time limit starts The control
207. box Subject Level 1 alarm occurredConfirm 4 A dialog box that indicates the demand control and please wait a moment notification check is in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the demand control and notification check fails the message on the right will appear Click the No button and check the SMTP server connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc Subject Level 2 alarm occurredFalled A continue Press Cancel to not show error message again i No Cancel Yes button Executes the notification check of the next item Cancel button Executes the notification check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the notification check on every registered item is completed the CAES completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Demand notification dialog box 4 287 3 Testing a selected item 1 Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Select the line of the output destination to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row Level 1 alarm occurred not set Level 1 alarm restored Perform the test for the selected row 7 not set Level 2 alarm occurred i not set no Level 2 alarm restored not set
208. box and click the Delete button Line of a desired project 192 168 3 4 192 168 3 5 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 aan oe Version Restore Project odelete sample Proyectl Project data regarding sample Projectl is deleted completely can not be recovered Are you sure 2 Deleting the project Click the button on the deletion confirmation dialog box to delete the project Yes button Deletes the selected project and returns to the project management dialog box No button Cancels the deletion of the project and returns to the project management dialog box e When the project is deleted all the data including the setting values is deleted If you want to save the data backup the project in advance Refer to 4 2 6 Backing up projects 4 8 4 2 4 Modifying the project information The procedures for modifying the project information Project name IP address Subnet mask Gateway and Comment are as follows 1 Displaying the Change project information dialog box Select the line of a desired project in the list in the project management dialog box and click the Change button Line of a desired project Project name ask sample Project 192 168 3 3 255 255 255 0 sample Project2 192 168 3 4 255 255 255 0 sample Project3 192 168 3 5 255 255 255 0 lt Double click here to register gt Project name IP address Subnet
209. browser once and Write to project project but the display was not updated reset Demand setting The demand setting was changed and written The setting is not applied until the current demand time to the project but the display was not limit ends updated Test and adjustment Mail was not sent e Check that the SMTP server name is correct and the Mail transfer confirmation LAN is correctly connected between the SMTP server and EcoWebServerlll Check that the send source address is registered in the SMTP server Check that the send source address is correct and that it can be sent from the SMTP server When using a SMTP server that requires authorization when sending such as SMPT Auth or POPbeforeSMTP check that the settings are correct Test and adjustment The file is not transferred Check that the FTP server name is correct and that File automatic transfer the LAN is correctly connected between the FTP confirmation test server and EcoWebServerlll Check that the user name and password for logging into the FTP server are correct Check that the transfer destination folder path is correct and that writing is possible with the user name set in the EcoWebServerlll Energy saving coordination Coordination with external devices is not Check that the connection destination and external setting possible The external device operation does device address are correct and that the LAN is not change even when the demand value is
210. button to Name Sp Cons Sp Cons enable changes Unit kWh Energy amount numerator tem name Measuring point Unit kwh Production Denominator Kp tem name Measuring point3 Ref J vee i kwh Register cose 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering a new specific consumption measuring point 4 128 4 5 3 Equipment registration This section explains the procedure on the Equipment In the Equipment you can set equipment parameters Std cycle Time 1 Time 2 Quantity 1 and Quantity 2 Std cycle Standard cycle time Time 1 The loading time Time 2 The stop time Quantity 1 The process quantity Quantity 2 The qualified product quantity Based on these parameters the EcoWebServerlll main unit calculate and display the Availability Performance Quality and Overall equipment efficiency that are indexed of equipment efficiency Also the graphs of the display measuring point and the equipment efficiency can be displayed side by side by registering display measuring point for equipment A maximum of 10 display measuring points can be registered per equipment A maximum of 42 points for equipment can be registered EcoWebServerlll measurement graph view Equipment 01 Areal W 2019 08 25 Mon
211. can be ON OFF manually 4 Control circuit that is set to 1 12 can be ON OFF manually 4 65 12 When the Priority order is 1 12 inputting the Control capacity Control No Load name Priority order Control capacity 1 Control output Load1 iT 0 0 kw T Piaentea sorta et fl an Aer lma es liA inin n LAB 1 0 0 99999 9 can be input 2 When integers or more than 2 decimal places is input will be displayed with the first decimal place Example 123 45 gt 123 4 456 gt 456 0 3 Set according to the load condition 3 Registering Click the button on the Alarm and control dialog box to register Register Y Register button Register the demand alarm and control information you set Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If you click Close button without clicking the Register Demand alarm and control information in situation is not button after changing the demand alarm and control o aaa Information the message shown on the right will be Do you want to register displayed Cancel Yes button Register No button Do not register Cancel button Back to the Alarm and control dialog box When clicking the Close button and if the output destination Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft CELS of the control output is not set the message shown on the right will be displayed
212. can create a free ID e You cannot register a measuring point when no terminal is registered 4 93 3 Selecting a type of a terminal Select the terminal type with the Point type radio button Measuring equipment terminal Terminal PLC connected to Ethernet CH2 port Only CC Link communication products PLC CC Link connection PLC registered with CC Link terminal 4 Entering a measuring point name EcoWebServerlll page Enter a name of a measuring point This measuring point name is shown in the graphs or the list of measuring points on the ess EcoWebServerlll page sample Project1 l Name Measuring point fete 1 been iced Measuring point name The entry conditions are as follow Characters Up to 24 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters Y 2 lt gt If you use the characters in the list of the prohibited characters in Appendix they may not be displayed correctly in the browser view of the EcoWebServerlll 2 A duplicate measuring point name can be registered 4 94 9 1 Entering or selecting the items For a measuring point of a terminal Select the Terminal radio button and enter or E EX i _revister select the following items ay ATA 9 Point type terminar Device PLC Terminal Name Fema O Model EUA s i sS Station No 4 Detail ltem Electric_energy Consumption U
213. ccupying stations of AJ65BT 64RD3 or AJ65BT 64AD is set to AJ65BT 68TD and AJ65BT 64RD3 is 4 and that of for example 2 no terminal can be registered AJ65BT 64AD is 2 each terminal successively uses to station number 3 station numbers for the number of its occupying stations Refer to 5 4 List of support terminals CC Link communication products AJ65BT 68TD AJU65BT 64RD3 or The number of occupying stations of AJ65BT 68TD and AJ65BT 64AD cannot be registered to station AJG5BT 64RD3 is 4 and that of AJ65BT 64AD is 2 number 64 each terminal successively uses station numbers for the number of its occupying stations Hence the station number exceeds 64 preventing the registration Refer to 5 4 List of support terminals CC Link communication products QJ61BT11N cannot be registered to station Note that the range of station numbers that can be set to number 64 lts number of occupying stations QJ61BT11N is 1 to 63 is 1 Why Is any setting required for model information Use the same setting as that of the terminal Incorrect setting prevents the collection of measurement data CC Link deletion of terminal A terminal cannot be deleted A terminal that is already registered to a measuring point The message Delete the measuring point cannot be deleted before deleting the terminal appears Delete the registered appropriate measuring point before deleting the terminal CC Link change of terminal The
214. ck of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the report check on every registered item is completed the modemes2 255c DM EN setting soft completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box 4 295 3 Testing a selected item 1 Enter the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Select the line of the output destination to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row Test Measuring point data Confirm terminal connection No tem Measuring point iD Mail sending Suspend Send To Confirm contact output Monitoring Limg Mei Ceni not set aaa yama melco co jp Confirm mail sending not set bbb yama melco co jp E anne Demand nortification Monitoring Status ian oo not set ccc yama melco jp boca Error regular notification Monitoring Status Mail Sending 9 set not set bbb yama melco co jp Monitoring Sp Cons Mail Sending 1 set not set aaa Myama melco co jp Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 1 set not set aaa yama melco co jp Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 4 set not set bbb yama melco co jp i Measuring point data monitoring report Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection N e eae 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test Model
215. ck the Delete button 2 Ba ras EMU2 RD3 C 2 4 2 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RDS5 C 18t 3 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD5 C 4st 3 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD5 C 11St 3 i 3 Terminal3 4 EMU2 RD5 C 1St 3 3 Terminal3 5 EMU2 RD5 C 1St 3 Termina bh 2 Terminal name lo Model name Number of occupied station tian Ma 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB gt mae e The terminal 3 1 to 3 3 1st to 3rd 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RDS C 11St circuits are deleted A AS Lo e Redisplay Terminal No 3 as a blank 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RDS C 1st i 3 Terminal3 4 EMU2 RD5 C 1St Ine 3 Terminal3 S EMU2 RDS C 1st a If the other circuit in the terminal you select is used in the measuring point the following message will appear Click the OK button to delete the measuring point first al Model MES3 255C D M EN setting softwar The circuit of the terminal whose Terminal Terminal3 Ferminals 3 is being registered to name is shown in i y is el measuring point or contact ont Please delete the terminal before you delete registered items registered in the measuring point e You cannot delete the terminal if it is registered as a measuring point Delete the measuring point first and then delete this terminal e The terminal can also be deleted by clicking the right click menu Delete terminal unit or pressing the Delete key 4 83 Editing registration i
216. click Execute The installation will start Click the Cancel button to cancel the installation _ a Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 InstallShield Wizard _ Preparing to Install Mode MESS 255C DM EN Setting softwar preparing the InstallS hi aes rd whi chi ae a nya ugh the pr did ams pp pee Preparing to Install 2 4 3 The Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 dialog box is displayed Click the Next button Click the Cancel button to cancel the installation PA Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver an Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 The InstallShield Wizard will install Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 on your computer To continue click Next If the installer is run when the EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver 2 is already installed the Uninstall the application confirmation is displayed Uninstall the application To reinstall uninstall the software with the following procedure and then install again e Click the Yes button to uninstall the EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver 2 Click the No button to cancel the uninstallation e When uninstallation is completed the Uninstall complete screen appears 2 Checking the license agreement The License Agreement dialog box is displayed Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ve Lice
217. click the Create jo lt Back Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register Tre mentoring report information o upper and tower imitis not button the message shown on the right is displayed 7 Doyouwantto register Yes button To register l g E No Cancel No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Registration of upper lower limit monitoring settings lt For continuous registration of upper and lower limit monitoring notification gt For continuous registration of upper and lower limit Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration monitoring notification click the Create button and a repeat the steps from 3 to 6 i in Suspend Group O To confirm delete or change the previous registration condition U amp L of upper and lower limit monitoring notification click Lower limit o Upper imit 200 the lt Prev button To bbb yama meico coi create To confirm delete or change the next registration of Subject upper or lower imit error EX upper and lower limit monitoring notification click the A J rester Next gt button Cee gt cose 4 239 Deleting the registered upper and lower limit monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for deleting the registered upper and lower limit monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen Click the Upper and
218. conditions are as follows Number of characters Up to 8 characters 4 184 4 Inputting the system administration password Type in the Old PW that is used before the change and a New PW to be used after the change For system management Old login ID ecow New login ID kanri 1 Type in the current system administration password in the Old PW field Default ecopass 2 Type in a new system administration password at two sections the New PW and New PW confirmation fields The input conditions are as follows Number of characters Up to 8 characters A typed password will be displayed as asterisk 5 Changing 1 When you click the button the confirmation message e will be displayed Change the login ID password for system management of the main body of the product Project name sample Project Yes button Executes the change of the system administration co ana wore ss No button Cancels the change of the system administration login ID and password If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable ModeEMES 255C N sein AM is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the os message on the right will be displayed 69 Authentication of the main body of the product has failed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned
219. control the control outputs that are off are turned on in the order of lowest priority 7 6 4 If the control outputs have the same order of priority they are shut off simultaneously and turned on simultaneously In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs that are shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in the order of lowest priority 12 gt 10 9 gt 8 gt 1 These are turned on at a five second interval The control outputs with same order of priority are turned on simultaneously At the next demand time limit the control outputs are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Control output priority Example of operation for off on order of priority control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs that are on are turned off in the order of highest priority 1 2 gt 3 gt 4 Control output 5 order of priority 4 is manually controlled so it is excluded from the demand control target The next priority 6 7 is shut off With on control the control outputs that are shut off are turned on in the order of lowest priority 7 6 4 In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control
220. control function creates 9 Move to the directory Type cd directory name case sensitive and then press the Enter key Below is an example of cd MonthLog ftp gt cd MonthLog 250 CWD command successful ftp gt 9 09 10 Display the directory Type dir and then press the Enter key A list of data files in the directory name will be displayed ftp gt dir 200 PORT command successful 150 ASCII data 11 03 04 11 03 04 11 04 01 11 12 01 12 01 01 12 04 01 00 00AM 00 00AM 00 00AM 00 00AM 00 00AM 00 00AM 3 WrStart 3 WrEnd 12943 1103 csv 14826 1111 csv 12502 1112 csv 16976 1201 csv 226 transfer complete ftp 1025 bytes received in 0 25Seconds 4 10Kbytes sec ftp gt 11 Acquire a data file Type get file name and then press the Enter key To acquire another data file in the same directory repeat the same operation fto gt get 1103 csv 200 PORT command successful 150 ASCII data connection 226 transfer complete ftp 12502 bytes received in 0 17Seconds 14 69Kbytes sec ftp gt 12 To acquire a file in another directory return to the original directory state of Step 8 Type cd and then press the Enter key ftp gt cd 250 CWD command successful ftp gt By following the same steps as Steps 8 to 11 acquire data files in other directories 13 When necessary processes are completed type bye and then press the Enter key ftp gt bye 2
221. correctly connected between the external device and large EcoWebServerlll Confirm that the energy saving monitoring setting alarm value 1 to 4 is correctly set Check that the demand settings VCT ratio pulse constant alarm type fixed alarm value etc are correct Check that the energy saving operation on the external device side is correctly set 9 66 ata Mitsubishi Electric Corporation 2 7 3 Marunouchi Chiyoda ku Tokyo Tokyo Bldg 100 8310 Please contact us at the following locations Headquarters Device Sales 100 8310 2 7 3 Marunouchi Chiyoda ku Tokyo Tokyo Bldg 7F 03 3218 6690 Section 1 Hokkaido 4 1 Kita nijo nishi Chuo ku Sapporo shi 060 8693 011 212 3789 Branch Office Hokkaido Bldg 5F Sd Tohoku Branch 1 17 7 Uesugi Aoba ku Sendai shi 980 0011 022 216 4554 Office Sendai Uesugi Bldg Weel 11 2 Shintoshin Chuo ku Saitama shi Kanetsu Branch gt a l Office 330 6034 Meiji Yasuda Seimei Saitama Shintoshin Bldg LA 048 600 5845 tower 34F Niigata branch 2 4 10 Higashi oodori Chuo ku Niigata shi 8504 25 241 7227 office aoe ee Nihon Seimei Bldg 6F wee Kanagawa 2 2 1 Minato mirai Nishi ku Yokohama shi 220 8118 045 224 2625 Branch Office Yokohama Landmark Tower 18F 045 Hokuriku Branch Office 920 0031 3 1 1 Hirooka Kanazawashi Kanazawa Park Bldg 076 233 5501 Chubu Branch 6 1 Ushijima cho Nishi ku Nagoya shi 451 8522 goy 052 565 3341 Office Nagoya Lucent Tower Toyota b
222. ct and body Input conditions are as follows To To id characias He O a cannot be registered Default file transfer error Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters Li cis Ai cannot be registered Default Occurrence of file transfer error Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters is a A cannot be registered 2 2 AUG time adjustment error E Report mail for auto time adjustment error W Mail sending W Suspend To ltaro Myama melco co jp Subject auto time set error Body Auto time adjustment error occurred 1 To transmit the file auto time setting error report mail check the Mail sending check box of the Report mail for adjustment error of auto time area 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows Prohibited characters ont oe cannot be registered onal Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters i aes oo cannot be registered Default Occurrence of auto time checking error Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters Ls rd S cannot be registered 4 225 2 3 Battery error i Report mail for battery error Y Mailsending fw Suspend To Subject battery error 1 To transmit the battery error report mail check the Mail sending check box of the Report mail for battery error area 2 To hold the mail tempor
223. d Quality rate Set the measuring point for calculating quality rate Quantity 1 SSS eS lef l Create Quantity 2 NR i tef Register Next gt Close e You can select and register any virtual measuring point Also you can create a free ID e You cannot register equipment when no measuring point or virtual measuring point for an integrated value is registered The Edit button is disabled 4 131 3 Entering or selecting the items 1 Name Equ Enter a name of equipment This equipment name is shown on the EcoWebServerlll page The entry conditions are as follows Number of characters Up to 24 characters The ee characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters HA Ii 3 9 lt gt If you use any disallowed characters which are listed in Appendix Disallowed Character List the characters may not be displayed properly in the browser display of EcoWebServerlll A duplicate equipment name can be registered 2 Std cycle Enter a reference time between the introduction of a product into the anil and the completion E ee ee The product is turned on to equipment and standard time Sec until completing it is set Std cycle fF The entry conditions are as follows Range 1 to 2678400 seconds 3 Time 1 Time 2 Set measuring points to measure the loading time Time 1 and the stop time Time 2 of the equipment Set the measuring point on calculated
224. d Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the Registration of device group dialog box lt To register equipment group continuously gt To register equipment groups continuously click ferrer ofsaipmentaroue the Create button and repeat the step 4 to 7 Click the lt Prev button to check delete and change the registration information of the previous equipment group Click the Next gt button to check delete and change the registration information of the next equipment group x The name of equipment group is repeated ie Model MES3 255C EN setting software The equipment group information is not registered Do you want to register i No Cancel No Name EE Included equipment in group Equipment group1 Equipment list Equipment name 4 141 Deleting a registered equipment group This section describes how to delete a registered equipment group 1 Displaying the Equipment group list dialog box Click the Registration of equipment group button in the dialog box of device list 2 Selecting an equipment group you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of an equipment group you want to delete in the list in the Equipment group list dialog box and then click the Delete button Line
225. d ModeliMes3 255C EN setting software content when the OK button is clicked i Reenter the content so that the conditions for each item will be X The project information has already been registered satisfied e If 50 projects are already registered no project can be copied 4 10 4 2 6 Backing up projects The procedures for backing up the projects are as follows All the registered projects are to be backed up We recommend that the projects be backed up on another hard disk or memory so that the projects can be restored even if the projects are deleted by accident 1 Displaying the Backup of project dialog box Click the Backup button on the project management dialog box 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Backs up to the folder that specifies all projects 2 Specifying the destination folder 1 Enter the folder path of the destination directly or 2 Click the ex button and select the desired folder to specify the destination folder 1 When entering the path directly 1 Enter the path directly in the Backup folder field Backup folder CAUsers Desktopibacku The entry conditions are as follows Backup folder Path length Up to 200 characters The following characters cannot be registered lt gt Prohibited characters l T A period cannot be used at the beginning or end of the project name 1 The drive name and alphabet characters are not ca
226. d as a measuring point Start device No la to display the range of devices that can be set for each CPU series Device Only D devices Characters Up to 5 half byte alphanumeric characters or 7 characters including device name Types of characters Decimal or hexadecimal in device name number section Information of the updating will be appended in the end of the device Check when adding the update time information min sec to the measuring error information when output of the measuring errors is enabled 4 190 4 Adding measuring points to output data Select the measuring point you want to add from the Resistered ID and click the lt button The measuring point is added to the Resistered ID Line for measuring point to be added Measuring point name g 1 Measuring pointi 2 Measuring point rT F 1 The data is output to the PLC in the order that the output groups are registered The measuring points in the Measuring point list registered are sorted in registered order 2 Rearrange order of measuring points in the Measuring point list registered by selecting the measuring point name and clicking the or buttons Click once to move the measuring point up one Click once to move the measuring point down one 5 Deleting measuring points to output data Select the measuring point you want to delete from the Resistered ID and click the gt button The me
227. d using the phase to neutral voltage 00 of 1 leal 8 aag 100 wo oo ol al 5000 T00000 000 000 100 F put item is set to non this setting will be skipped Note 2 The factory defaul setting values are minimum values for the pulse unit that can be set Note 3 For reactive power KW in the above table needs to be read as kvar and kWh needs to be read as kvarh mVCT ratio lt VT PT ratio 6600V 110V CT ratio 100 5A gt VCTratio Pd go S 15 900 110 5 Pulse constant value lt Pulse unit 1kWh pulse gt 6600 75 VTRatixCTRatio 110 5 Pulseunit 1 PulseCONST 60x15 900 pulse kWh aNumber of digits Integer part Multiplying factor Calculate the total load by the equation described in the instruction manual of ME110SSR VT primary voltage 6600 CT primary current 75 Phase wire system 3 phase 4 wire 6600x75x3 Totalloadp ower 1485 1000 Set the following from the display format of the table above Number of digits 5 Integer part Multiplying factor 100 4 58 3 Registering Click the button on the Normal dialog box and register Register button Register normal demand information you set Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box After changing the contents of the normal demand information Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button the Message shown on the right IS displayed
228. data is not displayed if the EcoWebServerlll does not have the demand control function 2 Selecting the data to collect Select the data to collect by clicking the radio button O Annual C Sp Cons annual C Monthly C Sp Cons monthly Multiple types of data cannot be collected simultaneously Zoom Smin Equipmentidaily Zoom 1min Operating history C Virtual annual Virtual monthty Virtual daily 4 308 Browse For Folder E Referential setting for saving path B eco gi z 3 Specifying the destination folder J backup Specify the data for saving the collected data gt mE Contacts 1 Click the Browse button Desktop de Downloads The Browse For Folder dialog box is displayed E Favorites JB Links E My Documents I My Music gt Make New Folder OK Cancel 2 Select the destination folder and click the button to determine OK button Specifies the selected file as the destination The Collect data dialog box will be ata showing the path of the specified destination location in the Path field _ Path CAUsers eco giDocuments Cancel button Cancels the selection of the folder and back to the Collect data dialog box Make New folder button Creates a new folder 4 Inputting the login ID and password Type in either the data acquisition or system administration on ID and password The de
229. day ae Weekly On the specified hour of the specified day once every week one sending time Monthly On the specified hour of the specified day once every and receiving month address for each message Demand control alarm occurred and restored Send to specified Level1alarm Level 2 alarm Limit Fixed alarm destination for Battery error demand control unit Outside each event Demand notification synchronism error Demand control error One destination Monitored at 10 second intervals for each event 6 Mail notification is only function of sending mail data destination message to mail server SMTP Mail server receives the data and sends the message e mail to each destination 7 Timing to actually receive will depend on the situation of the mail server processing and communication network Control Demand control Control the circuit that was set the priority order as the functions predicted demand does not exceed the target demand up to 12 circuits Demand control type The following 6 patterns Cyclic Reclosing Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval Priority order Reclosing Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit Priority cyclic Reclosing Manual control By the password authentication in real time display screen of contact output monitor manual control is possible alarm OFF control ON OFF control of demand controlled circuit
230. domain name make sure to set up the DNS server Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings Setting the DNS server For installing and setting the DNS server name server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company 4 274 3 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Air conditioner connection setting to register Register Register button Register the set details of air conditioner connection setting Close button Back to the project setting screen Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the Example of display right is displayed when clicking the Register button according to the ModelMES3 255C DM EN setting software Es error details l Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Xx Connect IP address domain name is not set 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Mode MES A Close button instead of clicking the Register button or E ee ae another tree menu is selected the message shown on the ES Do you want to register right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Air controller connection setting 4 275 4 9 Test and Adjustment Function This function is for operation check before starting operation Carefully read 1 3 Precautions for
231. e 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 5 23 9 3 14 ME96SSH MB 3P4W Measured items Active_energy_ Import Active_energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive energy Export_lao Reactive energy _Import_lead Reactive energy Export lead Apparent_energy Periodic_active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating_timet Operating _time2 Average_current Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current PhaseN_ current Average_current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max PhaseN _ current_max Average current demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand PhaseN_current_demand Average_current_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max PhaseN_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltag
232. e 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 voltage max 3 1 voltage _max Average _L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 _voltage_min 3 1 voltage_min Average _L N_ voltage 1 N_ voltage 2 N_voltage 3 N_voltage Average_L N voltage_max 1 N_voltage_max 2 N_voltage_max 3 N_voltage_max Average _L N voltage_min 1 N_voltage_min 2 N_voltage_min 3 N_voltage_min kWh kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh kVAh kWh Active_energy Import kWh _ Active_energy Export kWh _ Reactive_energy_Importlag kvarh Reactive_energy Exportlag kvarh Reactive_energy_Importlead kvarh Reactive_energy_Export lead kvamh_ Apparent_energy KkVAh Periodic_active_energy 1 kWh _ Periodic _active_energy 2 kWh _ Operating timer h Operating time2 h Average current O S A Phasel_current O SO A Phase2_curret O SO A Phase3_curret O SO A PhaseN_current A Average current max A Phase1_current max A Phase2_currentmax A Phase3_currentmax A PhaseN_currentmax A Average_current_demand A Phase1_current demand A Phase2_currentdemand A Phase3_currentdemand A PhaseN_current demand A Average_current demand _max____ A Phase1_current_demand_max A Phase2 current demand_max____ A Phase3_current_demand_max____ A PhaseN_current demand _max____ A Average L L voltage V 1 2 voltage o y 2 3 voltage o A y 3 1 voltage _______ y Average_L L_voltage max V 1 2 voltage max y
233. e the test for all ee al The following items appear in the list of terminals for CC Link communication products and CC Link communication products with demand control function Bpan pay ei a Test Co ITirm tel Sot m Confirm terminal connection No Terminalname ua me me m ml Modelname 22 lumper of ocpupied station Staton Nio Resut Code Confirm contact output 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB 1 Not carry out Confirm mail sending 2 Terminal2 EMU3 DP1 C 2 Not carry out Demand nortification 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out RS Error regular notification 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out has Measuring point data monitoring report 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Confirm file transfer 4 277 2 Executing the connectivity check of all terminals 1 Click the Perform the test for all terminals button on the Confirm terminal connection dialog box LA 7 no Terminalname Modelname Number of occupied station Result Code 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB 15t 1 Not carry out i 2 Terminal2 EMU3 DP1 C 135 2 Not carry out 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C 15t 3 Not carry out 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 15t 3 Not carry out 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 13t 3 Not carry out Pa Perform the test for all N terminals 4 2 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test r Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Yes bu
234. e CH will vary according to the terminal Ex For B DX4Y4A Ch1 to 4 can be selected Channels which is already selected will not be displayed in the list 4 205 3 Displaying the Registration of contact output condition screen Select the line of the contact output No you want to set the output conditions and click the Output condition editing button El Line of the contact Internal output unit output No to be Internal output unit registered Internal output unit Contact output3 Automatic gt Output condition linked Turn ON when output condition is satisfied and restored back to OFF One shot 10 sec Turn ON for when output condition is satisfied back to OFF after 10 seconds m 1 item selection Error information 4 206 4 Entering or selecting the items for contact output conditions 1 2 Output No 1 Name Contact output Name Method Automatic Output condition linked Turn ON when o Input the contact output name a One shot 10 sec Turn ON for when o The entry conditions are as follow A e ce e Characters Up to 24 characters Prohibited characters Prohibit pec a of the following characters lt gt Y If the characters are used which are listed in the table of prohibited characters in the appendix these may not be displayed correctly in the browser of EcoWebSe
235. e current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 5 21 5 3 13 ME96SSH MB 1P3W Measured items Active_energy_ Import Active_energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive energy Export_lag Reactive energy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Periodic active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating_timet Operating _time2 Average_current Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current Average current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max Average current_demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand Average_cu
236. e deletion Model MES3 255C EN setting software l Yes button Delete the operating status monitoring notification and a rr back to the Operation status monitoring screen No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Operation status monitoring screen After deletion the information of the deleted operating status monitoring notification is removed from the list in the dialog box of Operation status monitoring set not set 13 Measuring pointlS OFF e It can be also deleted by clicking the Delete button in the dialog box of Registration of operating status monitoring notification 4 247 Editing the registered operating status monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for editing the registered operating status monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Operation status monitoring screen Click the Operation status monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the operating status notification to be edited and clicking the Edit button Double click the line of the operating status notification to be edited in the list on the Operation status monitoring screen or select the line of the operating status monitoring notification to be edited and click the Edit button Mail sending Suspend Measuring point name Mont sel not set 12 Measuring point12 not set Measuring point13 Line of operating status report to be edited Registration of o
237. e end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 67 4 3 7 Demand calendar setting Only when carrying out management based on calendar setting This section described how to set the demand calendar In the demand calendar setting set the daily pattern definition and the calendar definition daily pattern allocation When carrying out the season and time zone management refer to 4 3 6 demand control and setting 4 When carrying out the season and time zone management check the Carry out management based on calendar setting and set the time zone name Define the daily pattern This section described how to set the daily pattern Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r 1 Displaying the Demand calendar setting dialog box Click the Calendar button in the dialog box of project setting Demand settings p Data col Se E u J _ Daily pattern definition Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation A Ss Time zone 4 Time zone 1 DO OO Day pate ot eem p a a a a a a a 4 4 af a a af a af af a a af af af ala ala Daly palcos 10 CO O CC CC CC T CT CT CTE so e ot af at af at a at at ot at Yat at at at af a
238. e monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer e Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting Air conditioner connection setting 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the data output group list No Data output group No Data output group name Name of registered data output group 1D Registered measuring point ID Terminal name Name of PLC or GOT terminal that outputs the data IP address IP address of PLC or GOT that outputs the data Station No Station No of PLC serial communication unit when Ethernet Serial conversion is selected for data communication with EcoWebServerll 4 188 Registering data output group This section describes how to register the data output group k Up to 32 measuring points per group and up to 8 groups maximum 255 measuring points can be registered in a data output group 2 If a single measuring point is not registered or if a single PLC or GOT is not registered the output group cannot be registered One measuring point cannot be registered in duplicate in multiple output groups Virtual measuring points cannot be registered in an output group cannot be output to the PLC or GOT 1 Displaying the Output setting screen Click the Output setting in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen
239. e project of the EcoWebServer ll ee is required Collate Collate the project of EcoWebServerlll and setting Login ID ecoV software Password ecopass 1 21 IP address setting Set the following contents CH1 IP address Default 192 168 10 1 Subnet mask Default 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Default None Setting functions DNS setting Default None CH2 IP address Default 192 168 3 1 Subnet mask Default 255 255 255 0 Default gatewa Default None Time setting Auto time adjustment Set the following contents IP address registration of SNTP server Time to carry out the auto time adjustment Set the following contents Daily log Default half Monthly log Default OH Annual log Default 1D OH maintenance Password ecopass For getting data Setting the loggin ID and password Default Loggin ID guest Password user For system Setting the loggin ID and password Default management Loggin ID ecoV Password ecopass Data output settino Set the measuring data to be output to the PLC GOT Data output setting Set the demand control data to be output to the demand control PLC GOT Contact output setting Set the contact output destination of the alarm output and demand control Mail notification setting Set the mail notification destination File transfer setting Set the file transfer destination setting be connected connection terminal Confirming the contact output Confirm the operation of contact output Confirming mail send Confirm
240. e restore of the alarm ON OFF of the alarm output and ON OFF of the control output to the demand alarm control history data file 128KBx62 files Deleting function Logging data files are deleted when their storage period expires Transfer Zoom 1 minute 1 hour data is transferred once every hour Data is functions Zoom 5 minutes 1 hour data is transferred once every hour automatically l transferred to a Daily Data of the day is transferred once every hour every day every month Virtual daily Data of the day is transferred once every hour Virtual Annual Data of the year is transferred at the specified time once every month Virtual Monthly Data of the month is transferred at the specified time once every day Specific consumption Data of the day is transferred once every hour daily Specific consumption Data of the month is transferred at the specified time once Monthl every day Equipment daily Data of the day is transferred once every hour Operation history Updated operation history files are transferred once every hour System log The latest data is transferred once every hour Demand daily Data of the day is transferred once every hour Demand Monthly Data of the month is transferred at the specified time once every day Demand Annual Data of the year is transferred at the specified time once every month Demand alarm and control The latest data is transferred once every hour history
241. e second Each 1 word device Integrated value of consumption 2 words device Current demand 2 words device Predicted demand 2 words device Adjusted electrical power 2 words device Permissible power 2 words device Previous demand 2 words device Remaining time 1 word device Alarm state 1 word device Load control state 1 word device Demand target value 2 words device CVT ratio 2 words device Alarm type 1 word device Integrated value of consumption Number of decimal digits 1 word device Current demand Number of decimal digits 1 word device Logging Collected at 1 minute or 5 minute intervals function Collected on the hour or on the half hour Either of PLC and GOT can be output Collected on the specified hour at 00 minutes once every day Collected on the specified hour of the specified day at 00 minutes once every month Demand daily Collected on the specified demand time limit 15 30 60 minutes Demand monthly Collected on the specified hour at 00 minutes once every day Demand value is Max of a day Demand annual Collected on the specified hour of the specified day at 00 minutes once every month Demand value is Max of a month Virtual calculation points 3 Calculation function Specific consumption Equipment efficiency Virtual point Specific consumption measuring point Virtual measuring point Specific consumption measuring point measuring
242. e unit and magnification in the upper end management 5 Range of the register value is 2147483648 to 2147483647 Decimal 6 Cumulative value of one cycle can be changed by measuring value and magnification please confirm in the upper end management 7 Refer to Appendix 5 11 Specifications of output to PLC GOT for details on each output data type 5 48 5 8 Data output specification to PLC GOT The following describes the specification of data output to the PLC GOT In addition to output the measuring value measuring error and updating time can be output to the selected device The demand information can also be output to a specified device when using the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 5 8 1 Data output Data output for each measuring item occupy 2 device No Device of data output target is registered as First device No in 4 8 1 Data output settings First device No l Device Device Device Device Device Device n n 1 n 2 n 3 n m 1 x2 n m 1 x 2 1 RxR T 1 measuring value 2 measuring value m measuring value in the group in the group in the group Example 5 points of measuring data to D0100 Device 1 measuring value om measuring value 3 measuring value qe measuring value gn measuring value in the group in the group in the group in the group in the group 1 Range of the data output value is 2147483648 to 2147483647 Decimal Exceeds the upper limit 7FFFFFFF belo
243. e voltages between the phases Measured items HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th HA phaseN RMS 1st HA phaseN RMS 3rd HA phaseN RMS 5th HA phaseN RMS 7th HA phaseN RMS 9th HA phaseN RMS 11th HA phaseN RMS 13th HA phaseN RMS 15th HA phaseN RMS 17th HA phaseN RMS 19th HA phase D ratio total HA phase1 D ratio 3rd HA phase D ratio 5th HA phase D ratio 7th HA phase D ratio 9th HA phase D ratio 11th HA phase D ratio 13th HA phase D ratio 15th HA phase D ratio 17th HA phase D ratio 19th HA phase2 D ratio total HA phase2 D ratio 3rd HA phase2 D ratio 5th HA phase2 D ratio 7th HA phase2 D ratio 9th HA phase2 D ratio 11th HA phase2 D ratio 13th HA phase2 D ratio 15th HA phase2 D ratio 17th HA phase2 D ratio 19th HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio 5th HA phases D ratio 7th HA phase3 D ratio 9th HA phases D ratio 11th HA phase3 D ratio 13th HA phase3 D ratio 15th HA phase3 D ratio 17th HA phase3 D ratio 19th HA phaseN D ratio total HA phaseN D ratio 3rd HA phaseN D ratio 5th HA phaseN D ratio 7th HA phaseN D ratio 9th HA phaseN D ratio 11th HA phaseN D ratio 13th HA phaseN D ratio 15th HA phaseN D ratio 17th HA phaseN D ratio 19th kWh kvarh kvarh A lt gt Active energy KW Reactive energy Importilag kvarh_ Reactive energy Importlead kvarh Current phase
244. e3 N RMS total HV phase3 N RMS 1st HV phase3 N RMS 3rd A A A A A A HA phase2 RMS 13th A A A A A phase3 RMS 13th A H H HA phase3 RMS 1st H H H HV phase3 N RMS 5th HV phase3 N RMS 7th HV phase3 N RMS 9th HV phase3 N RMS 11th HV phase3 N RMS 13th HV phase3 N D ratio total HV phase3 N D ratio 3rd HV phase3 N D ratio 5th HV phase3 N D ratio 7th HV phase3 N D ratio 9th HV phase3 N D ratio 11th HV phase3 N D ratio 13th HV L L D ratio total HV L L ist HV L L D ratio 3rd HV L L D ratio 5th HV L L D ratio 7th HV L L D ratio 9th HV L L D ratio 11th HV L L D ratio 13th HA phase1 RMS total Hint Hh dt l Oo ds ae o HA phaseN D ratio 9th HA phaseN D ratio 11th HA phaseN D ratio 13th gt 5 J 5 5 F 5 5 pi 5 J 5 5 J 5 b J 5 5 J 5 Pl 5 phase3 RMS 3rd J J 5 5 Ej J J 5 b 5 5 5 5 J 5 J 5 J 5 5 J 5 l gt HA phase1 RMS ist HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th 4 9 28 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line
245. eaker WS V i MDU WS V NF250 SEV HEV with MDU Remote device station any x _NF400 SEP HEP with MDU MDU breaker WS da _ NF600 SEP HEP with MDU Remote device station _ NF800 SEP HEP with MDU 1 station occupied 1 station occupied Remote device station occupied Electronic multi measuring mania der cesiaion 1 station instrument occupied Electronic multi measuring FF Remote device station aun instrument m E occupied Electronic multi measuring ME96NSR Remote device station instrument Low voltage air circuit breaker AE SW with CC Link interface unit 1 station occupied Electronic multi measuring Sion instrument with transmission Ez ME110SSR C H Remote device station ied function occupie Product name Icon type name Station type Number of occupying Electronic multi measuring E instrument with transmission E ME110NSR C Remote device station accio ed function P Thermocouple temperature 4 station ME AJ65BT 68TD ea Platinum resistance Jaan temperature sensor Pt 100 pE AJ65BT 64RD3 Remote device station ocun ed temperature input unit p Analog digital conversion 2 station y AJ65BT 64AD Remote device station Terminal block type 24 VDC Remote I O station 1 station input unit 8 points 25 peer eee Meeme occupied Terminal block type 24 VDC Remote l O station 1 station input unit 16 points am PROS Velie NE occupied Terminal block type 24 VDC Remote I O station 1 station HE AJ65SBTB1 32D
246. ecking the list of registered equipment groups The following describes how to display and check the list of equipment groups 1 Displaying the Equipment list dialog box Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Displaying the Equipment group list dialog box Click the Equipment group button in the dialog box of Device list Equipment list o Equipment group Do Equipment name Standard cycle time Loading time a Stopt f01 Equipment 60 Measuring point A Meas y f02 Equipment2 90 Measuring point y Meas f03 05 Equipment group list f05 ME Haha D f06 so No Equipment group name Equipment ID Equipment group1 f01 f02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A O 3 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list No Equipment group No Equipment group name Name of registered equipment group Equipment ID Measuring point registered to the equipment group 4 138 Registering a new equipment group This section described how to register a new equipment group 1 Displaying the Equipment list dialog box Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Displaying the Equipment group list dialog box Click the Equipment group button in the dialog box of device list 3 Displaying the Registration of equipment group dialog box Double click a line of the equi
247. ed Click the OK button and register the measuring point If device No is duplicated the following message will be displayed Click the OK button and change the device No 4 193 Editing the registered data output group This section described how to edit registration information of data output group 1 Displaying the Output setting screen Click the Data output setting in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Displaying the Registration of the data output group screen Select the line of the data output group you want to edit on the Output setting screen and click the Edit button The Registration of the data output group screen displays Ponce Data output set Demand monitoring Output setting para Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Group data output 192 168 3 10 Demand notification Group data output2 192 168 3 20 Error notification Initial condition1 Me Line of a data output Initial condition3 a Regular report group to be edited Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer H Set FTP Registration of the data output group 832 Energy saving Energy Data output group No 1 i Air Cond Data output group No Group data outputt Name Sequence y PLCIGOT series QCPU LCPU QNACPU Start device N
248. ed and thus is excluded from the demand control target The next order of priority number 9 is shut off With on control the control outputs are turned on in order of longest shut off time 1 gt 2 gt 3 gt 4 When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control numbers including the manual shut off control number are turned on in the order of the longest shut off time 8 gt 6 12 7 9 These are turned on at a five second interval At the next demand time limit the control numbers are turned off in the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time limit After control No 12 the newest control number in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 2 Previous time limit Current time limit Control Order of Manual shutoff Manual shut off Example of operation during manual control 4 44 b Cyclic Reclosing after Demand time limit control Each control output is shut off and turned on in order so that only a specific control output is not shut off A control output that has been shut off cannot be turned on again until the demand time limit switches A control output that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit The control numbers are shut off in the order of priority Shut off in the Current time limit shut off order of 1 gt 2 gt 3 gt gt 11 gt 12 gt 1
249. ed restored and then OFF automatically Resistered list of conditions Output conditions registered for contact output No selected 4 204 Registering new contact outputs Register the output destination and the conditions of contact outputs newly With the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function contact output No 1 to 3 are set to as follows as the default e Contact output No 1 Internal output unit Output Ch 0 Registered conditions Level 1 alarm Occurrence e Contact output No 2 Internal output unit Output Ch 1 Registered conditions Level 2 alarm Occurrence e Contact output No 3 Internal output unit Output Ch 2 Registered conditions Limit Fixed alarm Occurrence 1 Displaying the Contact output screen Click Contact output in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Setting the output destination of contact outputs Select the line for the No to be set from the contact output No list Contact output No list Output unit Output Ch e Internal output unit 0 Internal output unit 1 Internal output unit 2 Internal output unit No 1 2 3 al 5 6 F 8 Output Ch 0 1 al MOO bw co em tn de co py 1 Output unit Select the contact output destination from the pull down menu 2 Output Ch select the Ch to output the built in output unit Select from the 16 channels 0 to F When using a digital output terminal the selectiv
250. ee a Refer to 5 5 List of model information RatedCurrent ion SC e Station type and Number of occupied stations are determined by the selected model Refer to 5 4 List of supported terminals 4 78 v Additional information Reserve station The unregistered station number between 1 and the max number is counted as a reserve station The number of reserve stations is included in the term of the conditional expression of the terminal number error Please be careful 16 x A D 54 x B 88 x C lt 2304 A Number of terminals in the remote I O station B Number of terminals in the remote device station C Number of terminals in the intelligent device station D Number of terminals in the reserve station Ex EMU2 RD1 C terminal of a remote device station is registered in the station number 1 to 41 and 64 gt The station number 42 to 63 become the reserve station and then 16 x 0 22 54 x 41 88 x 0 2566 gt 2304 causes an error because the conditional expression is not satisfied BA 4 79 4 Registering Click the button on the CC Link terminal registration dialog box to register the terminal j Register Register button Register the terminal with the settings you made The registration information will be reflected to the Terminals list Close ig Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box 1 appear according to the invalid setting when the
251. efer to 4 2 6 Backing up projects and backup the setting project of older version Ver1 In advance reading from EcoWebServerlll Ver1 and to save using the setting software Ver1 2 Installing EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver2 Refer to 2 3 Installing the software and install the EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver2 3 Restoring an older setting project using EcoWebServerlll setting software Ver2 Refer to 4 2 7 Restoring projects and restore the setting project that backed up in step 1 After the restore please check the following 1 Confirm the body registration contents of mail notification setting 2 Confirm the measurement point registration contents of contact output After the restore checking the ID240 255 of a list of registered measuring points before saving project When exists the terminal name of measuring point is Internal Output Unit in the ID240 255 save the project after deleting the measuring point In Ver2 contact output is not included in the measuring point 4 Writing the project to EcoWebServerlll Ver2 Refer to 4 6 2 Project writing and write the project to EcoWebServerlll Ver2 e Do not read project from EcoWebServerlll Ver1 using the setting software Ver2 Perform the above steps surely 2 9 3 Flow of settings This chapter describes the flow of setting before operating EcoWebServerlll 3 1 Procedures for initial settings Common Initial settings for EcoWebServerlll are as fo
252. egistered Line graph Daily accumulated downtime equipment groups simultaneously lt Equipment efficiency graph gt Displays 1 day data Bar graph Availability Performance Quality on the hour or on the hour or on on the half hour the half hour Line graph Overall equipment efficiency on the hour or on the half hour lt Equipment detail graphs 1 to 10 gt A detail equipment Bar graph Usage amount on the hour or on the half hour graph shows data Line graph Accumulated usage amount for the number of points registered in the equipment item details Display Data file Demand data Display the following file functions lt Annual Max demand of each month gt Contains 1 year data logged at 1 month intervals lt Monthly Max demand of day gt Contains 1 month data logged on the specified hour every day lt Daily gt Contains 1 day data logged on the hour or on the half hour lt Demand alarm and control log gt Record the history of the occurrence restore of Level 1 Level 2 Limit Fixed Record the history of the demand control ON OFF 128KBx62files Measuring point Display the following file data lt Annual gt Contains 1 year data logged at 1 month intervals lt Monthly gt Contains 1 month data logged on the specified hour every day lt Daily gt Contains 1 day data logged on the hour or on the half hour lt Zoom 5 minutes gt Contains 1 hour data logged at 5 minutes intervals lt Zoom 1 minute gt Contains 1 hour data logged
253. egistered as GOT port No by EcoWebServerlll setting software Send delay time tom LO we n e Refer to example of setting with GT Designer 3 on next page 5 47 5 7 Data output to PLC GOT The following desceibes the range of data output to PLC GOT 5 7 1 Double word 1 Range of accessible devices for commands common to high performance model QCPU process CPU dual CPU universal model QCPU QnACPU and LCPU Item Device No Data type Data register D D000000 to D12287 2 Range of accessible devices for commands common to basic model QCPU Decimal ltem Device No Data type Data register D D000000 to D011135 Decimal 3 Range of accessible devices for commands common to AnA AnUCPU ltem Device No Data type Data register D D000000 to D008191 4 Range of accessible devices for commands common to ACPU ltem Device No Data type Data register D D0000 to D1023 5 Range of accessible devices for commands common to FXCPU Item Device No Data type Data register mo D0000 to D7999 Decimal 6 Range of accessible devices for commands common to GT27 GT16 GT15 and GT14 Device No Data type Virtual deice D D0020 to D2031 D2036 to D4095 1 The details of the device No refer to the manual of PLC 2 Data of double word 2 device No for 1 data Last device No is first device No 1 3 First word is being used as symbol a multiple of 2 4 Please set up th
254. egrate or Instant selected Set the number of digits after the decimal point for displaying data Select from Integer 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits and 5 digits 5 digits The possible range of digits after the decimal point is set by the setting of the data length and the multiplier Data length 16bit W Facior Possible digits after the decimal point 0 00001 to 1 00000 Integer 1 to 5 digits 1 00001 to 10 0000 Integer 1 to 4 digits Data length 32bit L lor Possible digits after the decimal point 0 00001 Integer 1 to 5 digits 0 00002 to 0 00010 Integer 1 to 4 digits 0 00011 to 0 00100 Integer 1 to 3 digits 0 00101 to 0 01000 Integer 1 or 2 digits 0 01001 to 0 10000 Integer 1 digit 0 10001 to 1 4 98 5 3 Entering or selecting the items For a measuring point of a PLC CC Link op En la communication Name Measuring poins Point type Terminal Device PLC Select the Device radio button and enter or select Device each of the following items Target Femina Station No ooo o Data type Integrate Instant Status E PF range Device number E Unit Y Data length feiw v Maximum value 32767 1 Target Factor fo Decimal Integer Select a terminal of the PLC CC Link communication Targets in the pull down menu are QJ61BT11N or LCPU LJ61BT11 terminals registered in Terminal 2 Data type Select a data type from
255. ence cycle time Loading time Name of a measuring point registered as a loading time Stop time Name of a measuring point registered as a stop time Process quantity Name of a measuring point registered as a process quantity Qualified product quantity Name of a measuring point registered as a qualified product quantity Display measuring point ID Measuring point ID or virtual measuring point ID registered as a display measuring point ID displayed in order of setting 4 130 Registering new equipment This section described how to register new equipment 1 Displaying the Equipment list dialog box Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Displaying the Equipment dialog box Double click a line of an equipment ID you want to register on the list in the Equipment list dialog box or Select a line of an ID you want to register and then click the Edit button Equipment list pr P Equipment group D e Equipmentname Standardcycietime Loadingtime ESTE 01 f02 f03 f04 05 Line of equipment ID to f06 E 07 be registered f08 Equipment ID Equ fi Graph func Name Equ Equipmentt Standard cycle time The product is turned on to equipment and standard time Sec until completing it is Set Std cycle Operating time Set the measuring point on calculated equipment operating time Time 1 Unit Second Time 2 De Unit Secon
256. end of the demand time limit when the current load state continues is calculated 1 Settings related to predicted demand The settings related to the predicted demand are the same as the current demand Refer to Current demand for details 2 Measuring value 1 Expression for predicted demand ba Sie ee Predicted demand Current demand PI o e ee x Remaining time kW Pulseintegratedtime 1 The increased demand refers to the increase of current demand within the pulse integrated time 2 The pulse integrated time is as follows When remaining time is longer than 3 minutes 3 minutes When remaining time is less than 3 minutes 1 minute Demand value kW Predosa demand sen eceeteteeiae E a eect eae eect eee ieee aes Target demand TARTA Ete i Gurren Demand b aos AA A Le Pulse integrated time Remaining time 0 Time min Current Demand time limit Predicted demand 2 Resolution and maximum value of predicted demand The predicted demand range is 0 0 to 999 999 9 kW 4 22 Adjusted electrical power To make the demand value the target demand when demand time limit is completed the electrical power load value adjusted electrical power that must be adjusted turned on off from the current state must be calculated lf the adjusted electrical power lt 0 this means excessive and is an electrical power than must be
257. equipment operating time Time 1 Unit Second r Ref Time 2 Hot second y Ref After you clicked the Ref button the Selection of the measuring point dialog box will appear Double click a line of a measuring point Selection of the measuring poit W aa you want to set Group Seas v Or Select a line of a measuring point you want to set and then click the Select button Measuring point name Measuring point1 Measuring point2 Measuring point3 Virtual measuring point1 Virtual measuring point2 lt Unit gt Select a unit from Second Minute and Hour The unit is used at the calculation of Time availability Match it with the unit registered for the measuring point selected as a loading time and a stop time Ex The unit of the measuring point selected is a second gt Select the Second The unit of the measuring point selected is a minute gt Select the Minute The unit of the measuring point selected is an hour gt Select the Hour 4 132 4 Quantity 1 Quantity 2 Set the measuring points to measure the process quantity Quantity 1 and qualified product quantity Quantity 2 m Quality rate Set the measuring point for calculating quality rate Quantity 1 Unit Quantity 2 Unit A E ED After you clicked the Ref button the Selection of the measuring point dialog box will appear Double click a line of a measuring point yo
258. er DNS Server 1 DNS Server 2 DNS Server 3 m CH2 If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 IP address setting Before IP address setting After IP address 92 68 35 4 192 168 3 1 Subnet mask 255 255 25 0 255 255 255 0 Gateway nae Change the IP address at IP Address Settings New An example to change the IP address to 10 123 234 10 is shown below Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway for operations IP address setting Betfore IP address Subnet mask Gateway Inputting the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass and click the l_e button The default maintenance password is ecopass Enter the password after change if it was changed 3 4 4 A message to confirm the changes appears when the f chans button is clicked Click the Yes button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Change IP address Are you sure you want to execute The following message appears when the changes are complete Click the OK button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Ines The changed of IP address is completed The main body of the product is being reset now Start communication After restarting the System When it can not communicate with main b
259. er is automatically appended at the end of the terminal name Up to 24 characters with X DEWIN eH Set the same number as the one set in the terminal Range 1 64 1 A duplicate station number cannot be registered 2 Note that the number of occupied stations varies depending on the models Ex When the terminal having 4 occupied stations is set to the station number 64 the out of range error occurs because the station numbers from 64 to 67 are occupied Set the station number to satisfy the following condition 16x A D 54xB 88xC s 2304 A Number of terminals in the remote I O station B Number of terminals in the remote device station C Number of terminals in the intelligent device station D Number of terminals in the reserved station Station type Number of occupied stations S Refer to 5 4 List of supported terminals Setting range of QJ61BT11N LCPU LJ61BT11 is from 1 to 63 Model Select a model Available models Refer to 5 4 List of supported terminals Model information PhaseWire RatedVoltage 220V gt RatedCurrent 100A X When collecting data from the QCPU device via CC Link select QJ61BT11N CC Link master local unit local station When collecting data from the LCPU device select LCPU LJ61BT11 CC Link master local unit local station Model Set the model information Model information MIMEA The setting items will differ according to the model
260. eration status monitoring 4 A OS Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting Air conditioner connection setting Level 1 alarm occurred Level 1 alarm restored Level 2 alarm occurred Level 2 alarm restored Limit Fixed alarm occurred Limit Fixed alarm restored Battery error demand control unit occurred Outside synchronism error occurred Outside synchronism error restored oon tn amp WwW nn ES gt 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in the list No Demand notification No Demand subject Name of notification item monitored by demand notification mail Mail sending Active or inactive state of demand notification by mail Suspend Active or inactive state of temporarily holding of mail transmission Send To Destination address of demand notification mail Subject Subject of demand notification mail Body Text of demand notification mail 4 217 Registering the demand notification This section describes the procedures for registering a demand notification mail transmission 1 Displaying the Demand notification screen Click the Demand notification in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Displaying the Enter demand notification
261. erill function or set the logging date and time configurations a Configure the automatic time settings b Configure the logging date and time Set this when using mail notification or file transfer This can be skipped when not using the following functions a Set the mail notification b Set file transfer c Set contact output 4 External device collaboration settings Save the set project and write it to the main unit 5 Saving and writing a project Ww 6 Starting data collection Start collection of data from each terminal 3 8 Refer to 4 4 1 CC Link terminal registration 4 4 2 PLC GOT registration 4 4 3 Measuring point registration Refer to 4 5 1 Virtual measuring point registration 4 5 2 Specific consumption measuring point registration 4 5 3 Equipment registration 4 5 4 Equipment group registration e Refer to 4 7 3 Auto time settings 4 7 4 Logging date time settings Refer to 4 8 4 SMTP server settings 4 8 6 EcoWebServerlll error settings 4 8 7 Regular report registration 4 8 8 Upper lower limit notification registration 4 8 9 Operating status notification registration 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value notification registration 4 8 11 Energy plan value notification registration 4 8 12 FTP server setting 4 8 13 Transfer enable disable transfer destination folder setting 4
262. ering them After editing the items to be changed click the Register button The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering a new virtual measuring point e You cannot edit the Expression if it is registered as a specific consumption measuring point 4 120 4 5 2 Specific consumption measuring point registration This section explains the procedure on the Specific consumption measuring point A specific consumption measuring point refers to a measuring point for which the result of dividing energy amount by production amount is used as measurement data A maximum of 64 measuring points excluding the 255 measuring points and the 128 virtual measuring points can be registered Checking the list of registered specific consumption measuring points The following describes how to display and check the list of specific consumption measuring points 1 Displaying the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box Click the Specific consumption button in the dialog box of project Modelmes3 255C EN setting setti ng Project name sample Project ollecting settings e A Specific consumption measuring point pb o Extended sallinga ID Specific consumption measuring point name Energy amount Unit Monitoring b01 Sp Cons 1 Measuring point1 kWh O b02 E Measuring point2 kWh E 3 b03 b04 b05 b06 b07 b08 b09 b10 b11 b12 b13 ID Sp Cons
263. et Confirm file transfer Automatic time adjustment error set Battery error set Output error occurred set Output error recovered set Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset 886 6 88 E 4 m Password For maintenance 4 290 2 Testing all items 1 Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Click Perform the test all items button on the Error regular notification dialog box Boot notification set set taro yama melco co jp Memory card error set set taro yama meico co jp Measuring error occurred set not set taro yama melco co jp Measuring error recovered set not set taro yama melco co jp File transfer error set set taro yama melco co jp Automatic time adjustment error set set taro yama meico co jp Battery error set set taro yama melco co jp Output error occurred set not set taro yama melico co jp Output error recovered set not set taro yama melco co jp 4 TT Password For maintenance Perform the test for all items J o a E No button Cancels the error regular notification check and back to the MAA Error regular notification dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the error regular notification o check is in progress will appear A E a If you want to cancel it click the Abort button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the error
264. etrieval Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Yes button Executes the contact output status retrieval process Gh Get junction output information from product itself No button Cancels the contact output status retrieval and back to Y Are you sure you want to execute i l the Contact output operation check dialog box 3 A dialog box that indicates the contact output status ope A retrieval process is in progress will appear lt S EcoWebServerlll Please wait a moment If you want to cancel it click the Abort button 4 After the retrieval on all contact output status is completed fuode mes3 255c DM EN setting software the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Confirm contact output dialog box 4 285 4 9 3 Demand notification only models with demand control function This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Demand notification The Demand control and notification check is available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function Confirming the demand control and notification operation This section explains the procedure to confirm mail transfer for the demand control and notification 1 Displaying the Demand notification dialog box Click Demand notification in the tree menu on the Test dialog box r Test Demand nortificati Confirm terminal connection Subject tai sending Su Confirm contact output Level 1 a
265. etween 10 00 and 10 10 Notification without the checkmark on the Suspend check box gt lt is transmitted by mail immediately Notification with the checkmark on the Suspend check box gt lts transmission is held until the next transmission cycle It is transmitted at 10 10 4 215 8 Registering Click the button on the Set SMTP server dialog box to register Register Register button Register the SMTP server setting information as the set details Close 1 If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on Example of display Close button Back to the project setting dialog box the right is displayed when clicking the Register button Modeimes3 255c Dm EN setting software according to the error details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Xx The IP address that cannot be specified for the SMTP server is input 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close A ETNIES LAs button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed Se Yes button To register i No button Not to register Cancel button Back to Set SMTP server dialog box e When designating the SMTP server by domain name make sure to set up the DNS server Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings Configuring the DNS server For installing and setting the DNS server
266. f is shut off This function occurs only when demand control function is enabled 1 Level 2 alarm occurrence reset conditions The Level 2 alarm occurs when all of the following conditions are satisfied adjusted electrical power gt control load capacity scheduled for shut off 1 Occurrence Order of priority for one or more control output 0 conditions Target demand 0 Outside alarm mask time remaining time lt demand time limit alarm mask time Remaining time gt 0 The Level 2 alarm is reset when one of the following is satisfied Reset conditions Adjusted electrical power gt control load capacity scheduled for shut off When demand time limit switches 1 If all control output with a set order of priority have been shut off and there are no more to shut off the control load capacity scheduled for shut off is handled as O Demand value kW Predicted demand f A a a o a eee E i Alarm occurrence range Pa adjusted electrical power gt control load capacity scheduled for shut off Tatget demand e eesseses te AA e aa II o 7 i i i S l 7 i 7 i i i i Y i i A i 7 i 7 i i Virtual line i SE l 7 i Current Demand 7 7 7 7777 oo GRAn 7 Increased demand gt Pulse integrated time Remaining time i I L Time min Alarm mask time Current Demand time limit Level 2 alarm 4 29 2 Setting values re
267. f the following conditions make the contact output o Monitoring condition Demand alarm Level 1 alarm Output condition editing Close Contact output No list The list of set contact outputs is displayed Output condition Output condition selected in the contact output No list is displayed 4 203 2 Confirming the output conditions Click the line of contact output No to be confirmed in the Contact output No list in the dialog box of Contact Tie a eS Contact output No list output o Output unit OutputCh i 2 Internal output unit 1 3 Internal output unit 2 4 5 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 B l Delete Output condition Output No 1 Name Contact output1 Method Automatic Registered list of conditions Be hold any one of the following conditions make the contact output DY Monitoring condition tem name Demand alarm Level 1 alarm I Output condition editing Output No Contact output No selected Name Contact output name of contact output No selected Method Contact output method one shot 10 sec output condition interlocking Output condition interlocking ON when the output condition is established occurrence and OFF when it is restored One shot 10 sec ON for 10 sec only when the output condition is established occurrence and then OFF automatically Also ON for only 10 sec when the output condition is not establish
268. factor Whole day Whole day 3 100 1 Time zone E 100 2 Time zone 100 3 Time zone3 100 4 Time zone4 100 5 Time zones z 100 6 Time zones 100 T Time zoner A 100 6 Time zones 100 9 Time zoned l z 100 10 Time zone10 A 100 4 307 4 9 9 Data collection This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Collect data Collecting data This section explains the procedures to manually collect data stored in EcoWebServerlll 1 Displaying the Collect data dialog box Click Collect data in the tree menu on the Test dialog box Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Please select the data for collecting Confirm mail sending Demand data aer Demand nortification ccoo a System log Measuring data i anna Error regular notification C Annual Sp Cons annual Demand annual i Measuring point data monitoring report C Monthly C Sp Cons monthly Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Daily Sp Cons daily Unisoration values Zoom Smin Equipment daily Collect data Delete data Zoom 1min Operating history ee ee I Demand monthly Demand daily Demand alarm and control data Reset Virtual annual Virtual monthly Virtual daily SE Path CAUsers eco giDocuments cA Login ID For getting data or system management Password The demand
269. fault data acquisition login ID and DaN are guest and user The default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass 5 Collecting the files 1 When you click Execute button the Selection of data collection dialog box will be displayed 1 If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable iS fucacemes 2550 0m EN setting softwar not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered ON the message on the right will appear 99 ustrentication ofthe main body of the product has filed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on 2 If the login ID or password is incorrect the message on the right will odeumes3 255C DM EN setting soft appear Click the OK button and then check the login ID and password x Login ID password is incorect E 4 309 Check the box for the files you want to collect To collect all files click the Select all button Uncheck the box to cancel the selection To cancel all files click the Deselect button Click the Execute button To cancel the collection click the Cancel button The screen showing the ongoing data collection will be displayed The second line shows the name of the file that is being collected To stop the collection click the Abort button After the collection on every registered
270. for system management to has been completed 4 186 4 8 Setting external device coordination This section describes the settings related to the data output settings contact output settings and mail notification settings etc 1 Displaying the external device coordination setting screen Click the Output on the project setting screen F F Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software S O Ti TE Project name sample Data collecting settings Project management Demand settings Normal settings Extended settings Title Selected menu i appears la EN Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output S eG Mail notification setting No Data output group name p Set SMTP server Demand notification ES Error notification i Initial condition1 Initial condition2 i Initial condition3 Regular report L Upper and lower limit monitoring i Operation status monitoring arena Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer sees Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting we Air conditioner connection setting oN Mo UN Dialog box for setting each function Display the selected menu s setting screen Tree menu Select the detials to set l EA Close
271. g and set the function correctly Registering demand alarm and control The following describes how to set demand alarm and control 1 Displaying the Alarm and Control dialog box Click the Alarm and Control button in the dialog box of project setting Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r Demand settings Data col Normal s ig Alarm and Control A IE Alarm and control w ENG Alarm setting 4 Calendar e Alarm Control mask time le Minute 0 30 Alarm type Limit Alarm X Details Carry out management based on calender setting Perform the settings of demand Settings for each Time zone Time zone Target demand Fixed alarm Subject Time zone Base power name value value Level 1 alarm Whole day 300 0 kw 0 0 kw 240 0 KkW Level2 alarm Limit Fixed alarm Control setting Demand control type Cyctic Reclosing X Reclosing interval 5 Minute 1 30 Control No Load name Priority order Control capacity No 1 Control output Load1 Invalid OOW 2 Control output Load2 Invalid 0 0 kW 3 Control output Load3 Invalid 0 0 kW 4 Control output Load4 Invalid 0 0 kW 5 Control output Load5 Invalid 0 0 kW 6 Control output Load6 Invalid 0 0 kW 7 Control output Load7 Invalid 0 0 kW 8 Control output Load8 Invalid 0 0 kW 9 Control output Load9 Invalid 0 0 KW 10 Control output Load10 Invalid 0 0 kW 11 Control output Load11 Invalid 0 0 kW 12
272. g Before IP address setting After to set IP address 192 168 3 1 25 25 25 0 Subnet mask Gateway Dialog box for setting each function Setting screen for selected menu appears EZA Ea 2 Selecting information to set from tree menu IP Address is selected as the default e The message shown on the right appears when the settings have been changed When setting the IP address click the Yes button E Before setting the IP address it is necessary to save the project gt Are you sure you want to execute project saving and save the project e The Project setting screen appears when the Close button is clicked 4 157 4 7 1 IP address settings The following describes the steps for operation in IP Address Consult with the network administrator the personnel who plans networks and administers IP addresses before configuring the IP address Configuring the IP address Configure the IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll The following two IP addresses are set for EcoWebServerlll CH1 IP address for connecting personal computer and EcoWebServerll CH2 IP address for connecting PLC and EcoWebServerlll Setting not required if data will not be exchanged with PLC 1 Connect a PC to which the setting software is installed to the main unit of EcoWebServerlll by using a LAN straight cable or crossover cable on a 1 to 1 basis 1 Checking the IP address configured on
273. g an IP address SNTP server 1921681022 Input range O to 255 Values prohibited lo 0 0 0 0 XXX XXX XXX 255 xxx any numerical value register e When designating the SNTP server by domain name make sure to set up the DNS server Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings Configuring DNS servers For installing and setting the DNS server name server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company e When re setting the SNTP standard time server after auto time setting error occurs reset the EcoWebServerlll 4 174 4 Configuring auto time setting cycle Set the cycle to perform auto time set e For daily Select the time Time Selection range OH to 23H Default value OH Condition Daily m e For weekly Select a day of the week and the time Day of the week i Condition weeky Selection range Sun to Sat Default value Sun Time Selection range OH to 23H Default value OH e For monthly Select a date and the time Date Selection range 1D to 28D Default value 1D Ao N Time Selection range OH to 23H Default value OH 5 Registering Click the button in the Auto time adjustment dialog box to register l E Register button Register the auto time setting as configured Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box
274. g interval control Each control output is shut off and turned on in order so that only a specific control output is not shut off A control output that has been shut off is forcibly turned on again when the off on time passes A control output that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit Turned on Current time limit shut off control Current demand time limit Next time limit shut off control Next demand time limit Shut off control when the order of priority number setting is changed Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit Next time limit turn on control Next demand time limit Turn on control when the order of priority number setting is changed The control numbers are shut off after a set time in the order of priority Shut off in the order of 1 gt 2 gt 3 gt 11 gt 12 gt 1 gt 2 When all control outputs from the oldest order of priority have been shut off the system returns to the newest order of priority number and shuts off the control outputs The next demand time limit is also shut off after a set time following the order of priority numbers At the next demand time limit the shut off starts from the control output in the order of priority following the previous time limit If the next order of priority number is manually controlled at the previous demand time limit the shut off starts after
275. ge THD 2 3 voltage HD 3rd 2 3 voltage HD_5dth 2 3 voltage HD 7th 2 3 voltage HD 9th 2 3 voltage HD 11th 2 3 voltage HD 13th 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th H_current_7th _current_9th _current_11th H_current_13th 1 current THD 3 H_current_Total 3 H_current_1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_ 5th 3 H_current_7th 3 H_current_9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_13th 3 current_ THD kWh S5 kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh kWh ANS ANS St i Oo E Active energy Import kWh _ Active energy Export kWh _ Reactive_energy_Import_lag kvarh Reactive_energy Exportlag kvam_ Reactive_energy_Import_lead_____ _kvarh Reactive_energy Exportlead kvarh Periodic_active_energy 1 kWh _ Periodic _active_energy 2 kWh _ Operating time h Operating time2 h Average curret O A Phaset_current O O A Phase2_curret A Phase3_current A Average _current max A Phaset_currentmax A Phase2_currentmax A Phase3_current max A Average_current_demand A Phasel_current_demand_ A Phase2_currentdemand A Phase3_currentdemand A Average_current demand max A Phase1_current_demand_max A Phase2_current_demand_max A Phase3_current_demand_max A Average L L voltage V 1 2 voltage o y 2 3 voltage y 3 1 voltage ________ y Average _L L voltage max V 1 2 voltage max y 2 3 voltage max y 3 1_voltage max y
276. ge is fixed at 110V 5 2 6 MDU WS Setting item Setting range 225AF or lower 400AF or higher 5 2 7 AE SW BIF CC Setting item Setting range CT rating Lower than 500A 500A or higher and lower than 1000A 1000A or higher 5 2 8 ME96SSR MB ME96SSH MB Setting item Setting range Phase wire method 1P2W 1P3W 3P3W 3P4W Rated voltage 1P2W 3P3W 60V 750000V 1P3W 110V 220V 3P4W 60V 750000V 5 2 9 ME110SSR C H Line to line voltage rating 1P2W 3P3W 110V 220V 440V 690V 1 100V 2 200V 3 300V 6 600V 11 000V 13 200V 13 800V 15 000V 16 500V 22 000V 24 000V 33 000V 66 000V 77 000V 110 000V 132 000V 154 000V 187 000V 220 000V 275 000V 380 000V 500 000V 550 000V 1P3W 220V SP4W 63 5 110V 110 190V 120 208V 220 380V 240 415V 254 440V Current rating 5A 6A 7 5A 8A 10A 12A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 80A 100A 120A 150A 200A 250A 300A 400A 500A 600A 750A 800A 1000A 1200A 1500A 1600A 2000A 2500A 3000A 4000A 5000A 6000A 7500A 8000A 10000A 1 The range of Line to line voltage rating 110 x Current rating 5 gt 122 500 cannot be set 9 5 5 2 10 ME110NSR C Setting range Line to line voltage rating 1P2W 3P3W 110V 220V 440V 690V 1100V 2200V 3300V 6600V 11000V 13200V 13800V 15000V 16500V 22000V 24000V 33000V 66000V 77000V 110000V 132000V 154000V 187000V 220000V 275000V 380000V 500000V 550000V
277. gister the equipment in the equipment group Execute writing after registering the all in each group TT For system management Password Via memory card reader Drive AAA o 4 145 Write project 2 Inputting the login ID and password Select the Via Ethernet radio button and input the nn login ID and password for system administration in the Login ID and Password text boxes respectively Coe The default login ID and password are ecoV and a ecopass Password Model MES3 255C EN setting software 3 Writing the project O The project is written 1 By clicking the Execute button in the dialog box of Write project Peddrex19216833 the writing confirmation message is displayed Yes button To execute project writing No button To cancel project writing 1 stop 2 In the following cases need to reset the product after writing After the factory when the project writing for the first time Via Ethernet For system management card reader Comment All of data will be overwritten Data collecting will be stopped during reflecting Are you sure you want to execute During writing project during reflecting setting value collection of the measuring point data will When the station number information of CC Link terminal is changed etc Reset confirmation message appears after writing Yes button After writing of the
278. gital input value lt Setting gt Ch5 digital input value lt Setting gt 1 Ch3 digital input value Ch7 digital input value Ch4 digital input value Ch8 digital input value 1 The unit setting is arbitrary When the unit is set arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set 2 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring gt Ch2 digital input value Ch6 digital input value a anne ree 9 3 23 AJ65SBTB1 16D lt Setting gt Ch9 digital input value lt Seting gt lt Seting gt lt Seting gt lt Setting gt lt Seting gt lt Seting gt lt Seting gt 1 The unit setting is arbitrary When the unit is set arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set 2 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring 9 35 5 3 24 AJ65SBTB1 32D 1 The unit setting is arbitrary When the unit is set arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set 2 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring 9 3 29 AJ65SBTB1 16DT 1 The unit setting is arbitrary When the unit is set arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set 2 Output cannot be used 3 This terminal is used for a measuring point of operation monitoring 5 3 26 AJ65SBTB1 32DT lt Setting gt lt Setting gt lt Setting gt lt Setting gt lt Setting gt lt Setting gt lt Setting gt 1 The unit setting is arbitrary
279. gs assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically IP address 10 162 102 87 Subnet mask 25 2 0 0 Default gateway O Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server Validate settings upon exit The network portion CD of the IP address must be the same as that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll The host address portion CD of the IP address must be different from that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll Note that 0 and 255 cannot be set The network address portion of the IP address is the section that corresponds to the bits 1 in the subnet mask The host address portion of the IP address is the section that corresponds to the bits O in the subnet mask Example Host Network address portion address portion IP address Subnet mask decimal number 255 255 255 0 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 Subnet mask binary number 6 When the entry is completed click the OK button The network information will be automatically updated Follow the Windows messages When the message for rebooting the PC is displayed reboot the PC 4 160 3 Opening a project Start up the setting software select a project with the same IP address setting as that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll and click t
280. gy Uncheck Za Ll D Monitoring condition temname LJ Unregistered Monitoring Energy Measuring point2 O EA003 Unregistered EA004 Monitoring Energy Measuring point4 O EA00S Unregistered O EA006 Unregistered O EA007 Unregistered O EA008 Unregistered O EA009 Unregistered a EA010 Unregistered O EA011 Unregistered ai 4 Detail item Items registered in the dialog box of Monitoring and notification settings For the lines that the monitoring and notification settings are not registered those lines are displayed as Monitoring condition blank and Item name Not registered 4 208 Separately monitoring registration is required Refer to 4 8 8 Upper lower limit monitoring registration 4 8 9 Operating status monitoring registration 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value monitoring registration 4 8 11 Energy plan value monitoring registration lt Demand alarm gt Only on EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 2 Detailed item Demand alarm l Uncheck Demand alarm ba D OE Monitoring condition item name O DA001 Demand alarm Level 1 alarm O DA002 Demand alarm Level 2 alarm emand alarm imit Fixed alarm O DA003 D d ala Limit Fixed ala DA004 System Battery error Demand co O DA005 System Outside synchronism err 4 Ww p Detail item Level 1 alarm Level 2 alarm limit fixed alarm battery error demand control unit and error demand time limit ad
281. h 69 7 Con set Time zone Name Present value 1 Time zone 0 kWh z 100 el 2 Time zone 0 kWh z 100 Set 3 Time zone3 D kWh a 100 Set 4 Time zone4 D kWh z 100 Set 5 Time zones O kWh 100 Set 4 An execution confirmation message appears Click the Yes button and set the integrated count value No button Cancels the integrated count value setting and back to the Integration value set dialog box 4 305 5 A dialog box that indicates the integrated count value setting is in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button F Integration valve set changed z please wait a moment If the settings are incorrect the message as in the right Example of display appears according to the illegal data when the Set button is clicked Revise the settings to the conditions are satisfied 6 Counter direction number is out of range S input range the value range of transaction meter 0 9999 99and999999 9and999999 6 After the integrated count value has been set the completion message will appear Click the OK button to back to the Integration value set dialog box 7 Check the set details hole day Whole day ere al walue Time zone Present value ge value Multiplying factor pa ft a fr Eo S amp S afr sre zones The latest current value for that time zone appears immediately after setting 4 306 Retrieving the latest integ
282. h _ Periodic _active_energy 2 kWh _ Operating timer h Operating time2 h Average current O S A Phasel_current O SO A Phase2_curret O SO A Phase3_curret O SO A PhaseN_current A _ Average current max A Phasel_current max A Phase2_currentmax A Phase3_current max A PhaseN_currentmax A Average_current_demand A Phasel_current_demand_ A Phase2_currentdemand A Phase3_currentdemand A PhaseN_current demand A Average_current_demand_max A Phase1_current_demand_max A Phase2_current_demand_max A Phase3_current_demand_max A PhaseN_current demand _max____ A Average L L voltage V 1 2 voltage o y 2 3 voltage y 3 1 voltage ________ y Average_L L_voltage max V 1 2 voltage max e y 2 3 voltage max y 3 1 voltage max y Average L L voltage min V 1 2 voltage_min____ y 2 3 voltage min o y 3 1 voltage min y Average _L N_voltage V 1 N_ voltage o e y 2 N_ voltage____ y 3 N voltage____ v Average L N_voltage max V__ 1 N voltage max 2 N_voltage max o y _ 3 N_voltage max o Vy Average L N_voltage min Z V 1 N_voltage min o y 2 N voltage min o y _3 N_voltage min a d V 5 18 Measured items 1 N_H_voltage_Total Measured items 2 H_current_ Total 1 N_H_voltage_1st 2 H_current_1st 1 N_voltage_THD 1 N_voltage_HD_3rd 1 N_voltage_HD_5th 1 N_voltage_HD_7th 1 N_voltage_HD_9th 1 N_voltage_HD_11th 1 N_voltage_HD_13th
283. hase2 3 RMS 11th phase2 3 RMS 13th oOo HV phase2 3 D ratio 3rd Oo HV phase2 3 D ratio total Oo Oo ON RCO EO EO RO O O 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 ohase1 2 D ratio total HV phase1 2 D ratio 3rd kWh kah kvarh kah kah o kWa O 5 33 HV N D rati HV phase2 N D ratio 13th HV phase3 N D ratio 13th ohase3 N D ratio total HV rati HV phase2 N D ratio 11th ohase3 N D ratio 11th HV ati HV phase3 N D ratio 3rd 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of R phase current S phase current and T phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of R S voltage S T voltage and T R voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of R N voltage S N voltage and T N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 Ain 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage funda
284. he Mail sending check box is checked the checkmark is put on the Monitor check box automatically 2 To hold the mail temporarily when Mail sending is selected check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subject and body Input conditions are as follows Up to 50 characters Address Prohibited characters O ia cannot be registered Default logging error uba Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters The tollowing characters cannot be registered HA 2 lt gt Occurrence occurring measuring error Default R E E Body occurrence ecovery recovering measuring error Each recon Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters ee ap cannot be registered 4 Select the number of measuring error occurrence times When the measurement errors occurred continuously by more than the set Number of errors monitoring and report are performed Number of errors Selection range 1 to 18 times Default value 6 times Start up and memory card erro an 4 224 2 Setting items on initial condition 2 screen 2 1 File transfer error ee W Mail sending W Suspend To ltarog yama melco co jp Subject ile transfer error Body File transfer error occurred 1 To transmit the file transfer error report mail check the Mail sending check box of the Report mail for file transfer error area 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 3 Input the address subje
285. he Open button GE Model MES3 255C EN setting software Project name address Comment sample Project 192 168 3 3 230 259 255 0 sample Project2 192 168 3 4 250 255 255 0 sample Project3 192 166 3 5 255 255 255 0 Delete Change Double click here to register gt Ea Backup Version Restore Exit e What if the project cannot be found Create project with the same IP address setting as that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll Refer to 4 2 1 Project management Registering a new project What if the IP address of the registered project is different from that of EcoWebServerlll Change the IP address of the project to the same IP address as the one which is configured on the main unit of EcoWebServerlll Refer to 4 2 4 Project management Modifying the project information 4 161 4 Displaying the IP address screen Click Options on the project setting screen Options IP addres Qe accress 4 Model MES3 255C EN Project name a m Data collecting settings Normal settings AAA Password For maintenance Extended settings MN e Project management ww 4 Direct write memory card ime Auto time adjustment CH1 Set logging time Password IP address setting Before IP address setting After For maintenance IP address 10 34 48 10 162 34 48 pe For getti
286. he login ID and password Q The password is wrong 2 EcoWebServerlll is reset It may take up to eight minutes to reset gt The system is being restarted A Please wait 3 When the reset is completed the following message will appear Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software kal i The main body of the product Reset of has been completed 4 315 5 Appendix 9 1 List of support terminals Number of Product name Icon type name Station type occupying Energy measuring unit a i l l 1 station Energy measuring unit a _ i 1 station Energy measuring unit Power reception and distribution YE Y EMU2 RD3 C Remote device station Station monitoring standard product 3 Mae occupied circuits Energy measuring unit Power reception and distribution ENT i 2 i i monitoring standard product 5 CERN EMU2 RD5 C Remote device station circuits Energy measuring unit Power reception and distribution MEG hy tar a 1 station moniin e nda d e HETTA EMU2 RD7 C Remote device station occupied circuits Energy measuring unit Power reception and distribution i EMU2 RD2 C 4W Remote device station BS monitoring 3P4W 2 circuits r occuple Energy measuring unit Power reception and distribution i T EMU2 RD4 C 4W Remote device station ame monitoring 3P4W 4 circuits occuple 1 station Energy measuring unit EE EMU3 DP1 C Remote device station my MDU br
287. he phase wire method is 1P2W The measured items that can be actually measured differ S phase current can be selected Is with the phase wire method The measured items that measurement data collection possible cannot be measured due to the phase wire method are also displayed on the pull down menu For the phase wire method and measured items refer to the instruction manual of each terminal Deletion of measuring point A measuring point cannot be deleted A measuring point cannot be registered if it is already The message The measuring point is registered to a virtual measuring point Specific registered to a virtual measuring point consumption measuring point equipment or monitoring Specific consumption measuring point and notification settings equipment or monitoring and notification Delete the registered appropriate virtual measuring settings Delete the registered items before point Specific consumption measuring point equipment deleting the measuring point appears or monitoring and notification settings A measuring point that is occupied as a It cannot be deleted from the measuring point list screen contact output cannot be deleted On the contact output setting list screen delete the same number of settings as that of contact output points 9 63 Error details problems Check items Change of measuring point The terminal name measured item scale the For a measuring point which is registered to a virtual numbe
288. he product has failed on the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on For a wrong login name or a wrong password Model MES3 255C EN setting software EES the message shown on the right is displayed X Login ID password is incorrect 2 When it fails during the writing process of the _ modelMES3 255C EN setting software project an error message Is displayed Message contents will vary depending on the occurrence factors and processing content Refer to the table below A To display the error factor When there is no response from the EcoWebServerlll When timed out while communicating with the EcoWebServerlll When there is error response from the EcoWebServerlll B To display the processing contents when error occurs When many times fail to writing project reset the product or write again later e Project writing overwrites the existing project Remember this e After completion of project writing once close the Web browser and restart it The changes may not be reflected in the displayed contents depending on the cache function of the browser 4 147 Writing the project via drive This section explains the procedure to write the project in the CompactFlash card using the CompactFlash reader writer etc Power off EcoWebServerlll before inserting re
289. hes 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth y n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave Measured items kWh voltage_Total V H_voltage_ist _ voltage _ THD oltage HD 3rd oltage HD_ 5th oltage HD 7th oltage HD 9th _ voltage HD 11th voltage HD 13th 2 3 H voltage Total 2 3 H voltage 1st 2 3 voltage THD 2 3 voltage HD 3rd 2 3 voltage HD_ 5th 2 3 voltage HD 7th 2 3 voltage HD 9th 2 3 voltage HD 11th 2 3 voltage HD 13th 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_ 1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th _current_7th _current_9th _current_11th _current_13th 1_current_ THD 2 H_current_ Total 2 H_current_1st 2 H_current_3rd 2 H_current_5th 2 H_current_7th 2 H_current_9th 2 H_current_11th 2 H_current_ 13th 2_current_ THD 3 H_current_ Total 3 H_current_1st 3 H_current_3rd 3 H_current_5th 3 H_current_7th 3 H_current_9th 3 H_current_11th 3 H_current_13th 3_current_ THD a mim mn T kvarh kvarh kvarh kvarh
290. hole day Control setting Demand control type Reclosing interval Control No Load name 2 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to the first registration 1 Control output Load1 2 Control output Load2 3 Control output Load3 4 Control output Load4 5 Control output Load5 6 Control output Load6 7 Control output Load7 8 Control output Load8 9 Control output Load9 10 Control output Load10 11 Control output Load11 12 Control output Load12 Target demand value Base power 300 0 kW 0 0 kW Alarm output Fixed alarm value cyclic Reclosing v fs Minute 1 30 240 0 kW Priority order Control capacity Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid Invalid 0 0 kw 0 0 kw 0 0 kw 0 0 kw 0 0 kW 0 0 kw 0 0 kW 0 0 kW 0 0 kW 0 0 kw 0 0 kw 0 0 kW Subject Level 1 alarm Level 2 alarm Limit Fixed alarm No Demand settings Alarm and Control gt dl Sh Calendar Details Perform the settings of demand Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r Data col Normal s Register Close 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start th
291. i A EPEAN AAAA SENEE ENEAN ES ENE Model MES3 255C EN setting software nnn MESE Get time information 2014 1 la 28 a 230 3a Timezone UTC 09 00 a The main body of the product Read the current date and time from has Y been completed 4 171 Setting the date and time The following describes the steps for setting the time to the main unit of EcoWebServerlll 1 Displaying the Time screen Click Time in the tree menu on the unit setting screen Get time information Auto time adjustment Set logging time l Get Password For maintenance Timezone For getting data For system management Setting of date and time 2014 v 8 wil 128 14 32 alle 37 Timezone UTC 09 00 Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Password For maintenance 2 Selecting and inputting the date and time settings Set the following items Setting of date and time Timezone Password For maintenance MossnunnununnnnNNNENNNNNNNNNNNNENNENNNNNNNNNNNNNNNENENNNNNNNNNNNNENNENNNNNNNNNNNNENNENENNNNNNNNANENNNNENNUNNNNNNNNNENNENNNNNNNNNNNNENNENNNNNNNNNNNNENEENEENNNNNNNENENEE Setting the date and time Year Month Day Hour Minute Second Use the l buttons to set the date and time O Allowable setting range 00 00 00 on January 1 2012 to 23 59 59 on December 31 2099 The default value is the current time of the PC when the Time screen was opened Time zone When using in J
292. ice is not prepared 2 When reading is completed the following message is displayed Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft O Project reading is completed e Project reading overwrites the project that is being set now Remember this 4 152 4 6 4 Collation of project This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Collate Checking the project via LAN This section explains the procedure to check the project written in EcoWebServerlll and the project saved using this software via LAN 1 Displaying the dialog box of Collate 1 Click the Collate button in the dialog box of Project setting a 2 The dialog box of Collate project is displayed y i Ir f collate project ta Lon a For system management rte Output Password Via memory card reader E Close 2 Inputting the login ID and Collate project password dera Select the Via Ethernet radio button and input the Password login ID and password for system administration in the Login ID and Password text boxes respectively The default login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass 3 Checking the project 1 When clicking the Execute button of the Collate project dialog box the message is displayed to confirm checking Model MES3 255C EN setting software Ol O Collate with the project of the main body of the product
293. ile Data type C Integrate Instant TY Status y PF range 0 100 0 e Record the status 3 Device number Enter a device number with 7 characters in uppercase including the device name AS For the possible range refer to 5 7 List of measured items of devices Device number list e A The setting range appears when the Zll button A l in the input field is clicked aoe Beceem cee AI y i Internal relay M M000000 M008191 Characters not included in the setting range o A Link relay B B000000 B0007FF cannot be registered Annunciator F F000000 F001023 Timer Contact T TS00000 TS00511 Timer Coil T TC00000 TC00511 Counter Contact C CS00000 CS00511 Counter Coil C CC00000 CC00511 lt High performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU Universal model QCPU LCPU gt Input X X000000 X001FFF Output Y Y000000 Y001FFF Internal relay M M000000 M008191 Latch relay L L000000 L008191 Step relay S 000000 S008191 Link relay B B000000 B001FFF Annunciator F F000000 F002047 Special relay M M009000 M009255 QnACPU only Timer Contact T TS00000 TS02047 Timer Coil T TCO0000 TCO2047 Counter Contact C CS00000 CS01023 Counter Coil C CC00000 CC01023 lt ACPU gt Please refer to user s manual of CPUGOT for more details about device range OK 4 97 4 Unit 5 6 7 8 Select or directly ty
294. ile origin Hard drive on this computer Y Show details Change when these notifications appear 2 Creating a new project On the Project Management dialog box Double click lt Double click here to register gt Or Select LaS here to register gt and click the Open button i M EN setting soft IP address Double click here to register gt IF address Subnet mask Gateway Comment Set the following information on the Creation project dialog box and click the OK button Any Set a name for identifying the EcoWebServerlll such as Factory A or Floor B 192 168 10 1 T acOlieee Set the default IP address Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gateway 3 3 3 Changing the EcoWebServerlll IP address 1 2 Click Options on the Project Setting dialog box sampe Project management Project name m Demand settings Data collecting settings Normal settings Extended settings Password For maintenance Direct write memory card Auto time adjustment CH1 Set logging time Password IP address setting Before IP address setting After For maintenance IP address ATT 192 168 10 1 FOr getting data A Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Sunrceres For system management Gateway y a a DNS setting Before Number of DNS DNS setting Aft
295. imal ESSE 5 51 1 Alarm The alarm data output uses one device 1 Occurred O Recovered b15 b14 b13 b12 bti bto bo bs b7 bs b5 b4 b3 b2 bt bo b15tob7 Not used 0 fixed b6 oo Frequency synchronization error Error Demand time limit adjustment by external pulse signal b3 b2 b1 Battery error b3 System error pa Limit Fixed o w fw SSS w ea oo 2 Control status The control status data output uses one device 1 ON Close Closed O OFF Open Open b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 bs b7 be b5 b4 b3 b2 bt bo ba Control status control10 be Control status conoi be Control status cory bo Control status comro es Nr w Nur Nur ur or Nr 9 92 5 9 EcoWebServerlll MC protocol server This section describes EcoWebServerlll MC protocol server When using the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function can read the demand information using the MC protocol communication 5 9 1 Communications parameter Communication parameters of EcoWebServerlll MC protocol server is shown in the table below Communication protocol 1 Each parameter is fixed and can not be changed Please set according to the above parameters by the client side 2 The timeout monitoring time of complete reception from the order message reception start 9 93 5 9 2 Local virtual device data output contents Only with demand control function Every de
296. imultaneously These cannot be turned on within the demand time limit that they were shut off In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs that are shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in the order of lowest priority 12 gt 10 gt 9 gt 8 1 These are turned on at a five second interval The control outputs with same order of priority are turned on simultaneously At the next demand time limit the control outputs are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Control output priority o 0 O mwaa AAA oO ta Example of operation for time limit on order of priority control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs that are on are turned off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 4 Control output 5 order of priority 4 is manually controlled so it is excluded from the demand control target The next priority 6 gt 7 8 9 gt 12 is shut off These cannot be turned on within the demand time limit that they were shut off In this example the order of priority 8 and 9 are simultaneously shut off with the multiple control output simultaneous shut off When the demand time limit ends the
297. ing GOT Series are supported GOT2000 Series GT27 GOT1000 Series GT16 GT15 GT14 Note that support is limited to microcomputer connection Ethernet compatible GOTs 5 6 1 Settings to connect EcoWebServerlll to GOT with Ethernet 1 For GOT1000 Series GT16 GT14 GT15 Set the connection device with the GOT screen creation software GT Designer 3 Item Contents Others Standard I F Ethernet Multi connection compatible For GT15 select extended I F Ethernet microcomputer Details settings GOT station No 1 any number GOT IP address Access by EcoWebServerlll Subnet mask ex 255 255 0 0 Setting conditions Start at 1 Cannot add 0 amount 1 Last at 0 Default gateway Set when using default gateway Ethernet download port No GOT device communication port No Any number 0 65535 This value is registered as GOT port No by EcoWebServerlll setting software Send delay time tom O we n e Refer to example of setting with GT Designer 3 on next page 5 46 2 For GOT2000 Series GT27 Set the connection device with the GOT screen creation software GT Designer 3 Item Contents Details settings Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 etc Setting conditions 1 must condition from uppermost bit Cannot add 0 amount 1 Last at 0 Default gateway Set when using default gateway Peripheral SAW communication Any number port No No GOT device communication port Any number 0 65535 No This value is r
298. ing software lil ia not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the sind message on the right will be displayed RAI Authentication of the main body of the product has failed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on N If the system administration login ID or password is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the login ID and password 4 179 If the previous maintenance password is incorrect the message ON modermes3 255C EN setting software the right will be displayed E Click the OK button and then check the password US The old password for maintenance is wrong If the new maintenance password and the new password for confirmation do not match the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password 2 After the password is changed EcoWebServerlll will be reset T It may take up to eight minutes to reset al The system is being restarted A Please wait 3 When the password change and reset are completed the following message will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software A F The main body of the product Change the password for maintenance N to has been completed 4 180 Changing the data acquisition login ID and password The following desc
299. ins the operation procedure in the Energy planning value monitoring After registration of the energy plan value monitoring notification a mail notice can be sent when the measuring point s monthly integrated value exceeds the daily integrated value of the month s planned value Up to 255 points can be registered for energy plan value monitoring notification However the target points are the measuring points for integrated value only e The monitoring cycle is one day e If no measuring point of integrated value data type is registered or if the measuring point s is not set for energy plan value monitoring the energy plan value monitoring notification cannot be registered e Each measuring point can have only one registration of the energy plan value monitoring notification e Set the plan value from the Web screen of the EcoWebServerlll Refer to Chapter 8 Setting of Planned Target values in Instruction Manual Operation Confirming the list of registered energy planning value notifications This section explains the procedure for displaying and checking the list of registered energy plan value monitoring notifications 1 Displaying the Energy planning value monitoring screen Click the Energy planning value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen a Output Energy planning value monitoring Output setting Contact output Mail notification setting No Maisending Suspend mw Measurmgpointname _____
300. ion method IP address Port No Station No Enter a name of a PLC connecting the EcoWebServerlll This terminal name is shown in the list of measuring points on the EcoWebServerlll page E EcoWebServer Windows Internet Explor http 10 162 34 48 We Favorites B Suggested Sites y g Web Slice Gallery y EcoWebServer sample Projectl Measuring point list Eperey Measuring point lis PLC S name amp Real time Monitor ID Group Point Terminal 2100 IP address e Demand value Monitor d 10 Group1 Measuring point Sequencerl CPU LCPU QnACPU 10 162 2 100 Up to 24 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters lt gt 7 If you use the characters in the list of the prohibited characters in Appendix they may not be displayed correctly in the browser view of the EcoWebServerlll A duplicate terminal name cannot be registered Select from the PLC GOT connected to EcoWebServerlll e QCPU LCPU QnACPU e ACPU e AnACPU AnUCPU e FXCPU e GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 Communication type between EcoWebServerlll and PLC which select from e Ethernet Direct e Convert Ethernet Serial For GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 Ethernet Direct For ACPU AnNACPU AnUCPU FXCPU Convert Ethernet Serial Type in the same value as the IP address set for the PLC communicating with the EcoWebServerlll Range of configurable IP address a orense Peo O ooon The following IP add
301. ion product gt Project name Data collecting settings Normal settings 4 1 lt For CC Link communication product with demand control function gt Project name ame Data collecting settings Froject management The demand settings is supported only with EcoWebServerlll with demand control function A project refers to the setting data required for operating EcoWebServerlll A maximum of 50 programs can be registered and managed with this setting software 4 2 4 1 Starting exiting the setting software 1 Starting the setting software E For CC Link communication product Open Start menu All programs Mitsubishi Energy Management EcoWebServerlll MES3 255C EN ver2 gt Click Model MES3 255C EN Setting software ver2 Or double click the Model MES3 255C EN Setting software ver2 icon on the desktop E For CC Link communication product with demand control function Open Start menu All programs Mitsubishi Energy Management EcoWebServerlll MES3 255C DM EN ver2 gt Click Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 Or double click the Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 icon on the desktop lt Example gt di Accessories Control Panel di Games Maintenance l E eee Devices and Printers Default Programs Help and Support P qm 5 E a 2 Eottwareveray p z F 3 iW Y P pew E OD t P ct ad a NN Shut down mm 4 3 After a short time the pr
302. is different from the terminal actually connected Please be careful 4 280 4 9 2 Contact output operation check This section explains the procedures in the dialog box of Confirm contact output Confirming the contact output operation This section explains the procedure to confirm the contact output operation 1 Displaying the Confirm contact output dialog box 1 Click Confirm contact output in the tree menu on the Test dialog box The following confirmation message appears Check the connection with the EcoWebServerlll and then click the OK button il connection No Qutputname eee name item name ontirm mail sending Demand nortification Error regular notification i Measuring point data monitoring report Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Get contact output information from main product ar Please connect the client PC to the main product 4 Password For maintenance Get latest status j Close 2 When the retrieval of the contact output information Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software from the EcoWebServerlll is completed the completion message appears Click the OK button 4 281 2 Testing all output destinations 1 Type in the maintenance password Password ae For maintenance The default mainte
303. ist in the dialog box of Regular report Mail sending Suspend Report condition 1 Report condition Report condition 3 sel not set Weekly Mon 10H bbobi yama m e It can be also deleted by clicking the Delete button in the dialog box of Regular report 4 233 Editing the registered regular report settings This section explains the procedure to edit the registered regular report settings 1 Displaying the Regular report screen Click the Regular report in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the regular report settings to be edited and clicking the Edit button Double click the line of the regular report to be edited on the Regular report screen or select the line of the regular report to be edited and click the Edit button No Mail sending Suspend Report condition 1 Report condition 2 Report condition 3 i not set Monthty 1D 5 set not set Weekly Mon aaayama m bbb ryama m Line of the regular report to be edited Edit E a l Delete I Close Registration of regular report To Create Subject l Delete l i Register Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the regular reports 4 234 4 8 8 Upper and lower limit monitoring notification
304. ister the set contact output conditions i Close button Back to the dialog box of Contact output If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Modeumes3 255C DM EN setting software EEES 4 Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item If more than 10 detail items have been registered in the contact output conditions the error message shown on the right Limit the number of selecting detail items to within 10 If clicking the Register button while no detail item has been selected the message shown on the right is displayed If clicking the Yes button only the contact output name is registered as No output condition After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Registration of contact output conditions 4 210 Q The name of contact output is not set m Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software The number of details items that can be regarded as output condition is 7 upto 10 pieces i Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software o y Any detailed item of the output condition has not been selec
305. istered measuring point registered measuring item unit Group Measuring point group name Monitoring Set monitoring type Lower limit value Upper limit value Lower limit monitoring upper limit monitoring setting value 4 92 Registering a new measuring point This section described how to register a new measuring point 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a line to register and clicking the Edit button Double click a line to register in the measuring point list or select a line to register and click the Edit button The default value is displayed for each item in the measuring point information Measuring point Measuring point name Terminal name 1 Measuring pointi Terminal 2 Measuring point2 Terminal2 1 3 Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 4 Measu ring point Point type e Terminal Station No 1 Electric_energy Consumption Measuring item Group Monitoring Lower limit value Upper limit value Electric_energy Const kWh Current phase1 Group1 not set Active energy Group1 not set Click the Edit button to enable inputs Name Termina 0 Number of Upper and Lower limit monitoring 0 up to 32 Model EMU4 HD1 MB i Number of Operation monitoring 0 up to 32 Number of Energy planned value monitoring 0 e You can select and register any measuring point Also you
306. it 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 72 Define the calendar This section described how to set the calendar 1 Setting the calendar Set the daily pattern for each day 4 Select the Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation tab 5 Set the start month of calendar setting from the beginning month pull down menu Demand calendar setting 1 Summer season e a CTE EEE AE socom al 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 al 2 2 2 2 al 2 2 al 2 2 1 Beginning month can be selected from 1 to 12 Model ME53 255C DM EN setting soft Set the calendar start month of management based on calendar setting 2 At the same time as the set of beginning month display of the calendar setting list is updated 3 If you change the beginning month the message shown on the right will be displayed If you want to cancel the changes click the No O Change the switching month Click No to cancel 2 Select the daily pattern Daily pattern registered in Daily pattern definition tab are listed in the Daily pattern choice pull down menu Select the daily pattern to be set for each date of the calendar Daily pattern definition Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation Beginning month i F Daily
307. it does not control the output non output of limit alarm 4 When integers or more than 2 decimal places is input will be displayed with the first decimal place Example 123 45 gt 123 4 456 gt 456 0 5 When the limit alarm selected to the alarm type the setting of fixed alarm value can not be changed In addition it is not used even if has been set 4 63 When selected the Fixed Alarm in Alarm Type 6 inputting the SACO suemnntemnteunettnneennntnnntennieesnieenee Settings for each Time zone Time zone Target demand l Fred alarm Time zone Base power name value Wale _ _ _ 1 Time zone 1 300 0 kW O O KW pt o O 240 0 kW 2 Time zone 2 300 0 kW 0 0 kw 240 0 kW Bocodorcrrrnnnnncnnnnndaronnnconcrnrcrrcrncnnnnnrnnnrnrncnrnrnrrnrrrnnnncrncnrnrrnrrrncrnnarannnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrrnnnnnnnnnnnrnncnnrnnnnnnrnnn n oso 1 Monitoring the fixed alarm 2 0 0 99999 9 can be input If set to 0 0 it does not monitor the fixed alarm 3 When integers or more than 2 decimal places is input will be displayed with the first decimal place Example 123 45 gt 123 4 456 gt 456 0 4 When the fixed alarm selected to the alarm type the setting of base power can not be changed In addition it is not used even if has been set 7 inputting the Target demand value Settings for each Time zone Gone Time zone Target demand feos cee Freed alarm name le E value 1 Time zone 1 00 00 KV 0 0 kW 240 0 kv 2
308. it setting screen Get time information ma 0 ne adjustme Set logging time 1 l ll Ki Password For maintenance Timezone i For getting data For system management Setting of date and time 2014 8 vil 28 10 E 14 x 19 v Timezone i UTC 09 00 Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Password For maintenance 2 Reading out the time from the main unit of EcoWebServerlll When you click the Get button on the Time screen the message for confirming the readout of the time will ia Model MES3 255C EN setting software be displayed Yes Executes the readout of the time No Cancels the readout of the time The current date and time is read from the main body of the product Project name sample Projectl IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Are you sure you want to execute If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on 4 170 r Model MES3 255C EN setting software 955 y Connection error The main body of the product Read the current date and time from has failed When the readout is completed the following message will be displayed Click the OK button to display the read out time ua
309. items DNS setting After Number of DNS Select from 0 to 3 DNS server 1 to DNS server 3 Type in the IP addresses of the DNS servers 1 After the entry the Change button becomes enabled The input conditions for DNS setting after are as follows The following IP addresses cannot be configured 0 0 0 0 xxx xxx xxx 255 xxx are any values The IP address of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll can also be configured at the same time Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings 4 Changing DNS server settings When you click the change button the message for confirming the change will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Executes the IP address setting DNS server setting rerpcatclaii No button Cancels the IP address setting DNS server setting Y Are you sure you want to execute When the change is completed the following message will be displayed Click the OK button a Model MES3 255C EN setting software The changed of IP address is completed The main body of the product is being reset now Start communication After restarting the System When it can not communicate with main body of the product normally please review the network setting of main body of the product and client PC After the IP address setting DNS server setting is changed EcoWebServerlll will be automatically reset After the
310. ition login ID in the New login ID field The input conditions are as follows Characters Up to 8 characters 4 181 4 Inputting the data acquisition password Type in the Old PW that is used before the change and a New PW to be used after the change For getting data Old login ID quest New login ID data 1 Type in the current data acquisition password in the Old PW field Default user 2 Type in a new data acquisition password at two sections the New PW and New PW confirmation fields The input conditions are as follows Characters Up to 8 characters A typed password will be displayed as asterisk 5 Changing r Model MES3 255C EN setting software ke 7 e Change loginID password for the data obtainment of the main body of will be displayed O reproduc Project name sample Projectl IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Yes button Executes the change of the data acquisition login ENE ee ee ee A Are you sure you want to execute ID and password ara No button Cancels the change of the data acquisition login ID and password 1 If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable Model MES3 255C EN setting software ll l is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the e ommunication error message on the right will be displayed 3 Authentication of the main body of the product has failed Click the OK but
311. itoring notification registratiON oooonnccncccconncnnnconoannnnnnononncnnnnononncnnnnnnnos 4 242 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value monitoring notification registration ccooccnccccnncccnnnnnnos 4 249 4 8 11 Energy planning value monitoring notification registratiON oooonnccnccnnnnnconcnonnccnnnnonanncnnnnnnnns 4 256 AS T2 FTP SSNV SeN esera a a aindsdda 4 263 4 8 13 Transfer enable disable transfer destination folder setting cccccoccnnconccononnnnnncnnnancnnononnns 4 267 4 8 14 Energy saving level monitor setting Only for models with demand control function 4 270 4 8 15 Air conditioner connection settings Only for models with demand control function 4 273 4 9 Test and Adjustment FUNGUO sii acia 4 276 49 1 Terminal comectlon CHECK rr id A A 4 277 4 9 2 Contact output operation check oocccccccconccnccccconcnnncconancnnnnnonanconnononnncnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnanennnonnnas 4 281 4 9 3 Demand notification only models with demand control fUNCtiON oocccccocnccccnnnoconocononiconos 4 286 4 9 4 Eror regular nouficatlon chic e ad alco e da Lo E e 4 290 4 9 5 Measuring point data monitoring report CheCk ococccooonnccncccnonnccnccnnnnnconcnnnnncconnnonnnncnnnnonnnncnnnnnnnas 4 294 49 6 File automatic transie ene cis sb ia 4 298 4 9 7 Air controller connection check only models with demand control function c oo 4
312. ive Receive Have Pair No Any port 0 65535 registered in EcoWebServerlll setting software no set Target port No Line2 Protocol Same as Line Open mode Same as Line Fixed buffer send Fixed buffer step Same as Line Pair open Same as Line Alive confirm Same as Line Local port Same as Line Target IP address no set Target port No no set no set 5 44 b For internal Ethernet interface GX Works2 GX Developer settings for internal Ethernet interface IP address setting IP settino Access by EcoWebServerll Subnet ex 255 255 0 0 Setting condition Start at 1 Cannot add 0 amount 1 Last at 0 IP address of default gatewa ASCII Allow No inhibit from network Open setting MC protocol registered in EcoWebServerlll setting software Target IP address 5 5 2 Communicate with EcoWebServerlll by Ethernet Serial CH2 GX Works2 GX Developer settings for Ethernet Serial interface es Sum check code Write in when Run Change setting 19200595 MC protocol type 4 Station No setting 1 to 31 0 for EcoWebServerlll 9 45 5 6 GOT communication settings This section explains how to set the GOT when connecting the EcoWebServerlll and GOT with the LAN CH2 port in the EcoWebServerlll s server The EcoWebServerlll reads writes data to the GOT s virtual device using the microcomputer connection Ethernet Microcomputer connection Serial is not supported The follow
313. ject saved through this software Power off EcoWebServerlll before inserting removing the memory card 1 Displaying the dialog box of Collate project 1 Click the Collate button in the dialog box of Project setting z 2 The dialog box of Collate project is displayed POY MRTE ARE F 7 a FOET Poy rR Ba PPA LA BARE Collate project Ba BSeshes NIM BREALET ij 2 Erd a IPP 388 2 oP For system management HeBe SARE Password i RRE a T Via memory card reader a l E c i qj JRE Pay Des TTR Da RS ATE la IDA mca Via Ethernet Login ID For system management 2 Specifying the drive Select the Via memory card reader radio button and select the drive where the memory card is mounted from the Drive pull down list Model MES3 255C EN setting software 3 Checking the project 1 When clicking the Execute button of the Collate project dialog box the message Is displayed to confirm checking O Collate with the project of the main body of the product Project name sample Project2 IP address 192 168 3 4 Comment Are you sure you want to execute Yes button To execute collation of project No button To cancel collation of project If the device status is not ready the message shown on the right is displayed Click the OK button and confirm the device status US Hi ca
314. ject setting Demand settings K Alarm and Control E 3s of demand Demand calendar setting Daily pattern definition Calendar definition Daily pattern allocation Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r Data col Normal s Time zone 1 Time zone 1 No eae Demand time imt 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 a AAA 00 30min 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 30 60min 2 2 al 2 2 al 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m EN 00 30min 3 al al al al 3 al 3 3 al al 3 al 3 3 3 3 3 al 3 3 3 al 3 30 60min 3 3 3 al al 3 al 3 3 al 3 3 al 3 3 3 3 al 3 3 al 3 al 3 eee 00 30min al 2 al 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ai 30 60min al 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 00 30min 3 3 3 al 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 al 3 4 Others 4 30 60min 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 00 30min al af al af al al al al al al al al al al al aal al al al al al al ala eee 30 60min al a ai a al al af al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al ala l 00 30min a1 af ai a af sai al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al al ala A iaa 30 60min al af ai af aaa a a a a a a a a a aala l 00 30min a at ai a al al sal a sats al al al al al al al al al al al al al
315. justment by external pulse signal Do not select more than one item in demand control If multiple items are selected contact output is not correctly when it is restored lt Demand control gt Only on EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 2 Detailed ae Item Demand control Uncheck Demand contro p Monitoring condition tem name Demand control Control output Load1 O D0002 Demand control Control output Load2 O DO003 Demand control Control output Load3 O DO004 Demand control Control output Load4 O D0005 Demand control Control output Load5 O DO006 Demand control Control output Load6 O DO007 Demand control Control output Load7 O DO008 Demand control Control output Load8 O DO009 Demand control Control output Load9 O D0010 Demand control Control output Load1 O DO011 Demand control Control output Load1 mI p Detail items Control output 1 load name to Control output 12 load name Do not selectedmore than one item in demand control To re select the large item Clear all the checkmarks put on the detail items and then the lt Back button become active Click the lt Back button to back to the large item selection and then select again Click the uncheck button to release all the checked detail items 4 209 F Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Registration of contact output condition to register Register Register button Reg
316. l dialog box Click the Terminal registration button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting the line to register and clicking the Edit button Double click the line to register in the Terminal or select the line to register and click the Edit button The default value for each item is displayed in the terminal information AA AO E Model name Number of occupied station Station No 2 Terminal2 Click the Edit button to enable changes Station No HE Model information PhaseWire Delete Register l Cloze RatedWoltage RatedCurrent A A U Eff UE Uff OU O e O o Y Y Y 4 77 3 Entering or selecting each item Enter or select the following items Name Enter the terminal name This terminal name is shown in the list of measuring points on the EcoWebServerlll page ASA E bitp 10 162 34 48 Terminal name w Favorites B Suggested Sites g Web Slice Gallery y EcoWebServer sample Project1 E Real time Monitor e Demand value Monitor easuri int sanis IMU2 RD3 C r The following characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters HA 9 lt gt Tf you use the characters in the list of the prohibited characters in Appendix they may not be displayed correctly in the browser view of the EcoWebServerlll 2 A duplicate terminal name cannot be registered 3 Fora multiple circuit product X X is a circuit numb
317. l device The setting for periodic data transfer from EcoWebServerlll to an FTP server is described in 4 8 12 FTP server setting 5 10 1 List of FTP commands The following FTP commands are supported Available commands differ with the login ID 1 The default data acquisition login ID and password are guest and user respectively and the default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass respectively 2 Normally do not use the system administration login ID and password A change or deletion of a file or folder in the main unit of EcoWebServerlll can cause malfunction Command of FTP pe Command Description client on Windows For file For system acquisition FTP connection Login 1D PASS Password Change the current directory Move to the parent directory d d QUIT bye End FTP connection PORT Set a port PASV Open the specified port to listen for connection TYPE binary TYPE 1 Set a file type m ascii TYPE A RETR get Read out a file aie Read out files by batch STOR put Write a file PT E Write files by batch DELE del Delete a file A Delete files by batch PWD XPWD Display the current directory LIST Display a list of files NLST Display a list of names MKD XMKD mkd Create the specified directory mkdir RMD XRMD Delete the specified directory rmdir 9 96 5 10 2 Acquisition of data files by FTP command 1 Start up the Command Prompt of Wind
318. l output in the order If the priority setting is changed shut off starts from the newest order of priority number at the demand time limit following the setting change Of the control outputs that are shut off the control outputs are turned on from the number with the longest shut off time If the control outputs have the same shut off time they are turned on in the order of priority Turned on in the order of 12 3 11 gt 12 gt 1 gt 2 When the next demand time limit starts the control outputs are all turned on in order of longest shut off time including the control numbers that have been controlled manually If the control outputs have the same shut off time they are turned on in the order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on control If the order of priority outputs have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control numbers are all turned on when the demand time limit switches If the order of priority numbers have been changed including when changed from 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to off on cyclic control all control outputs are turned on from the newest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 43 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control outputs are shut off in the o
319. larm occurred not set Confirm mail sending Level 1 alarm restored not set Demand nortification Level 2 alarm occurred not set rror regular notification Level 2 alarm restored not set Measuring point data monitoring report Limit Fixed alarm occurred not set Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset Limit Fixed alarm restored not set Battery error demand control unit occurred not set Outside synchronism error occurred not set Outside synchronism error restored not set Demand control Error occurred not set mi For maintenance 4 286 2 Testing all items 1 Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Click Perform the test all items button on the Demand notification dialog box Mail sendinc Su Level 1 alarm occurred not set no Level 1 alarm restored not set no Level 2 alarm occurred not set no Level 2 alarm restored not set no Limit Fixed alarm occurred not set no Limit Fixed alarm restored not set no Battery error demand control unit occurred not set no Outside synchronism error occurred not set no Outside synchronism error restored not set no Demand control Error occurred not set no Yes button Executes the demand control and notification check No button Cancels the demand control and notification check and back to the Demand notification dialog
320. lated to Level 2 alarm Setting item Setting range Explanation Alarm mask time For 15 minute time limit Set the time that each alarm Level 1 alarm Level 2 O to 15 minutes alarm limit alarm fixed alarm is not output after the For 30 minute time limit demand time limit starts O to 30 minutes For 60 minute time limit O to 60 minutes Control output Order of priority Invalid 1 to 12 Set the order of priority for shut off turn on 1 The invalid control output is not shut off or turned on with demand control Control load 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity of the control output to be shut capacity off and turned on Control output Order of priority Invalid 1 to 12 Set the order of priority for shut off turn on 2 The invalid control output is not shut off or turned on with demand control Control load 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity of the control output to be shut capacity off and turned on ra output Order of priority Invalid 1 to 12 Set the order of priority for shut off turn on The invalid control output is not shut off or turned on with demand control Control load 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the load capacity of the control output to be shut capacity off and turned on All day Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time z
321. laying the dialog box of Registration of energy planning value monitoring notification Double click the line of the energy plan value monitoring notification No to be registered on the Energy planning value monitoring screen or select the line of the energy plan value monitoring notification No to be registered and click the Edit button Output Energy pla Output setting Contact output Mail notification setting no Mailsending Suspend Measuring point ena Set SMTP server Error notification i Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report SA Line of energy plan value Operation status monitoring i Specific consumption target value monitoring repo rt No a to be reg iste red Energy planning value monitoring 0 Y MN on Aa Y NE E roup Measu ring point a AZ Create Subject over energy target level j Body Planed walue of the energy exceeded a l f Register Close 3 Setting the active inactive status of notification 1 To send the energy plan value monitoring notification mail check the Mail sending 2 To hold the mail temporarily when sending a mail check the Suspend check box 4 258 4 Specifying the measuring point to notification Select the measuring points for energy plan value monitoring esistation of energy planning value monitoring notification notification E Ez 1 Select Group o ali Suspend Group Registr
322. leted from the list on the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen and click the Delete button mina Mail sending Suspend o specific consumption measuring point name not set b01 Sp Cons 1 aaa set not set b02 Sp Cons 2 bbb cn de a Pi oS Line of specific consumption target value report to be deleted p 1 Edit 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion Men STEER Yes button Delete the specific consumption target value gt Delete specific consumption target value notification information of notification and back to the Specific consumption a target value monitoring screen No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Specific y consumption target value monitoring screen After deletion the information of the deleted specific consumption target value monitoring notification is removed from the list in the dialog box of Specific consumption target value monitoring No Mail sending Suspend D Specific consumption measuring point name set not set b02 Sp Cons 2 bbb 1 e lt can be also deleted by clicking the Delete button in the dialog box of Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification 4 254 This section explains the procedure to edit the registered specific consumption target value monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Specific consum
323. lions The fixed alarm is reset when the following is satisfied When demand time litmus ends start Detection cycle Detection reset are carried out at a 10 second interval Occurrence conditions Demand value kW Target demand Fixed alarm value Virtual line Current Demand F apis aoe ae a Remaining time L Time min Alarm mask time Current Demand time limit Fixed alarm 4 33 2 Settings related to fixed alarm Setting item Setting range Explanation Alarm type Limit alarm fixed alarm Sets whether to detect the limit alarm or fixed alarm Alarm mask time For 15 minute time limit Set the time that each alarm Level 1 alarm O to 15 minutes Level 2 alarm limit alarm fixed alarm is not For 30 minute time limit output after the demand time limit starts 0 to 30 minutes For 60 minute time limit O to 60 minutes All day Fixed alarm value 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Sets the threshold value for generating the fixed alarm Time zone 1 Fixed alarm value 0 0 to 99999 9 kW When alarm type 2 fixed alarm the fixed alarm value occurs if the current demand exceeds the fixed alarm value Fixed alarm value 0 0 to 99999 9 kW 4 34 4 3 3 Demand Control Function The control outputs loads are shut off or turned on according to the control method settings The control output subject to the shut off turn on control are the control outputs set in the order of priority 1 to 12 When a Level 2
324. llowing 1 Performing the installation and wiring of the unit Please wire the measurement to EcoWebServerlll see details in manual Hardware Connect the measuring equipment and EcoWebServerlll When using the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function connect the electric energy pulse signal from the dedicated CT for pulse detection pulse detector pulse converter or electronic electricity meter 2 Installation of the EcoWebServerlll setting software Install the EcoWebServerlll configuration software to set the EcoWebServerlll IP address and time Refer to section 2 3 Installing the software for details on installation 3 Connecting the personal computer and EcoWebServerlll 1 Connect the personal computer and EcoWebServerlll Connect the personal computer equipped with the setting server and the EcoWebServerlll with a LAN cable Connect directly with a LAN straight cable or cross cable 2 Change the personal computer s IP address Change the personal computer s IP address to connect with EcoWebServerlll The EcoWebServerlll IP address is set to 192 168 10 1 as the default Set the personal computer s IP address so this IP address can be accessed 1 Take a note of the IP address set in the PC IP Address A Subnet mask A Default gateway A A 2 Change IP address set in the PC according to the IP address factory setting 192 168 10 1 set in the product IP address for the product IP address for the PC 192 1
325. lready been registered items will be satisfied e The IP address and subnet mask registered in the project management must be identical with those of EcoWebServerlll Otherwise the connection to EcoWebServerlll cannot be established and the writing of the project and other operations cannot be performed e When you configure the settings for the first time after unpacking EcoWebServerlll from the shipping carton register a new project by using the following values IP address 192 168 10 1 factory default value Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 factory default value 4 6 4 2 2 Opening a project The procedures for opening the selected project are as follows 1 Selecting a project and opening the project settings dialog box Double click the line of a desired project in the list in the project management dialog box Or Select the line of a desired project and click the Open button Line of a desired project 192 168 3 4 255 255 255 0 192 168 3 5 255 255 255 0 sample Project Data collecting settings Project management 2 Closing the project Click the Close button on the project settings dialog box and return to the project management dialog box 4 7 4 2 3 Deleting a project The procedures for opening the selected project are as follows 1 Selecting a project and clicking the Delete button Select the line of a desired project in the list in the project management dialog
326. ly Monthly Annual Display Graph Specific functions display consumption Graph Display update cycle Automatic graph update Daily Weekly 1 minute Monthly Annual 1 hour Daily Bar graph Production and energy amount on Displays 1 day data the hour or on the half hour on the hour or on Line graph Accumulated specific consumption the half hour and energy amount on the hour or on the Displays 2 days of half hour data simultaneously Weekly Bar graph Production and energy amount on Displays 7 day data the hour or on the half hour on the hour or on Line graph Accumulated specific consumption the half hour and energy amount on the hour or Displays 7 days of on the half hour data starting from the specified date serially Monthly Bar graph Production and energy amount on Displays 1 month the 1 day intervals data at 1 day Line graph Accumulated specific consumption intervals and energy amount on the 1 day intervals Displays 2 months of data simultaneously Annual Bar graph Production and energy amount on Displays 1 year data the 1 month intervals at 1 month intervals Line graph Accumulated specific consumption Displays 2 years of and energy amount on the 1 month intervals data simultaneously Equipment graph Display the Equipment graph Display interval daily fixed lt Equipment group graph gt Displays data for the Bar graph Daily accumulated number of defective number of products r
327. ly graph monthly amount may not be displayed correctly For details on the significant digits of electric energy refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal For the pulse counter values arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set as the unit For the pulse counter values 0 001 to 99999 5 digits including the decimal point up to 3 places after the decimal point can be set as the multiplier Make sure that the pulse counter value for 1 month does not exceed the product of 999999 and the multiplier 5 12 5 3 6 MDU WS V Measured items Measured items HA phase1 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 13th HA phase1 RMS 15th HA phase1 RMS 17th HA phase1 RMS 19th HA phase2 RMS fundamental HA phase2 RMS 3rd HA phase2 RMS 5th HA phase2 RMS 7th HA phase2 RMS 9th HA phase2 RMS 11th HA phase2 RMS 13th HA phase2 RMS 15th HA phase2 RMS 17th HA phase2 RMS 19th HA phase3 RMS fundamental HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th HA phaseN RMS fundamental HA phaseN RMS 8rd HA phaseN RMS 5th HA phaseN RMS 7th HA phaseN RMS 9th HA phaseN RMS 11th HA phaseN RMS 13th HA phaseN RMS 15th HA phaseN RMS 17th HA phaseN RMS 19th HA demand phase1 RMS total HA demand phase2 RMS total HA demand phase3 RMS total HA de
328. ly hold the mail check Suspend 4 218 4 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail notification Set these items only if checked the Mail sending check box Input conditions are as follows Up to 50 characters Send to i i E astors a oo cannot be registered Default Follows each notification item Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters ae se aa cannot be registered Up to128 characters Bod i i Body Prohibited characters eens oo cannot be registered 5 Registering Click the button on the Enter demand notification dialog box to register l Register Register button Register the set demand notification information Close button Back to the Demand notification dialog box Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft EES Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Q The recipients is not set Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the lt Prev Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to Enter demand notification dialog box
329. mand phaseN RMS total kWh A Reactive energ t ohaseN OIOIOIOIOIO gt Cyjcyclyc yc yc el I i i pl l s i ai i lt O JO JODI IO JO 0O O SIIIDID I I D gt o O O O 3 lt III D iS B S z a 3 5 oojo 3 O gt fad Mm O po 0 D h N 3 lt lt JA r m DIN O O oo O D jab Mm 9 N se ohase1 N phase2 N J J J Leakage current Leakage current Harmonic ive power Reactive energ Power factor Frequency J phase3 phaseN Leakage current demand Leakage current demand Harmonic Electric power demand Reactive power demand HA phase1 RMS total HA phase2 RMS total HA phase3 RMS total HA phaseN RMS total HA phase1 RMS fundamental HA phase1 RMS 3rd HA phase1 RMS 5th HA phase1 RMS 7th HA phase1 RMS 9th kW h_ HA phase RMS Mth O A O ll kvam HAs phaset RMS13th _ _ A HA phaset RMS 15th _ __ A _ HA phase RMS 17th A HA phaset RMS 19th A O HA phase2 RMS fundamental A HA phase2 RMS 3rd A HA phase2 RMS Sth O A HA phase2 RMS 7th O A O HA phase RMS 9th _ __ _ A _ HA phase2 RMS 11th O A O HA phase2 RMS 13th _ __ A O HA phase2 RMS 15th ___ _ A O HA phase2 RMS 17th A HA phase2 RMS 19th _ _ A O HA phase3 RMS fundamental A HA phase3 RMS 3rd A HA phase3 RMS 5th_______ A kvar HA phase3 RMS7th A O HA phase3 RMS 9th A HA phase3 RMS 11th A HA phase3 RMS 43th
330. mand time limit starts the control outputs manually shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in order of longest shut off time 8 12 These are turned on at a five second interval At the next demand time limit the control outputs are turned off in the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time limit After control No 12 the newest control output in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 2 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of priority Control output Cd OFF o Manual shut off Manual shut off Example of operation during manual control 4 48 d Priority order Reclosing control The control outputs are shut off from the order of highest priority and are turned on from the control output with the order of lowest priority A control No that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit Current time limit shut off control Current demand time limit Next time limit shut off control Next demand time limit Shut off control when the order of priority number setting is changed Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit Next time limit turn on control Next demand time limit Turned on Turn on control when the order of priority number setting is changed Shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of
331. mand update the following demand information is output to the local virtual device specified The output destination device is shown in the table below Output data range Device No Item l Decimal Hexadecimal Ls 0 Writing writing incomplete D1000 Control device for monitoring 1 Writing complete 0000h 0001h consumption Current demand 09 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h Poor fe eee Predicted demand 0 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h Pees ee oe ibid Permissible power 0 to 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h Poor PM pe In Previous demand 0 to 9 999 999 00000000h to 0098967h Poe ee ee Oe D1020 3600 to 10 0E10h to 000Ah D1022 Control status Refer to next page D1023 Target demand 0 to 999 999 00000000h to 000f423th D1024 D1025 VCT ratio 1 to 100 000 00000001h to 000186A0h D1026 1 Limit alarm D1027 Alarm type De Fixed alarm 0001h 0002h Integrated value of consumption D1029 Current demand Number of 0001h to 0004h decimal digits 9 04 Alarm state format Level 2 alarm 0 Restored Limit Fixed alarm 1 Occurrence System error demand control unit b4 to b15 Not used Load control state format O w eon ont staus tonon Control status control 12 9 09 5 10 List of FTP commands The following describes FTP file transfer protocol commands that are supported by EcoWebServerlll The descriptions of the following FTP commands are for data acquisition in EcoWebServerlll from a higher leve
332. mask 255 255 255 OK Gateway 2 Entering the items to be modified Enter the items to be modified The items and conditions for entry is the same as in the registration of a new project Refer to 4 2 1 Registering a new project 3 Registering the modified content Click the button on the Change project information dialog box to register the project pee OK button Registers the project based on the content of the modified items and returns to the project management dialog box j ER If the project name is not entered the OK button is disabled Cancel button Discards the modified content and returns to the project management dialog box The original content before the modification is restored If there is an invalid value in the entered content an error Example of display message as in the right figure is displayed according to the invalid content when the OK button is clicked Reenter the content so that the conditions for each item will be satisfied e Even if the IP address subnet mask and default gateway are modified in the project management the IP address subnet mask and default gateway of EcoWebServerlll are not modified How to modify the IP address subnet mask and default gateway of the unit Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings 4 9 4 2 5 Copying a project The procedures for copying a project are as follows 1 Displaying the Project information
333. measurement may not be possible the load may be inadvertently cut off and it may not be able to cut off the load Set the demand correctly O When an air conditioning system etc is set as the demand control load if the circuit is configured to directly cut off the outdoor unit s main power or the compressor s main power a system fault could occur or the product quality or life may be lost depending on the model Consult with the air conditioner maker for details on compatibility of this product with the air conditioning system in use 1 4 Main features and specifications 1 4 1 Main features of the EcoWebServerlll setting software O The setting software can manage the EcoWebServerlll projects of up to 50 units from a PC connected to a LAN O The setting software can easily configure and modify projects O The setting software can perform various maintenance functions including moving the data files stored in EcoWebServerlll to a PC 1 4 2 System configuration Air controller Ethernet GOT y View the graph Internet Explorer EcoWebServerlll setting software CC Link terminals PLC data collecting Transfer collected file FTP Server SMTP Serer SNTP Server File server Mail server Time server Report by Email EcoWebServerlll Time adjustment Output the alarm status data upper lower limit over and operation status etc to a lamp or buz
334. mental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 3 19 AJ65BT 681D Ch1 temperature Ch5 temperature Ch2 temperature Ch6 temperature Ch3 temperature Ch7 temperature Ch4 temperature Ch8 temperature 1 The number of digits after the decimal point is fixed at 1 2 The type of thermocouple is selected from K E J T B YR and S 9 3 20 AJ65BT 64RD3 Ch1 temperature Ch2 temperature Ch3 temperature Ch4 temperature 1 The number of digits after the decimal point is selected from integer 1 digit 2 digits and 3 digits 9 34 9 3 21 AJ65BT 64AD Ch1 analog value lt Setting gt Ch2 analog value lt Setting gt Ch3 analog value lt Setting gt Ch4 analog value lt Setting gt 1 Arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set as the unit 2 The range of input is selected from 0 to 20mA 4 to 20mA 0 to 5V 1 to 5V 5 to 5V 10 to 10V and 20 to 20mV 3 For the scale 99999 to 999999 6 digits including signs and the decimal point up to 3 places after the decimal point can be set 4 When power factor is selected the power factor indication is selected from 0 to 100 to 0 and 50 to 100 to 50 5 The number of digits after the decimal point is selected from integer 1 digit 2 digits and 3 digits 9 3 22 AJ65SBTB1 8D Ch1 di
335. mit Monitoring Status Monitoring Sp Cons Monitoring Energy Demand alarm demand control in the monitoring settings and click the Next gt button The demand control and demand control are displayed only with the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 1 Item selection Error information Monitoring Limit Monitoring Status Monitoring Sp Cons Monitoring Energy Demand alarm Selecting the detail item The detail item list of the selected large item is displayed Click the detail item to be registered in the output conditions to put it on the checkmark 1 If selecting multiple items and at least one on them is established from the conditions the contact output is activated 2 10 of the detail items can be registered for a single contact output demand alarm control is only 1 3 Any detail items belonging to the other large item cannot be registered for a single contact output lt Error mMOMNav One 2 Detailed item Error information Uncheck E D Monitoring condition EM name SA001 System Memory card error SA002 System Measuring error SA003 System Battery error SA004 System File transfer error SA005 System Auto time adjustment errc mW b Detail item memory card error Measuring error Battery error File transfer error and Auto time adjustment error MOP Limit Monitoring Status Monitoring Sp Cons Monitoring Energy gt 2 Detailed item Monitoring Ener
336. model name of a terminal cannot be The model name of a terminal that is already registered changed to a measuring point cannot be changed Delete the registered appropriate measuring point before changing the model name The model name of a terminal cannot be The model name cannot be changed for multiple circuit changed even though no measuring point is products EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C EMU2 RD7 C registered EMU2 RD2 C 4W EMU2 RD4 C 4W EMU C7P4 6 A Delete the registered terminal and then register the terminal anew The EMU C7P4 6 A phase wire method A registered terminal cannot be changed cannot be changed Delete the terminal once Register the terminal again and select the phase wire method If the rated line voltage of the EMU C7P4 6 A The EMU C7P4 6 A rated line voltage is common for all is changed the rated voltage of the other circuits circuits in the same terminals also changed CC Link change of terminal When the line to line voltage rating of For EMU2 RD2 C 4W and EMU2 RD4 C 4W the EMU2 RD2 C 4 or EMU2 RD4 C 4W is line to line voltage rating is common for every two changed the line to line voltage rating of circuits other circuits of the same terminal is also The line to line voltage rating is common between Circuit changed 1 and Circuit 2 and between Circuit 3 and Circuit 4 Registration of measuring No measuring point can be registered No terminal is registered point Register at least one terminal Even when t
337. monitoring Operating status monitoring point setting display Specific consumption target value monitoring and Energy plan value monitoring settings window does not open Edit button is not enabled 9 64 Error details problems Check items Registration of upper lower No upper lower limit monitoring and No measuring point of the instantaneous value is limit monitoring and notification settings can be registered registered notification settings Upper lower limit cannot be monitored for the measuring point of an integrated value Register a measuring point of an instantaneous value and setting to set of Monitoring in the measuring point setting display Can upper lower limit be monitored for a Upper lower limit can be monitored for power factor measuring point of power factor because it is a measuring point of an instantaneous value Can upper lower limit monitoring and Upper lower limit cannot be monitored for a virtual notification settings be registered for a virtual measuring point measuring point Registration of operation No operation status monitor or notification can No operation monitoring point is registered status monitoring and be registered Register an operation monitoring point a measuring notification settings point of a digital input input output unit and setting to set of Monitoring in the measuring point setting display Registration of Specific No Specific consumption target v
338. monitoring of the target Specific consumptions is performed every 1 hour therefore the detection may be delayed Do not use the unit for the monitoring of the Specific consumption data of urgency Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents O The monitoring of the energy planned values is performed every 1 day therefore the detection may be delayed Do not use the unit for the monitoring of the measured data of urgency 1 2 Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents O As for the mail delivering through the monitoring notification function the mail reception may be delayed according to environments of your SMTP server network and mail client Do not use the unit for the notifications of urgency Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents O The contact output of the monitoring statuses is performed every 10 seconds therefore the output may be delayed from the satisfaction of the contact output condition Do not use the unit for the contact output of the monitoring of urgency Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents e Do not perform the writing of projects concurrently from multiple client PCs via a LAN Otherwise the writing may not be performed properly and EcoWebServerlll may not be launched O If the demand is not set correctly a correct
339. moving the memory card 1 Displaying the dialog box of Write 1 Click the Write button in the dialog box of Project setting 2 The message confirming project saving is displayed The project must be saved before writing Project management Model MES3 255C EN setting software LJ Eu al _ E is necessary to save the project before the project is written Aree ae OY Are you sure you want to execute project saving o co Yes button To save the project and display the project confirmation dialog box No button To cancel saving and writing If there remain the equipment not registered in the equipment group the message shown below is displayed Project saving can be completed but project writing is disabled Make sure to register the equipment in the equipment group Execute writing after registering the all in each group For system management Password Via memory card reader Drive AAA cc 4 148 2 Specifying the drive i Ti roject Select the Via memory card reader radio button and m select the drive where the memory card is mounted from Serii E the Drive pull down list A gt Model MES3 255C EN setting software 3 Writing the project 1 By clicking the Execute button in the dialog box of Write project IP address19216833 the writing confirmation message is displayed ai O
340. n is selected as the default e If the setting is changed the message on the right will appears To test and adjust execute project writing e If you click the Cancel button back to the Project setting dialog box a Model MES3 255C DM EWN setti ftwa e setting software IE Difference motion from configuration will be occur in case of project is SL notwritten in EcoWebServer before Test click the Yes button and No Cancel 4 276 4 9 1 Terminal connection check This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Confirm terminal connection Confirming the terminal connection state This section explains the procedure to confirm the terminal connection state 1 Displaying the Confirm terminal connection dialog box Click Confirm terminal connection in the tree menu on the Test caog box Test Confirm termir No Terminainame Modelname Number of occupied station Station No Result Code Confirm contact output 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB E 1 Not carry out Confirm mail sending 2 Terminal2 EMU3 DP1 C 1St 2 Not carry out Demand nortification 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out a Error regular notification 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out boss Measuring point data monitoring report 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset e
341. n cannot be executed even when the IP address of EcoWebServerlll has been changed correctly review the IP address setting of the client PC again 4 165 Configuring DNS servers The following describes the steps for configuring DNS servers When specifying a SMTP server FTP server or SNTP server by domain name to configure a monitoring and notification settings file transfer setting or automatic time setting a DNS server needs to be configured 1 Displaying the IP address screen Click the IP address in the tree menu on the Options screen Time Password For maintenance Auto time adjustment CH1 Set logging time Password IP address setting Before For maintenance IP address E For gating dala Subnet mask FOr system management Gateway DNS setting Before Number of DNS DNS Server 1 DNS Server 2 DNS Server 3 CH2 Direct write memory card IP address setting After 192 168 10 255 255 255 DNS setting After 0 Y If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 IP address setting Before IP address Subnet mask Gateway 2 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password Is ecopass 4 166 IP address setting After 192 168 3 255 25 255 3 Inputting DNS server settings Select or type in the following
342. n not access GA RaT The device is not prepared 4 155 2 After completion of checking the checking result is displayed lt lf the projects match gt lt lf the projects do not match gt Model MES3 255C EN setting software a gt The Collation of Project has been completed i The Collation of Project has been completed E Project name sample Project Project name sample Projectl IP address 10 162 34 48 IP address 10 162 34 48 Comment Comment Project has corresponded Project has not corresponded 4 156 4 7 Options This section describes the setting related to IP address change clock setting password change etc 1 Displaying the unit setting screen Click Options on the project setting screen Model MES3 255C EN sett Project name sample Project Title Data collecting settings Project management Selected menu Normal settings Extended settings appears da E Terminal Save Password I For maintenance CH1 IP address setting Before de IP address f Last For getting data For system management Subnet mask Gateway DNS setting Before Number of DNS DNS Server 1 DNS Server 2 DNS Server 3 CH2 Tree menu If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 Select the information P address settin
343. n of regular report settings click the T fn lt Back button To To confirm delete or change the next registration of Subject regular repor regular report settings click the Next gt button Body E DE Close 4 232 Deleting the registered regular report settings This section explains the procedure to delete the registered regular report settings 1 Displaying the Regular report screen Click the Regular report in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the registered regular report settings to be deleted and clicking the Delete Select the line of regular report to be deleted from the list in the Regular report dialog box click the Delete button No Mail sending Report condition 1 Report condition 2 Report condition 3 gt set not set Monthly 1D EH set not set Weekly Mon 10H bbbiyama m cn de Lo Pa Line of regular report to be deleted Edit Gud Ea 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the Yes button to execute deletion Model MES3 255C EN setting software E Delete regular report information of report No 1 Yes button Delete the regular report settings and back to the dialog box of N E Are you sure you want to delete it Reg u lar re po rt No button Cancel deletion and back to the dialog box of Regular report After deletion the information of the deleted regular report settings is removed from the l
344. n on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details CETTMets ma Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item amp Name of the specific consumption measuring point is repeated x PT a z i i Model MES3 255C EN setting software S After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown treo being eed ne spec consumption measuring on the right is displayed Do you want to register Yes To register No Not to register Cancel Back to the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box F Setting the specific consumption target value monitoring Set the specific consumption target value monitoring Enable or disable the specific consumption target value monitoring with the Monitoring check box Checked Monitoring enabled Not checked Monitoring disabled 4 125 lt Copying specific consumption measuring point information gt To copy registered specific consumption measuring point information select the line to copy and press the right click menu Copy Sp Cons information or the short cut keys Ctrl C Specific consumption measuring point name Energyamount Unit Monitoring oo Sp Cons 1 ee z a Oe Paste Sp Cons information Ctrl V Delete Sp Cons information lt Pasti
345. n target value monitoring notification by mail Active or inactive status of temporarily holding of mail transmission Specific consumption measuring point ID of specific consumption target value monitoring notification Name of specific consumption measuring point of specific consumption target value monitoring notification Destination address of specific consumption target value monitoring notification mail Subject of specific consumption target value monitoring notification mail Text of specific consumption target value monitoring notification mail 4 250 Registering a new specific consumption target value monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for registering a new specific consumption target value monitoring notification by mail 1 Displaying the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen Click the Specific consumption target value monitoring in the tree menu on Output screen 2 Displaying the dialog box of Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification Double click the line of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification No to be registered on the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen or select the line of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification No to be registered and click the Edit button Output setting Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Error n
346. nal device 4 8 9 Operating status notification collaboration settings registration 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value notification registration 4 8 11 Energy planning value notification registration 4 8 12 FTP server setting 4 8 13 Transfer enable disable transfer destination folder setting 4 8 3 Contact output settings Set this when connecting to air conditioner Refer to a Set the Web compatible controller 4 8 14 Energy saving level monitor 7 Energy saving address setting collaboration settings b Set the monitoring enable disable 4 8 15 Air controller connection monitoring type and alarm value 1to4 settings Save the set project and write it to the main Refer to unit 4 6 1 Project saving 4 6 2 Project writing 8 Saving and writing a project Confirm the operation before starting actual O vesiand aena Ba O Refer to the CIO Ine section 3 Test and Adjustment for details Set to the business meter s time lag and 10 Time lag adjustment press the time lag adjustment TS switch Start demand control control and collection of 11 Start operation data from each terminal 1 The LAN communication will cause a time lag in the time set with the main units setting and setting the time screen After setting the clock set the time to the time lag display on the business meter etc and press the time lag adjustment TS switch
347. nance password is ecopass 2 Click the Perform the test for all destinations button on the Confirm contact output dialog box No ouputname O tem name Password For maintenance ae Get latest status r I Close 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test a Model MES3 255C EN setting software esm Yes button Executes the contact output operation check Peor the test orali destinations Are you sure No button Cancels the contact output operation check and back to the Confirm contact output dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the contact output operation Subject U _o Confirm check is in progress will appear eS If you want to cancel it click the Abort button If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll main unit is not correct a LAN cable is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on the Timeout error i i 545 Subject TerminallFailed right will appear continue Press Cancel to not show error message again Click the No button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power Yes button Executes the operation check of the next output destination Cancel button Executes the operation check of the next output destination However error message does not appear even if error occurs Model MES3 255C EN setting
348. nd Displays the settings of measuring list pulses points electric energy and pulses points analog values calculation points consumption points monitoring points Equipment Displays the settings of equipment Group Displays the details of groups registered Equipment group Displays the details of equipment groups registered Energy planned value Jan Dec Setting of Planned value Energy planned value Apr Mar Target value of specific consumption Data output list Data output group list Displays the data output setting Data output Displays the data output setting Demand control Demand control Contact output Displays the settings of contact output list Email Displays the settings of e mail notification notification list File transfer Displays the settings of file transfer Time adjustment Displays the settings of automatic time adjustment Demand alarm occurrence Displays when the demand alarm occurs display 1517 Surveillance System log Contains a log of occurrence and recovery of measurement errors upper and functions lower limit errors etc 256 KB x 8 error of the alarm state is monitored at 10 second intervals Email Boot notification Energy Saving Data Collecting Server is booted up Sent to the notificati Error notification Error occurs during reading writing to CompactFlash designated address for each memory card event one Measurement error occurs the
349. nd input the login ID fe and password for system administration in the Login ID and Via Ethernet Password text boxes respectively Login D The default login ID and password are ecoV and Passwort ecopass 3 Reading the project Model MES3 255C EN setting software 1 By clicking the Execute button in the dialog box of Read project Q e rom the main body of the product the reading confirmation message is displayed Projectnamesample Project Comment All of data will be overwritten Are you sure you want to execute Yes button To execute project reading No button To cancel project reading r 4 Model MES3 255C EN setting software axe If the IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN cable is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the MD cia message on the right will be displayed i Click the OK button and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on 4 150 2 For a wrong login ID or a wrong password the message shown AME gee So SECTS on the right is displayed X Login ID password is incorrect e Project reading overwrites the project that is being set now Remember this e To read project continuously be done after waiting for about 30 seconds 4 151 Reading the project via drive This section explains the procedure to read the project from
350. ndition 1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring 0 Y tna wh Ee Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set 4 242 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list No Mail sending Suspend ID Measuring point name Monitoring conditions Send To Subject Body Operating status monitoring notification No Active or inactive status of operating status monitoring notification by mail Active or inactive status of temporarily holding of mail transmission Measuring point ID of operating status monitoring notification Measuring point name of operating status monitoring notification Operating status monitoring notification conditions ON OFF or ON OFF Destination address of operating status monitoring notification mail Subject of operating status monitoring notification mail Text of operating status monitoring notification mail 4 243 Registering a new operating status monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for registering a new operating status monitoring notification by mail 1 Displaying the Operation status monitoring screen Click the Operation status monitoring in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting
351. nds normally Result code Execution completion e When each item s test mail transfer fails Result code Fail error code e If completed check the contents of the sent mail The following information is sent in the test mail From Send source address Own mail address set in Mail notification setting SMTP server setting Send destination address Send destination address set in Mail notification setting Demand notification Subiect Mail subject Subject set in Mail notification setting Demand notification pene TEST is always inserted before the subject to indicate a test mail Mail text Text set in Mail notification setting Demand notification 4 289 4 9 4 Error regular notification check This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Error regular notification Confirming the error regular notification operation This section describes the procedures for confirming the error regular report mail transfer 1 Displaying the Error regular notification dialog box Click Error regular notification in the tree menu on the Test and Adjustment function dialog box Confirm terminal connection E sending Confirm contact output Boot notification set Confirm mail sending Memory card error set Demand nortification Measuring error occurred set Error regular notification Measuring error recovered set Measuring point data monitoring report File transfer error s
352. nergy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Periodic_active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating _time1 Operating_time2 Average current Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current Average current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max Average current_demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand Average current_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 voltage max 3 1 voltage_max Average L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 voltage min 3 1 voltage_min Total_active_ power Total_active_power_max Total_active_power_min Total_ rolling demand Total_ rolling demand_max Total_ reactive power Total_reactive_power_max Total_ reactive power_min Total_power_factor Total_power_factor_max Total_power_factor_min Frequency Frequency_max 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reac
353. next demand time limit starts the control outputs including the manual shut off control output are turned on in the order of lowest priority 12 10 9 gt gt 1 These are turned on at a five second interval At the next demand time limit the control outputs are shut off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Control output priority E Manual shutoff POF Pp Manual shut off o val o o e E Example of operation during manual control 4 52 f Priority cyclic Reclosing control The control outputs are shut off from the order of highest priority and are turned on again from the control output with the longest shut off time A control output that has been manually controlled even once is excluded from the demand control target within that time limit Current time limit shut off control Current demand time limit Next time limit shut off control Next demand time limit Shut off control when the order of priority number setting is changed Current time limit turn on control Current demand time limit Next time limit turn on control Next demand time limit Turned on Turn on control when the order of priority number setting is changed Shut off starts with the control output having the highest priority among those that are on Even at the next demand time limit shut off starts with the control output havi
354. nformation of a registered terminal This section described how to edit registration information of a terminal 1 Displaying the Terminal dialog box Click the Terminal button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a terminal you want to edit and click the Edit button Double click the line of a terminal you want to edit in the terminal list or select a line of a terminal you want to edit and then click the Edit button Terminal ine of a terminal to be Model name Number of occupied station Station No edited 1 Terminali EMU4 HD1 MB N 2 Terminal2 1 a 2 Terminal2 2 Oo 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RDS C 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RDS C 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RDS5 C 3 Terminal3 4 EMU2 RDS C 3 Terminal3 5 EMU2 RD5 C 4 Station details Click Edit button to enable changes Type Remote device ea Ed 15 Station Mo ES arab qa EMU RO3 C nergy measuring unit standard component 3 circuit Model information PhasetWire Delete Register Close RatedVoltage RatedCurrent E es ee hee Pee es eee eee ee ee Se ee l I i I l l l l l l l l i l l l l l l I i l 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those registering a new terminal e You cannot edit the Model if it is registered in the measu
355. ng Unit error i notification regular report Subject Mail subject Subject set in Mail notification setting Unit error notification regular report ii TEST is always inserted before the subject to indicate a test mail Mail text Text set in Mail notification setting Unit error notification regular report 4 293 4 9 5 Measuring point data monitoring report check This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Measuring point data monitoring report Confirming the measuring point data monitoring report operation This section explains the procedure to confirm mail transfer for the measuring point data monitoring and report 1 Displaying the Measuring point data monitoring report dialog box Click Measuring point data monitoring report in the tree menu on the Test dialog box Confirm terminal connection E item MeasuringpointID tail sending Confirm contact output Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 2 Confirm mail sending Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 3 Demand nortification Monitoring Status Mail Sending 8 i i Monitoring Status Mail Sending 9 E Monitoring Sp Cons Mail Sending 1 Confirm file transter Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 1 Co Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 4 Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset 4 mW Password For maintenance 4 294 2 Testing all items 1 Enter the maintenance password The default maintenance password is
356. ng a virtual measuring point you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of a measuring point you want to delete in the list in the Virtual measuring point list dialog box and then click the Delete button Line of a virtual measuring point to be deleted pan gt x Virtual measuring point m Do Data type Virtual measuring point name Aritti expression a v001 Integrated value Virtual measuring point ID001 ID002 voo2 Integrated value Virtual measuring point2 1D001 ID002 v003 v004 v005 If the virtual measuring point you select is registered as Mods MES 2C EN setting software me a specific consumption measuring point the message The virtual measuring point name Virtual measuring pointl is on the rig ht will appear t registered in either specific consumption measuring point or device Click the OK button to delete the registered item first AA 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion ModelMES3 255C EN setting software o Yes button Delete the virtual measuring point and back to the Virtual measuring point dialog box Cancel the deletion and back to the Virtual measuring point dialog box Delete the information of virtual measuring point name Virtual measuring point2 N o b u tto n Are you sure you want to delete it After the virtual measuring point is deleted its registrati
357. ng data gt z 7A AAA Subnet mask 255 a E 255 255 0 0 Gateway I i f m DNS setting Before DNS setting After Number of DNS pp 0 X DNS Server 1 os a el DNS Server 2 D VI DNS Server 3 PAE PROS E A CH2 If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 IP address setting Before IP address setting After IP address MEA 192 168 3 1 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 255 255 255 0 Gateway WHITE o 5 Inputting the maintenance password Type in the maintenance password The default maintenance password is ecopass 4 162 6 Inputting the IP address and subnet mask that you want to configure on EcoWebServerlll 1 Set the IP address for connecting the PC and EcoWebsServerll Type the IP address and subnet mask that you want to set in the CH1 IP address setting after change field CH F address setting Before IF address setting After IP address 2 182 18 3 4 subnet mask 255 255 25 0 255 255 35 0 Gateway l IP address after change IP address Type in a new IP address Subnet mask Type in a new subnet mask Gateway Type in a new gateway address After the entry the Change button becomes enabled IP address 1 0 0 0 1
358. ng factor 10 is given below ae Number of meter digits a SSS SaaS 9933999 A eel Janes E gt AA 999 aaas 5999599 OO O fers 9 993 393 93 939999 9 995 593 EEJEERFE 39 999 99 LO a 107 99 999 99 eter RT mutipier 10 perenne 29 999 38 2 1 00 1 00 1 00 Multiplying factor of current demand 1 pi uE EL l 5 i lo lio no D 0 O io 5 0 Ra oo E rae 2700 100 010 o Example 1 When No of meter digits 5 meter multiplier 100 Meter multiplier x 1080 f meter doits 4 current demand multiplying factor 1 10 Maximum current demand value 999 999 9 Thus the current demand is 0 0 gt 0 1 gt 0 2 gt gt 999 999 8 gt 999 999 9 Example 2 No of meter digits 4 meter multiplier 240 Meter multiplier x 1080 0f meter doits _ 0 24 current demand multiplying factor 2 10 Maximum current demand value 99 999 99 Thus the current demand is 0 00 0 01 0 02 99 999 98 99 999 99 lt When not setting the multiplying factor gt 0 0 to 999 999 9 None always Example 1 When No of meter digits 5 meter multiplier 100 Regardless of the No of meter digits and meter multiplier setting the current demand range is 0 0 to 999 999 9 Thus the current demand is 0 0 gt 0 1 gt 0 2 gt 999 999 8 999 999 9 4 21 Predicted Demand The demand value predicted demand at the
359. ng factor is 1 10 Thus the integrated electric energy is 0 0 gt 0 1 gt 0 2 gt 99 999 8 99 999 9 0 0 gt 0 1 Example 2 When VCT ratio 600 Maximum integrated electric energy value 99 999 9 Integrated electric energy multiplying factor is 0 10 Thus the integrated electric energy is 0 1 2 gt 999 998 gt 999 999 gt 0 gt 1 gt Current Demand The average electric energy current demand is calculated from the preset VCT ratio pulse constant and demand time limit An example of the current demand when the demand time limit is 30 minutes is shown below Example 1 When 120 kW electric energy is used for 30 minutes the current demand after the demand time limit is 120 kW Example 2 When 90 kW is used for 10 minutes and 150 kW is used for 20 minutes the current demand after the demand time limit is 90x10 30 150x20 30 130 kW 1 Setting values related to current demand Demand time limit 15 30 60 minutes Demand time limit for demand control VCT ratio 1 to 100000 Scale for the VCT meter transformer Pulse constant value 1 to 50000 Number of pulses per 1 kWh input into this device Moa faciar 1 to 100000 Value multiplied with the value displayed on the meter when di confirming the electric energy measured with the meter Number of digits del of digits in the electric energy integer displayed on the 4 19 2 Measuring value 1 Expression for current demand co VC
360. ng specific consumption measuring point information gt To paste the copied specific consumption measuring point information select the line to paste and press the right click menu Paste Sp Cons information or the short cut keys Ctrl V TD Specific consumption measuring pont name Energy amount um Montag Sp Cons Measuring point b02 Sp Cons2 essumgpoita kn Copy 5p Cons information Ctrl C E SS paste Sp Cons information CtrleV O Delete Sp Cons information Del NA iD Specific consumption measuring pointname Energy amount um Moog EA Measuring point wo IN y b02 Sp Coms 2 easurmgpointz CO e A Sp Cons 1 3 Measuring pointi kWh ID Sp Cons bos Name Sp Conz Sp Cons 1 3 Uni kWh Energy amountinumerator tem name Measuring pointi Ret E Unit ewh l Edit l Delete Production Denominator tem name Measu ring point2 Ret Unit kwn Register Decimal 1 digit cose e Multiple lines cannot be copied and pasted e Specific consumption measuring point information cannot be pasted into a registered line e The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted specific consumption measuring point name e The pasted specific consumption measuring point information is automatically registered 4 126 Deleting a registered specific consumption measuring point This section described how to delete a registered specific consum
361. ng the highest order of priority among those that are on Even when the order of priority has been changed at the next demand time limit after the changes shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of priority among those that are on The control outputs that are shut off are turned on in order from the one with the longest shut off time Control outputs with the same shut off time are turned on from the one with the highest order of priority When the next demand time limit starts the control outputs including the manually controlled control number are turned on in order of longest shut off time Control outputs with the same shut off time are turned on from the one with the highest order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on control If the order of priority numbers have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control outputs are all turned on when the demand time limit switches If the order of priority has been changed including 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to off on priority cyclic control all control outputs are turned on from the highest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 53 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control outputs that are on are shut off in the
362. nit i Register Erre IF ne Y cose 4 134 Deleting registered equipment This section described how to delete registered equipment 1 Displaying the Equipment list dialog box Click the Equipment button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting equipment you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of a measuring point you want to delete in the list in the Equipment list dialog box and then click the Delete button A e Equipment list Equipment group Measuring point1 Measuring point Line of equipment to be deleted 3 Deleting A delete confirmation message appears Click the button to delete the terminal E O Yes button Delete the equipment and back to the Equipment list lt Delete equipment information of equipment name Equipmentl dialog box ee No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Equipment list dialog box After the equipment is deleted its registration information is removed from the list in the Equipment list a Equipment list tis ea Equipment group ha Equipment name Standard cycle time Loading time 01 Equipment2 1000 Measuring point1 Meas e You can delete it using the Delete button on the Equipment dialog box 4 135 Editing the registered information of registered equipment This section described how to edit registration information of equipment 1 Displ
363. nit kwh 1 Name select a terminal The terminal name shown in the pull down menu is the name registered in the Terminal 2 1 Detail e Item Select a measured item from the pull down l a men oer pu The Unit is entered automatically 3 sent drone Current phase3 The measured item varies depending on the Current average oltage phase1 m od e Voltage phase2 3 PF range Detail When the power factor or the power factor tem demand is selected for the measured item select PE ang a range of the power factor display The selection range varies depending on the model 2 When a pulse counter value is selected for the TE a je item Pulse counter value 1 T measured item enter a pulse multiplier And select or type a unit The input range varies depending on the model You can enter a unit up to 8 characters 4 95 2 2 Detail Analog voltage current input type When an analog input type of a terminal ene B AX4A etc is selected select the following items Cht analog value E E nput scope fo 20mA l The setting item range varies depending E a rower on the model Decimat mogor 5 PF range 00 chi A derrita E e Unit Select or type a unit You can enter a unit up to 8 characters e Input scope Select an input range The input range should be the same setting as the terminal e Scale Enter a scare range of an act
364. nnect or reconnect to a wireless wired dial up or VPN network connection a Choose homegroup and sharing options Access files and printers located on other network computers or change sharing settings Troubleshoot problems Diagnose and repair network problems or get troubleshooting information 4 159 4 Select Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IP and then click Properties 4 Local Area Connection Properties Networking Connect using Broadcom NetLink TM Gigabit Ethemet This connection uses the following items M 0M Client for Microsoft Networks M J QoS Packet Scheduler M JH File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Intemet Protocol Version 6 TCP IPv6 CAS Intemet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Y Link Layer Topology Discovery Mapper 1 0 Driver M Link Layer Topology Discovery Responder Description Transmission Control Protocol Intemet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks OK Cancel Add Internet Protocol TCP IP if it is not registered For information on how to add the setting refer to the instruction manual etc included with the OS 5 Select Use the following IP address and then type the settings in IP address and Subnet mask Decimal number Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties l Y General You can get IP settin
365. nnnnrnnononanenns 4 27 4 33 Demand Control FUNCION eiii dies oxen eee date hacas eaten Aen 4 35 4 3 4 Seasonal Time Zone Control FUNCTtION cccccccssseeeeeeceeeeeeeecaeseeeeeeceeeeeeeesseaeeeeessaaeeeeessaageeeess 4 55 Gontiqure the demand control seting s sirena a td 4 56 4 3 5 Normal demand setting setting of the instrument information ooccccnncccnnoconnccnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnos 4 56 A 3 6 Demana alarm ana control Selina il ici 4 61 4 3 7 Demand calendar setting Only when carrying out management based on calendar setting 4 68 4 4 Measuring Data Collection Settings Normal Settings coooonnccncconnnnconccnnnancnnnononancnncnnnnancnnnnos 4 76 4 4 1 CC Link terminal registratiOD cocccocnnnnonccoconnnnncnononcnnnnnonnncononononncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnass 4 76 442 PEG GOTFe distal id iia 4 85 44 39 Measuring pont regis tal rial ld 4 92 4 4 4 Measuring point group registratiON oooccccoconcncoconnnnccnononcnnononcnnnnnononnnnnnconancnnnnnnrnnonnnranennaneness 4 107 4 5 Measuring data collection setting Advanced settings coooonccnccnnnnnccnncnnnnncnnnnnonancnnnnnonanennnnos 4 112 45 1 Virtual measuring pomt registral dal da 4 112 4 5 2 Specific consumption measuring point registratiON ccccoonncncoconcnnconannncononcnnnnoncnnonnnronconanenoss 4 121 4 03 Eguipment teo IS WUC Usaaisc dds ita vali A AA AA A 4 129 454 EQUINMENTGOUDVEGISUATOMN taa
366. not be registered Default a occurring data output error Recovery recovering data output error ASEO Characters Up to 128 characters Body recovering Characters Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters aes cannot be registered 4 Select the number of data output error occurrence times When the data output errors occurred continuously by more than the set Frequency of error monitoring and report are performed Frequency of error 3 Selection range 1 to 3 times Default value 3 times 4 227 3 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Initial condition 1 Initial condition 2 or Initial condition 3 to register Register Register button Register the error report settings as the set details O Close button Back to the project setting dialog box Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item X The recipients is not set 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Close button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the setting dialog box
367. nse Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement CORPORATION hereinafter referred to as MITSUBISHI to you hereinafter referred to as CUSTOMER The term SOFTWARE means any program on any media and any and all related documents and materials provided herewith by MITSUBISHI The SOFTWARE is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties as well as any other applicable intellectual property laws and treaties The SOFTWARE is licensed under the terms and conditions herein not sold ARTICLE 1 GRANT OF LICENSE 1 1 MITSUBISHI hereby grants to CUSTOMER a non exclusive and non transferable license to use one copy of the SOFTWARE in object code form on a single module Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you select No the setup will close To install Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 you must accept this agreement Scie EST When accepting the license agreement click Yes button If you do not accept the license agreement click the No button to cancel the installation 2 5 3 Installing the software 1 The Choose Destination Location dialog box is displayed Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting softwar Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files Setup will install Model MES3 255C DM EN Setting software ver2 in the following folder To install to thi
368. nt PC disabled The network portion of the IP address must be the same as that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll The host address portion of the IP address must be different from that of the main unit of EcoWebServerlll Refer to 4 7 1 IP address setting Connection check Not supported appears when the The EMU B7P4 6 A input type may be set to Contact EMU B7P4 6 A is connected and the input connection is checked Change the setting to Sensor input or Pulse input on the EMU B7P4 6 A side 5 65 Check items The IP address of EcoWebServerlll may be incorrect or the network may not be connected or configured properly Check them again Error details problems A connection error is displayed Connection check write readout and verification of project various maintenance Time setting Time goes back to default The EcoWebServerlll battery is spent Please exchange the battery model Q6BAT Installation The message This OS is not supported appears when installing the setting software and the installation is not completed The English version setting software can be installed only in the English version OS If a tool such as Microsoft AppLocale Utility which changes the language judgment operation is installed the problem on the left might occur Uninstall the tool in this case Setting change The setting was changed and written to the After changing the setting close the
369. nt_13th current_ THD br ii 1 The measured items differ with the phase wire method For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 2 The total current is the average of 1 phase current 2 phase current and 3 phase current 3 The total voltage line to line is the average of 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage and 3 1 voltage 4 The total voltage phase is the average of 1 N voltage 2 N voltage and 3 N voltage 5 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 6 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 19 5 3 12 ME96SSH MB 1P2W 3P3W Measured items Active_energy_ Import Active_energy_Export Reactive _energy_Import_lag Reactive energy Export lag Reactive energy Import lead Reactive energy Export lead Periodic_active energy 1 Periodic active energy 2 Operating _time1 Operating_time2 Average c
370. nts demand of the phases 9 13 5 3 7 MDU WS Measured items Measured items HA phase1 RMS 15th HA phase1 RMS 17th HA phase1 RMS 19th HA phase2 RMS 3rd HA phase2 RMS 5th HA phase2 RMS 7th HA phase2 RMS 9th HA phase2 RMS 11th HA phase2 RMS 13th HA phase2 RMS 15th HA phase2 RMS 17th HA phase2 RMS 19th HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS 5th HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th HA phaseN RMS 3rd HA phaseN RMS 5th HA phaseN RMS 7th HA phaseN RMS 9th HA phaseN RMS 11th HA phaseN RMS 13th HA phaseN RMS 15th HA phaseN RMS 17th HA phaseN RMS 19th HA demand phase1 RMS total HA demand phase2 RMS total HA demand phase3 RMS total HA demand phaseN RMS total kWh A J J J J E ohase ohase1 2 lt IOIOIOIOIOIOID gt o e e E ElE e i ORY SS SPS UN YVIdDIdD o ololo lt 91313 3131 339 dl Komal Kea Reaal all al QD 5 v o o o oO S lt S S S 5 2 X ID ID ka Hla P a W 36 2 D Q o clo Z lt N 3 lt o e D O D po gt nm D N oo J lt o je Q mee O gt je wn D oo i ZZ OOO gt lt lt clcl Q olo FR PA AS pa e HPA A lt S D D 51 5 53 2 alala O oloo B 313 3 D vio SIS Y ajaja lt O o Pa Bile a nln O olo Z lt lt ojo e DIN
371. o oo0s191 k fpooswsz Measuring error information Output Start device No El gt B Registered ID Unregistered ID Measuring point name Measuring point name Measuring point create J cece 4 Register Next gt Output sequence depends on the registered sequence Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The entries and input conditions for each item are the same as registering a data output group 4 194 Deleting a registered data output group This section described how to delete a registered data output group 1 Displaying the Output setting screen Click the Data output setting in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Deleting a data output group Select the line of the data output group to be deleted on the Output setting screen and click the Delete button Output setting J Data output set Demand monitoring Output setting para Mad ili No Data ouputgroupname TT Termnainame ee Set SMTP server Group data output Sequencer1 192 168 3 10 E Demand notification Group data output2 Seq r2 192 168 3 20 Error notification om Initial condition Initial condition2 A Mena Line of a data output Regular report group be deleted Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring L Energy pl
372. o GOT with Ethernet oo cooonccnncccnncccnncccnnncconononanccanononnn 5 46 5 7 Data Output to PEO GOT andorra cra 5 48 dilo DOUE WONG usan codi semaines coc lt 5 48 5 8 Data output specification to PEC GOT sicuocs occa tsaueteencuasensieiieirsl nese iniwaceennt eae nals 5 49 Sol Dala OUI ais dll ds 5 49 5 8 2 MoaS rng Error ION dl 5 50 5 679 Updating Me ION al iaa asa 5 50 5 8 4 Outputting demand information Only with demand control function oooooncccnnnccnnonnonnnnnnnnnns 5 51 5 9 EcoWebsServerlll MC protocol server oooccccccccccononcccnnccccnonnnonconnnnnnononanncnnnnnnnnononnnrrnnnnnnnonnnnarennnnennnnnnnns 5 53 5 9 1 GOMMUMCALIOMS paramecio aenea a a a a a 5 53 5 9 2 Local virtual device data output contents Only with demand control function oo 5 54 Oe Os WISE Ole te A COMM ANG S hace cinta scenario bd e e 5 56 SATO ESEO Fe COMM AMOS daa 5 56 5 10 2 Acquisition of data files by FTP command c oocccccconccnnccccnnccnncccnnnncnnnnnnnancnnnnnnnnncnnononnnnrnnnnnnnnncnnennnnns 5 57 5 11 List of prohibited characters cccccceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseeeeseaaeeeeeeeessaeaaeeeeeeeeeesaaaaees 9 61 12 OCIO COO o lodos 5 62 dla 1 lenmihal connection Checa id dl dci tato 5 62 Oi 222 Well SENOING CNet a A a a Aa 5 62 512 3 File automatic transfer check weiss cet nce Geeeh ch baciccce baboon deat Gwe bcabad ro eae cob Satine daa Gceeobedaneannebecteks 5 12 4 Ai
373. o the project management dialog box If the device of the specified destination is not ready for use a message as in the right figure is displayed 7 Click the Retry button after the device is ready or click the 6 a de Cancel button to change the destination drive i E Cancel 2 Click the button on the backup confirmation dialog box Modet MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Performs the backup No button Cancels the backup and returns to the project Backup all projects All projects information are overwritten management dialog box Are you sure you want to execute backup 3 When the backup is successfully completed the following message is displayed Click the OK button to return to the project management dialog box Model MES3 255C EN setting software 8 O Backup has been completed e Even if the backup is performed the current project is not deleted However if an older project set has already been backed up in the specified destination it is overwritten and lost by the latest backup How to restore the projects that have been backed up Refer to 4 2 7 Restoring projects 4 13 4 2 7 Restoring projects The procedures for restoring the projects are as follows All the projects in the restoration source folder are to be restored 1 Displaying the Restore of project dialog box Click the Restore button on the project management dialog box Subne
374. ody of the product normally please review the network setting of main body of the product and client PC EcoWebServerlll is automatically reset after the IP address setting is changed The changed IP address Is validated after resetting is complete It may take 1 to 8 minutes for the reset to finish Wait for the STA LED on the EcoWebServerlll unit to change to a steady light before starting communication The IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway in the project information are also automatically updated to the new values 4 Checking the IP address set in EcoWebServerlll 1 Open the front cover on the server section and set the MODE switch to the STOP position 2 Hold the RESET switch to the SEL position 3 After the CF CARD LED turns off turn the RESET switch to the RES position 4 After all the LEDs except the POWER LED on the power supply section turn off return the RESET SELECT switch to the central position 5 Wait until the product starts up and the IP address is displayed on the 7 segment LED at the front IP address display Example of display when CH1 is set to 192 168 10 1 and CH2 is set to 192 168 3 1 rod gt AR rie gt As gt gt L E pa AR Litt Hexadecimal Hexadecimal Hexadecimal Hexadecimal 01 Decimal a ice Decimal an Decimal E Decimal al enn A8 ar 01 Decimal 7 he Decimal 168 Decimal Decimal oil
375. of energy plan value monitoring and notification settings Registration o Nor planning value Registers the energy plan value monitoring settings monitoring notification Configures the settings for file transfer Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Configures the FTP server for file transfer TES eee Configures the transfer enable disable state and transfer Transmission destination folder set eee destination folder Energy saving cooperation settings Energy saving level monitor setting Configures the energy saving monitoring and energy saving alarm Air conditioner connection setting Configures the connection with the air conditioner controller Configures the settings for energy saving collaboration Continued on next page Nr Continued from previous page ee eee of functions Configures the settings for each test and adjustment the settings for each test and adjustment Configures the test for checking connection with the CC Link Confirm terminal connection mira Confirm mail sending 1 7 lt EcoWebServerlll and setting software specification gt item CC Link Number of Up to 42 CC Link terminal connection Depending on the specification of CC Link master unit communication 1 module Model EMU4 BD1 MB EMU4 HD1 MB EMU2 HM1 C EMU4 CM C is name type EMU2 RD1 C EMU2 RD3 C EMU2 RD5 C required when EMU2 RD7 C EMU2 RD2 C 4W use the EMU2 RD4 C 4W E
376. og Mot carry out Measuring data 4oom Smin set ZoomilogPer5 Not carry out Measuring data 4o00m 1min sel ZoomilogPer1 Not carry out Measuring data V irntualfannual not set Not carry out Measuring data Wirtual monthty not set Not carry out 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test E No button Cancels the file automatic transfer check and back to the O gt d Confirm file transfer dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the file automatic transfer check is 4 Subject System logConfirm a please wait a moment in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the file automatic transfer check fails the message on the right will appear l A Subject System logFailed Click the No button and check the FTP server A continue Press Cancel to not show error message again connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc Cancel Yes button Executes the transfer check of the next item Cancel button Executes the transfer check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the automatic transfer check on all selected item is completed the Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft completion message appears Click the OK button to return to the Confirm file transfer dialog box 4 300 4 Confirming the execu
377. ogging time from the previous month to the present month Monthly diff Accumulated logging time from the previous year to the present year Displays up to 10 measuring points in one screen Display update interval automatic update 10 sec Contact output Display the contact output status of internal output unit and Monitor CC Link remote I O contact control is possible by password authentication lt Contact control gt Alarm output ON gt OFF only Control output ON OFF The number of display points 32 Display update interval automatic update 10 sec tem o O Display Graph Demand Display the demand trend graph function display trend Graph Display interval Select from Daily Monthly Annual Display the demand for each demand time in 1 day Bar graph Demand for each time zone Line graph Target demand value Fixed alarm value Monthly Display the max demand value of a day for Max demand of 1 month day Bar graph Max demand of day for each time zone Annual Display the max demand value of a month Max demand of for 13 months month Bar graph Max demand of month for each time zone Line graph Max List Demand time limit when max demand of month is occurred for each time zone Measuring Display the multiple measuring points data of the specified point display intervals Zoom Daily Monthly Annual and display date comparison and time Graph Display the measuring point comparison graph of max 12 measuring points in 1
378. oint data monitoring repo Confirm terminal connection No item Measuring point ID Mail sending Suspend SendTo Result Code Confirm contact output 1 Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 2 set not set aaa yama melco co jp Execution completion Confirm mail sending 2 Monitoring Limit Mail Sending 3 set not set bbb yama melco co jp Fail 8002 Demand nortification 1 Monitoring Status Mail Sending 8 set not set ccc yama melco jp Fail 8002 Error regular notification 2 Monitoring Status Mail Sending 9 set not set bbb yama melco co jp Fail 8002 Measuring point data monitoring report 1 Monitoring Sp Cons Mail Sending 1 set not set aaa yama meico co jp Not carry out Confirm file transfer 1 Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 1 set not set aaa yama melco co jp Not carry out Confirm air conditioner connection 2 Monitoring Energy Mail Sending 4 set not set bbb yama melco co jp Not carry out Integration value set Collect data Delete data Reset i The results of execution are showed as below e When each item s test mail transfer ends normally Result code Execution completion e When each item s test mail transfer fails Result code Fail error code e If completed check the contents of the sent mail The following information is sent in the test mail From Send source address Own mail address set in Mail report setting SMTP server setting Send destination address Send destination address set in Mail report
379. oject management dialog box is displayed Double click here to register gt When the above dialog box is displayed the launch is completed When the User Account Control dialog box is displayed in Windows 7 click Yes to launch the software a E User Account Contra Program name ecoserver3 exe Publisher Unknown File origin Hard drive on this computer y Show details Change when these notifications appear 2 Exiting the setting software Click the Exit button or the button on the project management dialog box to exit the setting software e When clicking the Version button you can confirm the version of the setting software 4 4 4 2 Project management This section describes the procedures for operating the project management In the project management dialog box you can register a new project as well as modify delete copy back up and restore a project 4 2 1 Registering a new project The procedures for registering a new project are as follows 1 Displaying the Creation project dialog box In the list in the project management dialog box Double click lt Double click here to register gt or Select lt Double click here to register gt and click the Open button Model MES3 255C EN setting softwa Double click here to register gt q Creation project Project name IP address 192 166 10 1 Subnet mask 27
380. oject saving message is displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software O Are you sure you want to save project Yes button To save the project No button To cancel saving 3 After saving is completed the following message is displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software O Project saving has been completed 4 144 Model MES3 255C EN setting software y The device of unregistered group device exists DY Are you sure you want to save project as it is 4 6 2 Project writing This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Write Writing the project via LAN This section explains the procedure to write the set project in the CF card on EcoWebServerlll via LAN 1 Displaying the dialog box of Write 1 Click the Write button in the dialog box of Project setting 2 The message confirming project saving is displayed The project must be saved before writing m Model MES3 255C EN setting software It is necessary to save the project before the project is written Are you sure you want to execute project saving cose Yes button To save the project and display the project confirmation dialog box No button To cancel saving and writing If there remain the equipment not registered in the equipment group the message shown below is displayed Project saving can be completed but project writing is disabled Make sure to re
381. ol schedule Data collecting settings Normal settings Configures settings for demand control Configures the settings for collecting measuring data Displays a list of registered CC Link terminals E Registers the CC Link terminal Displays a list of PLCs connected to the registered Ethernet Log in PLC GOT Registers the PLC GOT connected to Ethernet with CH2 Measuring point Displays a list of CC Link measuring points Registers the CC Link terminal or device data as a measuring Measuring point point Measuring point group set Sets the measuring point group Data collecting settings Extended settings E N for the measuring data collection H PD Displays a list of virtual measuring points Registers the virtual measuring points Specific consumption Displays a list of specific consumption measuring points Specific consumption measuring point Registers the specific consumption measuring point Selection of the measurina point Selects the measuring point virtual measuring point to be used in g P the specific consumption computation Displays a list of equipment Registers a piece of equipment Equipment list Selects a measuring point virtual measuring point to be used in the Registration of display measuring computation of equipment overall efficiency point Registers a display measuring point of the equipment Equipment group list Displays the list of equipment groups Resistration of equipment gr
382. ompanies in the United States and or other countries O CompactFlash is trademarks of SanDisk Corporation O Ethernet is a registered trademark of Fuji Xerox Co Ltd O EcoWebServer is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation O Other company names and product names in the manual are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners 1 1 1 2 Safety precautions 1 2 1 Storage When storing the CD ROM avoid the following places Failure to follow the instruction may cause a read error Ambient temperature exceeds the specified temperature range 5 C to 45 C Relative humidity exceeds 30 to 80 RH or condensation is observed Altitude exceeds 1000 m Dust corrosive gas saline and oil smoke exist Frequent vibration or impact exists Exposed to rain fall water drop or direct sunlight or near heaters Metal pieces or conductive materials blow Under strong electromagnetic field or noise 1 2 2 Other notes See the instruction manual of EcoWebServerlll Hardware 1 3 Precautions for use Before configuring data particular attention must be paid to the following points O Use the setting software after closing any other applications that are running If running in parallel with other applications the setting software may not operate properly O if you have any questions about the installation setting and other technical matters of browsers and JavaVM Java Virtual Machine on PCs c
383. on Model MES3 255C EN setting software EES N If the system administration login ID or password is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed x AA Click the OK button and then check the login ID and password i ow If the system administration login ID is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password X The old login ID for system management is wrong Model MES3 255C EN setting software 4 185 If the previous system administration password is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password x REPE PNRA A Model MES3 255C EN setting software gt If the new system administration password and the new Modermes3 255c EN setting software password for confirmation do not match the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password Q The new password for system management is wrong 2 After the login ID and password are changed EcoWebServerlll will be reset GUS The system is being restarted It may take up to eight minutes to reset Please wait 3 When the change of the login ID and password and reset are completed the following message will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software e Sm The main body of the product Change the login ID password
384. on 1 Displaying the Energy planning value monitoring screen Click the Energy planning value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the energy plan value notification to be deleted and clicking the Delete button Select the line of the energy plan value notification to be deleted from the Energy planning value monitoring screen and click the Delete button Mail sending Measuring point name 2 Measuring point2 6 Measuring points bbb Line of energy plan value report to be deleted Edit LEA a dl Close 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion ModeliMES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Delete the energy plan value notification and back to O SES the Energy planning value monitoring screen Are you sure you want to delete it No button Cancel the deletion and back to the Energy planning value monitoring screen After deletion the information of the deleted energy plan value monitoring notification is removed from the list in the dialog box of Energy planning value monitoring Mail sending Suspend CEET m set not set G Measuring points bbb e It can be also deleted by clicking the Delete button in the dialog box of Registration of energy planning value monitoring notification 4 261 Editing the registered energy plan value monitoring notification Thi
385. on information is removed from the list in the Virtual measuring point list e You can delete it by clicking the right click menu Delete virtual calculation point information or by pressing the Delete key 4 119 Editing the registered information of a registered virtual measuring point This section described how to edit registration information of a virtual measuring point 1 Displaying the Virtual measuring point dialog box Click the Virtual button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a virtual measuring point you want to edit and click the Edit button Double click a line of a virtual measuring point you want to edit on the list in the Virtual measuring point list dialog box or select a line of a virtual measuring point you want to edit and then click the Edit button Line of a virtual measuring point to be edited Virtual measuring point eR lin Data type Virtual measuring point name Arithmetic expression 001 Integrated value Virtual measuring pointi ID001 ID002 wOOe Integrated value Virtual measuring point2 IDN01 ID002 003 004 woos 006 woo wOOs woos w010 w011 4 Data type Name Virtual Expression Click the Edit button to enable changes Arithmetic expression Measuring pointi Measuring point ED l Delete Close po in i i E l l i l l l l l l Decimal W 3 Editing the items to be changed and regist
386. on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details ModelMES3 255C EN setting softw Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item Xx The recipients is not set 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the icine nen an Create lt Prev Next gt or Close button instead of APRA clicking the Register button the message shown on the right a is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Registration of energy plan value monitoring settings lt For continuous registration of energy plan value monitoring notification gt For continuous registration of energy plan value Registration of energy planning value monitoring notification monitoring notification click the Create button and repeat the steps from 3 to 6 O Suspend Group1 To confirm delete or change the previous g registration of energy plan value monitoring ey notification click the lt Prev button a l To confirm delete or change the next registration soy paravane rie ener exceedos 7 0 of energy plan value monitoring notification click e Ml veo the Next gt button J cose 4 260 Deleting the registered energy planning value monitoring notification This section explains the procedures for deleting a registered energy plan value monitoring notificati
387. one 10 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit 4 30 Limit alarm This alarm occurs if the current demand is larger than the limit power current demand gt limit power and can occur if alarm type is set to limit alarm This alarm means that the target demand will be exceeded even if all loads other than the base power are all shut off 1 Limit alarm occurrence reset conditions The limit alarm occurs when all of the following conditions are satisfied Current Demand gt Power limit Alarm type Limit alarm Occurrence Target demand 0 conditions Base power 0 Outside alarm mask time remaining time lt demand time limit setting value alarm mask time Remaining time gt 0 The limit alarm is restored when one of the following is satisfied Reset conditions Current Demand lt Power limit When demand time limit switches Detection cycle Detection reset are carried out at a 10 second interval Demand value kW Target demand Wf Base power Power limit Current Demand 4 Remaining time Time min Alarm mask time Current Demand time limit Limit alarm 4 31 2 Settings related to limit alarm Setting item Setting range Explanation Alarm type Limit alarm fixed alarm Sets whether to detect the limit alarm or fixed alarm Alarm mask time For 15 minute time limit Set the time that each al
388. onstant VCT ratio Integrated electrical power rate No of pulses from start x kWh Pulse constant 2 Multiplying factor resolution and maximum value of integrated electric energy The integrated electric energy range depends on whether or not the multiplying factor is set Refer to Reference Setting the multiplying factor on the previous page The maximum integrated electric energy value when setting the multiplying factor is the maximum value of the meter lt When setting the multiplying factor gt Max value of integrated Multiplying factor of integrated o electric energy electric energy 10 Conditions A quick reference table of the maximum integrated electric energy value and multiplying factor is given below Number of meter digits 99 9999 999 999 9 199 999 99 1 999 999 9 Multiplying factor of Multiplying factor of integrated electric o al integrated electric o energy 2 793 933 39 energy 1 7 999 999 4 233 953 94 8 999 999 4 999 4994 1 093 3994 Multiplying factor off a integrated electric 115959553 no 3199995399 9 799 5994 39919995399 35991993 39359 9953 oo to oo oo Lo oo Multiplying factor of integrated electric energy 3 1939953939 2959995999 993999399 103399339 Multiplying factor of integrated electric 11339335 genero 2 M i a E Pop 2 Hi u LO oo oo oo Multiplying factor of integrated electric Pes ast
389. onsult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company 4 266 4 8 13 Transfer enable disable transfer destination folder setting This section explains the operation procedures for Transmission destination folder set This section explains the setting for transferring the CSV format data files daily monthly annual zoom etc and the system log to the FTP file server Setting files transferred and destination addresses 1 Displaying the Transmission destination folder set screen Click the Transmission destination folder set in the tree menu on the Output screen NL gt Out Transmission destination folder SEN _ A Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output Mail notification setting jo Set SMTP server Demand notification Error notification Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring i Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server destination folder set Mi o o saving cooperation setting Air conditioner connection setting System log Measuring data Annual Monthly Daily Zoom Smin Zoom 1min 7 Virtual annual Virtual monthly Virtual daily l Sp Cons annual l Sp Cons monthly Sp Cons daily 2 eR saving level monitor
390. ontact your network administrator or appropriate divisions O if you have any questions about the installation setting and other technical matters of various servers including the SMTP mail sending server and FIP file server contact your network administrator or appropriate divisions or the manufacturer We don t offer technical support for the above O When having changed the display setting of the measuring point names and other settings be sure to close the currently displayed Web browser and restart it Otherwise the change might not be updated due to the cache function of the web browser O f there is an error in the model information on the terminal registration dialog box the number of digits after decimal point of the measured data may be incorrect or a measurement error may occur Be sure to Specify the correct model information O The monitoring of the upper and lower limits is performed every 10 seconds therefore some abnormalities in the upper and lower limits may not be detected Do not use the unit for the monitoring of the measured data of urgency Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents O The monitoring of the operation statuses is performed every 10 seconds therefore some statuses may not be detected Do not use the unit for the monitoring of alarms of urgency Otherwise an accident may occur In such cases we are not responsible for any accidents O The
391. operational expression selected in the data type of the virtual measuring point Register a measuring point of the same type Can measuring points of an integrated value They cannot be registered together to the same virtual and an instantaneous value registered measuring point together What kind of operational expressions cannot Settings where the operation results of the constants be set exceed 11 digits or where the number of characters in the operational expression exceeds 256 are not permitted Refer to 4 5 1 Virtual measuring point registration Deletion of virtual measuring A virtual measuring point cannot be deleted A virtual measuring point cannot be registered if it is The message The measuring point is already registered to a Specific consumption measuring registered to either a Specific consumption point or equipment measuring point or equipment Delete the Delete the registered Specific consumption measuring registered items before deleting the virtual point or equipment measuring point appears Specific consumption No Specific consumption measuring point can No measuring point virtual measuring point is measuring point registration be registered registered for the integrated value The measuring point No measuring point virtual measuring point virtual measuring point of an instantaneous value can be specified for energy amount or cannot be registered to a Specific consumption
392. opy the PLC GOT information or the short cut keys Ctrl C No Terminalname PLC GOT series Connection method Sequencer QCPU LCPU OnACPU Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 2 100 Sequencerz MA el 192 168 10 3 Sequencers 192 168 10 4 102 Copy the PLC GOT information Ctrl C Paste of PLC GOT information Ctrl V Delete of PLC GOT information Del oe Cd fl lt Pasting PLC GOT information gt To paste the copied PLC GOT information select the line to paste and press the right click menu Paste of PLC GOT information or the short cut keys Ctrl V No Terminalname PLCIGOTseries Connection method IP address Sequencer QCPU LCPU OnACPU Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 2 100 Sequencerz FXCPU Convert Ethernet Serial 192 168 10 3 101 Sequencers GT27 56116 61156T14 Ethernet Direct 192 166 10 4 102 Ctrl C Delete of PLC GOT information mo co a oy on seo ij 1 Sequencer QCPU LCPU QnACPU Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 2 100 2 Sequencer2 FXCPU Convert Ethernet Serial 192 165 10 3 101 3 Sequencer3 GT27 6T116 6T115 GT14 Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 4 102 is 4 Sequencer2 4 FXCPU Convert Ethernet Serial 192 168 10 1 5 No Name PLCIGOT series Fxcu y Communication IP address fe Delete Port No 101 Station No 2 H Register e Multiple lines cannot be copied and pasted e PLC GOT information cannot be pasted into a registered line e
393. order of higher priority It will be turned on in the order of lower priority At the end of demand time limit the control output currently shut off will be turned on at 5 second intervals in the order of lower priority The control outputs are shut off in order of highest priority The shut off control output does not turn on until the end of demand time limit It will be shut off in the order of higher priority At the end of demand time limit the control output currently shut off will be turned on at 5 second intervals in the order of lower priority The control outputs are shut off in order of highest priority and are turned on from the control output with longest shut off time It will be shut off in the order of higher priority It will be turn on in the long order of shut off time Following shut off in priority order and turn on in the long order of shut off time At the end of demand time limit the control output currently shut off will be turned on in the long order of shut off time 4 35 The setting values related to demand control are listed below Setting item Setting range Explanation Control method Cyclic Reclosing Sets the method for turning the control output off Cyclic Reclosing after and on Demand time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval Priority order Reclosing Priority order Reclosing after Demand time limit Priority cyclic Reclosing Alarm mask time For 15 minute time limit Set
394. otification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Line of specific consumtpion Energy planning value monitoring t N b A arget value report No to be Set FTP server A registered Transmission destination folder set E Name Sp Cons Sp Cons 1 AAA T create Subject over bum target level Body Target value of the specific consumption exceeded a Register t Close 4 251 3 Setting the active inactive status of notification 1 To send the specific consumption target value monitoring notification mail check the Mail sending 2 To hold the mail temporarily when sending a mail check the Suspend check box 4 Specifying the specific consumption measuring point to notification Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring r Select the specific consumption measuring point to monitor the specific consumption target value No Mm W Mail sending Only the specific consumption measuring points for Suspend specific consumption target value monitoring are Name Sp Cons displayed in the pull down menu To 5 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail notification Set this information only when Mail sending is checked The entry conditions are listed below Up to 50 characte
395. ount value is 999999 When the value exceeds the data range and returns to 0 the EcoWebServerlll performs one cycle operation based on the max integrated count value The input range is as follows Enter the value in decimal Data length 16 bit W 1 to 32767 Data length 32 bit L 1 to 2147483647 Factor only when Integrate or Instant selected Enter the max value of the data range of the integrated count value Data length 16bit W Data length 32bit L 0 00001 to 1 7 digits including decimal point up to 5 digits after the decimal point Decimal only when Integrate or Instant selected set the number of digits after the decimal point for displaying data Select from Integer 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits and 5 digits The possible range of digits after the decimal point is set by the setting of the data length and the multiplier Data length 32 bit L Data length 16 bit W Factor Possible digits ee Possible digits after the decimal point after the decimal point 0 00001 Integer 1 to 5 digits 0 00001 to 1 00000 Integer 1 to 5 digits 1 00001 to 10 0000 Integer 1 to 4 digits 0 00002 to 0 00010 Integer 1 to 4 digits 10 0001 to 100 000 Integer 1 to 3 digits 100 001 to 1000 00 Integer 1 or 2 digits 1000 01 to 10000 0 Integer 1 digit 4 100 6 Registering Click the button on the Measuring point dialog box to register a measuring point J reviste
396. oup Registers a piece of equipment in an equipment group Saves writes reads and checks a project Project management Saves the settings of a project Wri Writes the settings of a project onto EcoWebServerlll or a rite CompactFlash Read Reads the settings of a project from EcoWebServerlll or a CompactFlash Check the settings of a project against EcoWebServerlll or a Collate CompactFlash Continued on next page 1 5 Continued from previous page Description of functions Configures the settings of the unit Configures the settings of the IP address and the DNS server Reads the time data and configures the time setting Configures the automatic time setting using the SNTP server Sets the measuring point data logging date and time Password Changes the login ID and password Changes the maintenance loginID and password Changes the data acquisition login ID and password Changes the system administration login ID and password Configures the settings related to collaboration with external devices Output settings Displays the list of output groups Registration of the data output group Registers the output groups Data output set Demand control Sets the demand control function s data output destination Contact outout Displays a list of contact output settings and sets the number of p contact output points Registration of contact output condition Registers the contact output conditions Configures the m
397. owing characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters 4 y AD Default Status change Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters Mao de oe cannot be registered Default Operating status change occurred Body Up to128 characters Prohibited characters Unai ea cannot be registered 4 245 6 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Registration of operating status monitoring notification to register l Register Register button Register the set details of operating status monitoring notification j Close button Back to the Operation status monitoring screen Close 1 If the set details are not proper an error message as shown Example of display on the right is displayed when clicking the Register button _ Modetmes3 255 EN setting software according to the error details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item _ As for the measuring point Measuring pointl2 the monitoring report information of operating status has already been registered Model MES3 255C EN setting software 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Create lt Back Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the A E Register button the message shown on the right is displayed a o Yes button To register i no a No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Registration of operating stat
398. ows Click Start Programs Accessories Command Prompt C Documents and Settings User gt 2 Move the file to the destination directory create a folder with Explorer etc Type cd directory name For example to save a file in C EcoWebServer Datal type as follows to move the file to the appropriate directory C Documents and Settings User gt cd c EcoWebServer Data 3 Make sure that the prompt shows the appropriate directory name C EcoWebServer Data gt 4 Start up the FTP client Type ftp and then press the Enter key C EcoWebServer Data gt ftp ftp gt 5 Connect to EcoWebServerlll Type open IP address of EcoWebServerlll and then press the Enter key ftp gt open 192 168 10 1 6 When the communication is established successfully EcoWebServerlll gives a response Type the data acquisition login ID and then press the Enter key 1 Do not use the system administration login ID fto gt open 192 168 10 1 Connected 192 168 10 1 220 FIP server ready User 192 168 10 1 none guest 7 Type the data acquisition password and then press the Enter key User 192 168 10 1 none guest 331 Password Password 9 9 8 Display the directory Type dir and then press the Enter key Password 230 User guest logged in ftp gt dir 200 PORT command successful 150 ASCII data 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11 03 01 11
399. pe a unit When you type it directory the entry conditions are as follows Maximum value Characters Up to 8 characters Decimal Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters lt gt When Status is selected the selection pull down menu is disabled Only direct typing When Status is selected this entry is optional Data length Select a data length Integrate or Instant Select from 16bit W and 32bit L D Status Fixed to 1bit B a l Pere eee eee eee Lg 16bit w Tobit Maximum value only when Integrate selected Enter the max value of the data range of the integrated count value Peeeeeree rere er rerr errr rerr errr rr rr errr rr err rrr tree rr rrr rrr rr trier rr ttre rr trier irr rrr ire Maximum value 132767 E Ex When the data range is from 0 to 999999 the max integrated count value is 999999 When the value exceeds the data range and returns to 0 the EcoWebServerlll performs one cycle operation based on the max integrated count value The input range is as follows Enter the value in decimal Data length 16 bit W 1 to 32767 Data length 32 bit L 1 to 2147483647 Factor only when Integrate or Instant selected Set a multiplier Data length 16 bit W Data length 32 bit L 0 00001 to 1 7 digits including decimal point up to 5 digits after the decimal point Decimal only when Int
400. perating status monitoring notification Group Name Measuring point1 2 Condition ON To aaa yama melco co jp Ea status change Delete Operating status changed F a Register Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the operating status monitoring notification 4 248 4 8 10 Specific consumption target value monitoring notification registration This section explains the operation procedure in the Specific consumption target value monitoring After registration of the specific consumption target value monitoring report it becomes possible to detect an event that the specific consumption measuring point value exceeds the target value and to report it by mail Up to 64 points can be registered for specific consumption target value monitoring notification e The monitoring cycle is one hour e If no specific consumption measuring point is registered or if the specific consumption measuring point s is not set for specific consumption target value monitoring the setting of specific consumption target value monitoring notification cannot be registered e The settings of specific consumption target value monitoring notification can be registered only to a single measuring point and multiple registration to a same single me
401. phaseN RMS Sth HA phaseN RMS 7th HA phaseN RMS 9th__ HA phaseN RMS 11th HA phaseN RMS 13th HA phaseN RMS 15th HA phaseN RMS 17th HA phaseN RMS 19th HA phase1 D ratiototal HA phase1 D ratio 3rd_ HA phase1 D ratio Sth Yo HA phase1 D ratio7th Yo HA phase1 D ratio 9th HA phase1 D ratio 11th Yo HA phase1 D ratio 18th __ Yo HA phase1 D ratio 15th HA phase1 D ratio 17th Yo HA phase1 D ratio 19th Yo HA phase2 D ratiototal HA phase2 D ratio 3rd HA phase2 D ratio Sth Yo HA phase2 D ratio7th Yo HA phase2 D ratio 9th HA phase2 D ratio 1th Yo HA phase2 D ratio 18th Yo HA phase2 D ratio 15th HA phase2 D ratio 17th Yo HA phase2 D ratio 19th Yo HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio Sth Yo HA phase3 D ratio 7th HA phases D ratio 9th HA phase3 D ratio 11th HA phase3 D ratio 18th Yo HA phase3 D ratio 15th HA phase3 D ratio 17th Yo HA phase3 D ratio 19th Yo HA phaseN D ratiototal HA phaseN D ratio 3rd Yo HA phaseN D ratio Sth Yo HA phaseN D ratio7th HA phaseN D ratio 9th HA phaseN D ratio 11th Yo HA phaseN D ratio 13th Yo HA phaseN D ratio 15th HA phaseN D ratio 17th Yo HA phaseN D ratio 19th Yo E KA VA demand KA 5 15 5 3 9 ME96SSR MB 1P2W 3P3W Measured items Active_energy_Import Active energy Export Reactive energy Import lag Reactive_energy_Export_lag Reactive e
402. played Model MES3 255C EN setting software Jes a y The main body of the product Date and time setting for has been LY completed 4 173 4 7 3 Auto time settings This section explains the operation procedure in the dialog box of Auto time adjustment Set up the SNTP server that serves synchronization and its synchronization cycle When setting the time to the business meter do not set the automatic time setting function For installing and setting the SNTP standard time server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company Configuring auto time settings 1 Displaying the Auto time adjustment dialog box Click the Auto time adjustment in the tree menu on the unit setting dialog box gt Options Auto time adj e a For maintenance For getting data For system management 2 Checking the Auto time adjustment check box If the Auto time adjustment check box is checked the SNTP server and Condition areas become active 3 Specifying the SNTP server Input a domain name or IP address of the SNTP standard time server from the keyboard e For inputting a domain name Characters Up to 50 characters The following characters cannot be registered lt gt SNTP server sntp yama melco co j Prohibited characters Setting of the DNS server is required e For inputtin
403. pment group No you want to register on the list in the Equipment group list dialog box or select a line of an equipment group No you want to register and then click the Edit button gt A AAqQ A pl Line of an equipment ment group list group No to be registered No Equipment group name Equipment ID on Registration of equipment group Equipment list Equipment name Equipment Equipment Create l Register Close e You cannot register an equipment group when no equipment is registered 4 139 4 Entering an equipment group name Enter a name of equipment group This group name is shown in the Graph view Equipment Graph on the EcoWebServerlll page The entry conditions are as follow INiUlaaley mo mentclecletsiesmmm Up to 24 characters The following characters cannot be registered Prohibited characters y iras If you use any disallowed characters which are listed in Appendix Disallowed Character List the characters may not be displayed properly in the browser display of EcoWebServerlll A duplicate equipment group name cannot be registered 5 Adding equipment to an equipment group Double click a line of equipment you want to add to a group on the Equipment list or select a line of equipment you want to add to a group and then click the lt button i Registration of
404. point1 The measuring point used for graphic display shall be set Maximum 10 Unregistered ID Measuring point name 2 Measuring point2 3 Measuring point3 Virtual measuring point1 Virtual measuring point2 Register in th Order will be registered in the order in which they appear in the oraoh I Close The measuring point selected is added to the last line in the Registered ID xl If you want to delete a measuring point from a group double click a line of the measuring point you want to delete on the Registered ID or select a line of a measuring point you want to delete and then click the gt button 4 133 2 Change the order in which the display measuring points are listed The graphs in the Graph view Equipment Graph of the EcoWebServerlll is displayed in order of measuring points registered in Registered ID To change the registration order of the measuring points in the Registered ID select a line of equipment and click the 1 button and the button Click 1 button once to move up one line Click 4 button once to move down one line 3 Register a display measuring point Click the Register button on the Registration of display measuring point dialog box 5 Registering Click the button on the Equipment dialog box to register equipment Register button Register equipment information you set Close b
405. port No for accessing the POP server to 110 or Others When Others is selected enter the port No The range is 1 to 65535 Select the Waiting time after POP authentication from 0 to 15 seconds 1 second increments F Selecting the mail transmission cycle retention time Select the mail transmission cycle retention time The notifications that occur during the retention time are held in the EcoWebServerlll until the next transmission cycle comes Mail cycle i Retention time Selection range 5 Min 10 Min 15 Min 30 Min 60 Min Default value 5 Min The setting of mail transmission cycle retention time is effective only for the notifications of which check boxes Suspend in the Enter demand notification dialog box are checked The notifications of which check boxes Suspend in the Enter demand notification dialog box are not checked are notificated by mail to the SMTP server immediately after the notification conditions are established lt About mail transmission cycle retention time gt The mail transmission timing varies as follows depending on the checked or unchecked status of the Suspend check box Example Set time 10 min 10 00 ne 10 30 11 00 _ __ a hs AON NLE N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N ees Ss sn SS Na sa s SE Mail transmission cycle The monitoring and notification conditions are established error occurrence b
406. pport the passive mode Setting the FTP server information 1 Displaying the Set FTP server screen Click the Set FTP server in the tree menu on the Output screen Output Set FTP 2rve Output setting Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Error notification Initial condition1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring if Transmission destination folder set Register E 4 263 2 Inputting the login information Set the information of the FTP server to which the data is transferred 1 FTP server Input a domain name or IP address of the FTP server from the keyboard e For inputting a domain name Number of characters Up to 50 characters Prohibited characters The following characters cannot be registered lt gt FIP server ftp yama melco co jp Setting of the DNS server is required e For inputting an IP address FTP server 1192 168 10 200 Input range O to 255 Values prohibited to 0 0 0 0 XXX XXX XXX 255 xxx any numerical value register 2 Login ID Input the login ID set to the FTP server from the keyboard Login ID lecoserver Number of characters Up to 16 characters O OO Prohibited characters The following characters camnot be registered HA 2 lt gt 3 Password Input the pa
407. priority among those that are on Even at the next demand time limit shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of priority among those that are on Even when the order of priority has been changed at the next demand time limit after the changes shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of priority among those that are on Turning on starts with the control output having the lowest order of priority among those that are shut off When the next demand time limit starts all control outputs including the manually controlled control output are turned on starting with the control output having the lowest order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on control If the order of priority numbers have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control outputs are all turned on when the demand time limit switches If the order of priority has been changed including 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to off on order of priority control all control outputs are turned on from the lowest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 49 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control outputs that are on are turned off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 7 With on
408. project run the reset No button Stop the writing of the project The message of right will be displayed when it was terminated by an error in the previous project writing process No button To cancel project writing Yes button To execute project writing When the writing of the project failed again following message will display Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Failed to reflect setting Please download project to EcoWebServer again 2 When writing and reset are completed the following message is dis ModelMES3 255C DM EN setting soft MN A Caution Do not execute project writing from the multiple client PCs concur Otherwise the writing may not be performed properly and EcoWebServerlll may not be launched 4 146 Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software i There is a possibility that the last writing in process is failed Would you like to launch the writing in forcibly the project will be overwritten The product will be reset after writing In case of project is being written in by other setting software please click No to quit and try again in a few minutes OK To cancel project writing played rently lt For error message at the time of project writing gt Ifthe IP address of EcoWebServerlll is incorrect the LAN E a cable is not connected or EcoWebServerlll is not powered Py Connection error Authentication of the main body of t
409. ption measuring point 1 Displaying the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box Click the Specific consumption button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a specific consumption measuring point you want to delete and clicking the Delete button Select a line of a measuring point you want to delete in the Specific consumption measuring point list and then click the Delete button Specific consumption measuring point Line of a Specific consumption i oint to be deleted ID Specific consumption measuring point name Energy amount Monitoring b01 b02 S p Cons 2 Measuring point kWh b03 Sp Cons 1 3 Measuring pointi kWh b04 o md m tem name Measuring point Unit Decimal E Model MES3 255C EN setting software If the specific consumption measuring point you select is registered as a monitoring notification the message on y Specific consumption measuring point Sp Cons 1 is being registered the right will appear 7 ee f ere A i i ease delete the specific consumption measuring point after deletin Click the OK button to delete the registered item first aaa sa j sd j 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execute deletion Model MES3 255C EN setting software Yes button Delete the specific consumption measuring point and back to the Specific consumption measuring point dialog box No
410. ption target value monitoring screen Click the Specific consumption target value monitoring in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Selecting the specific consumption target value notification to be edited and clicking the Edit button Double click the line of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification to be edited in the list on the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen or select the line of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification to be edited and click the Edit button Mail sending Suspend o Specific consumption measuring point name not set b01 Sp Cons 1 z not set Sp Cons 2 bbb Line of specific consumption target value report to be edited f vee cn de e pa E Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification Name Sp Cons ETT To aaa yama melco co jp l Create Subject over bum target level Delete Body Target value of the specific consumption exceeded x Register j Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the specific consumption target value monitoring notification 4 255 4 8 11 Energy planning value monitoring notification registration This section expla
411. r controller connection CNECK ccccccecececececececcccccucecccecececececeneceuetecetecsuececetscecueueueacaeacanavaeas Olga MhOUDI SSI A In annie saan esses A 1 Preface Thank you for purchasing Mitsubishi s Energy Saving Data Collecting Server hereinafter EcoWebServerlll This instruction manual describes how to manage set up and operate projects to operate EcoWebServerlll and how to operate the EcoWebServerlll setting software hereinafter setting software for the maintenance of EcoWebServerlll This instruction manual assumes that the reader has knowledge of personal computers networks and various types of servers and basic knowledge of electric equipment Please read it carefully and use the product properly Keep this instruction manual in an accessible place for future reference whenever needed Make sure it is delivered to the end user For more information on the display function of EcoWebServerlll see Instruction Manual Operating For information on how to handle the main unit of EcoWebServerlll see Instruction Manual Hardware 1 1 General notes 1 1 1 Warranty Please contact your nearest Mitsubishi Sales Office or dealer for technical inquiries regarding the product O This instruction manual and equipment have undergone strict quality control and product inspections prior to shipment However if any problems occur as a result of the manufacturing of this equipment or instruction manual a
412. r of digits after the decimal point measuring point Specific consumption measuring point device number data length or factor of a equipment or monitoring and notification settings the measuring point cannot be changed terminal name measured item scale the number of digits after the decimal point device number and data length cannot be changed Delete the registered appropriate virtual measuring point Specific consumption measuring point equipment or monitoring and notification settings Registration of group No group can be registered No measuring point is registered Register at least one measuring point Can a virtual measuring point or a Specific No virtual measuring point or Specific consumption consumption measuring point be registered to measuring point can be registered to a group a group Can the same measuring point be registered The same measuring point cannot be registered to to different groups multiple groups Deletion of group If a group is deleted will the registered Even when a group is deleted the measuring points that measuring points be deleted as well are registered to the group will not be deleted Register the measuring points to a group again Virtual measuring point No measuring point can be registered No measuring point is registered of the same type as registration No measuring point is displayed on the screen that of the integrated value or instantaneous value that is for registering an
413. r to 4 4 4 Measuring point registration Registering a new measuring point 2 To hold the mail temporarily check the Suspend check box 4 244 4 Specifying the measuring point to notification Select the measuring points for operating status monitoring notification 1 Select Group 2 Select the measuring points for operating status notification from the measuring points including in the group selected in 1 Only the measuring points for operating status monitoring are displayed in the pull down menu Registration of operating status monitoring notification V Mail sending V Mail sending Suspend Name Measuring pointi2 v Condition Measuring point12 Measuring point13 e The conditions set for the selected measuring point are displayed in the monitoring conditions ON Notification is issued when the digital input signal changes from OFF to ON OFF Notification is issued when the digital input signal changes from ON to OFF ON OFF Notification is issued when the digital input signal changes from OFF to ON and ON to OFF Registration of operating status monitoring notification V Mail sending Suspend Group lom Name Condition ON 5 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail notification Set this information only when Mail sending is checked The entry conditions are listed below Characters Up to 50 characters To ne The foll
414. ranch 1 5 10 Kozaka honmachi Toyota shi Yahagi Toyota 471 0034 0565 34 4112 office Bldg Kansai Branch 2 2 2 Dojima Kita ku Osaka shi Kintetsu Dojima 530 8206 i l 06 6347 2876 Office Bldg Chugoku Branch 7 32 Naka machi Naka ku Hiroshima shi Nissei 730 8657 082 248 5296 Office Hiroshima Bldg Shikoku Branch 1 1 8 Kotobuki cho Takamatsu shi Nihon Seimei 760 8654 087 825 0072 Office Takamatsu Ekimae Bldg een Kyushu B h ae Branch g10 8686 2 12 1 Tenjin Chuo ku Fukuoka shi Tenjin Bldg 092 721 2243 Online Technical Information Service for Mitsubishi Electric FA Equipment Free Online information service Mitsubishi Electric FA Website Mitsubishi FA Find A I1 Mitsubishi Electric FA Website provides technical information on products and registration www MitsubishiElectric co jp ta applications and other information including training courses and contacts If you are a registered member you can download product manuals and CAD data and access Telephone FAX Technical Consultation Applicable model Phone FAX number Business hours 052 719 4557 9 00 to 19 00 Until 17 00 on Fridays Energy saving assistance equipment 084 926 8340 1 Excluding Saturdays Sundays national holidays and spring summer year end beginning holidays non business days of Mitsubishi This document was issued in Feb 2015 Please note that the specification may be changed without prior notice IB6
415. rated count value information The latest integrated count value information is retrieved from the EcoWebServerlll and displayed 1 Retrieving latest integrated count value information 1 Click the Get latest status button on the Integration value set dialog box Password For maintenance Get latest status 2 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the retrieval Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software n i Yes button Executes the integrated count value information retrieval Get the integrated value from main product process Ar tt ute a A No button Cancels the integrated count value information retrieval and back to Integration value set dialog box 3 A dialog box that indicates the integrated count value a Getting integration value information from the information retrieval Is IN progress will appear D roduc If you want to cancel it click the Abort button please wait a moment Abort 4 After the retrieval of the integrated count value information modeimes3 255 DM EN setting software oxy is completed the completion message will appear i Click the OK button to back to the Integration value set O Getting integration value information from the product finished dialog box l 5 Check the displayed information a Time zone Present value EEE Integrated value Multiplying
416. rder of priority number 1 2 3 gt 9 and are turned on again in the order of longest shut off time 1 2 3 4 If the control outputs have the same order of priority they are shut off simultaneously and turned on simultaneously In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control numbers that are shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in order of the longest shut off time 6 7 8 9 These are turned on at a five second interval If the control outputs have the same shut off time they are turned on in the order of the priority 8 9 At the next demand time limit the control numbers are turned off in the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time limit After control No 12 the newest control output in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 gt 2 gt c O Previous time limit Current time limit ontrol rder of output priority 25 20 15 10 5 25 20 15 10 5 A E a SS a TA a A ue A pS HE Example of operation for off on cyclic control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs are shut off in the order of priority number 1 2 3 7 The order of priority number 8 control number is manually controll
417. re shut off in the order of priority level 1 2 3 9 Control outputs with the same priority level are shut off simultaneously The shut off control output is turned on after a set time off on time has passed after shut off In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region Even if the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control output that are shut off from the previous time limit is turned on after a set time has passed from the shut off At the next demand time limit the control outputs are turned off in the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time limit After control No 12 the newest control output in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 2 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Control output priority Example of operation for off on after set time cyclic control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs are shut off in the order of the priority 1 2 3 7 The order of priority number 8 control output is manually controlled and thus is excluded from the demand control target The next order of priority number 9 is shut off The shut off control output is turned on after a set time off on time has passed after shut off When the next demand time limit ends the next de
418. read check of projects via a drive Web browser Internet Explorer 7 32 bits or Internet Explorer 8 32 bits or Internet Explorer 9 32 bits or Internet Explorer 10 32 bits or Internet Explorer 11 32 bits or Java plug in Oracle Java 7 JRE 7 32 bit Oracle Java 6 JRE 6 32 bit Note that the required memory and free space of hard disk are varied depending on the system environment Use the default screen font size of Small Fonts standard If the font size is changed to Large Fonts or Extra Large Fonts the characters and images may not be displayed properly and some portions of the window may be out of the screen is Although this software can be used in the 256 color mode icons and other items cannot be displayed properly In the environments where Internet Explorer is not installed the communication with EcoWebServerlll may not be performed 2 1 2 2 Glossary This following defines key terms used in this document Item Description Refers to a CC Link terminal or CC Link master local unit local station A maximum of 64 terminals can be registered PLC Refers to PLC used by EcoWebServerlll to acquire the computer link communication data using Ethernet communication or an Ethernet Serial adaptor cable Up to 32 PLCs can be registered Measuring point Refers to an item collected from a terminal A maximum of 255 points can be registered Group Refers to a group of measuring points A maximum of
419. regular notification check fails the message on the right will appear a Subject Boot notificationFailed Click the No button and check the SMTP server AA A a connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc iai Cancel Yes button Executes the notification check of the next item Cancel button Executes the notification check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft 5 After the notification check on every registered item is completed the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Error regular notification dialog box 4 291 3 Testing a selected item 1 Type in the maintenance password A terre e rer ret rere rere eter errr rere terete rrr rere tre etree eter er er ee err The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Select the line of the output destination to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row Subject Mail sending Suspend Send To Boot notification set not set asgaffyama melco co jp Memory card error set not set aaafyama melco co jp Measuring error occurred set not set gaafyama melco co jp Measuring error recovered aaai yama melco co jp File transfer error c Perform the test for the selected row gt aaa Myama melco co jp Automatic time adjustment error BBE ES o asalMyama melco co jp Battery error se
420. rent phase3 _ _ o Voltage phaset 2 Voltage phase23_____ Voltage phase31_________ Active power Reactive power _ __ Power factor S Frequency Current demand phase Currentdemand phase2_ Current demand phase3_ Electric power demand HA phasei RMS total HA phasei RMS 1st HA phasei RMS 3rd___ HA phasei RMS 5th HA phasei RMS 7th HA phasei RMS 9th HA phasei RMS 41th HA phasei RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS total HA phase3 RMS 1st HA phase3 RMS 3rd HA phase3 RMS Sth HA phase3 RMS 7th HA phase3 RMS 9th HA phase3 RMS 11th HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase D ratiototal HA phase D ratio 3rd HA phase D ratio Sth HA phase D ratio7th HA phase1 D ratio 9th 1 The total current is the average of R phase current S phase current and T phase current 2 The total voltage line to line is the average of R S voltage S T voltage and T R voltage 3 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 4 Harmonic current voltage total V Z Harmonic current voltage nth n 2 to 20 5 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current volt
421. replacement will be provided Please contact your dealer in this case Note that this does not apply to faults or damage resulting from force majeure or improper usage etc O Mitsubishi shall not be held liable for any trouble in the user or third party s system legal problems faults resulting from improper use of equipment faults occurring during the use of this equipment or any damage caused by other faults O The charge free warranty period for the product shall be the shorter period either of one year from the date of your purchase or the date when the product is delivered to your specified delivery location or 18 months from the time of the shipment from our factories counted from the date of manufacture However the charge free warranty shall not apply to the following cases even during the charge free warranty period 1 When the cause is an improper usage 2 When the cause is an improper operation The charge free warranty becomes invalid at the expiration of the charge free warranty period O The charge free warranty term for repaired parts shall not be extended 1 1 2 Trademarks O Microsoft Windows Windows XP Windows Vista Windows 7 Windows 8 and Internet Explorer are registered trademarks or trademarks and products of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries E i E O lava all Java based trademarks and logos are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and its affiliated c
422. reset is completed the change will be effective A reset takes 1 to 8 minutes Wait until the reset is completed and the STA LED on the main unit of EcoWebServerlll comes on before executing communication 4 167 Writing the IP address settings via drive This section explains the procedures to write the IP address settings in the CompactFlash card using Compact Flash reader writer Power off EcoWebServerlll before inserting removing the memory card 1 Displaying the IP address screen Click IP address in the tree menu on the unit setting screen Options IP address 4 n O ek is Password Formaintenance Direct write memory card Auto time adjustment CH1 Set logging time Password IP address setting Before IP address setting After For maintenance IP address 5 192 168 10 For getting data For system management Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 25 25 25 Gateway l f DNS setting Before DNS setting After Number of DNS DNS Server 1 DNS Server 2 DNS Server 3 CH2 If you do not want to input and output through data by MC protocol do not need to change the IP address settings of CH2 IP address setting Before IP address setting After IP address a 68 3 192 1688 3 Subnet mask 255 255 255 25 255 25 Gateway 2 Typing the IP address and subnet mask you want to set in the EcoWebServerlll Type in the IP address and subnet mask you
423. resses cannot be registered 0 0 0 0 XXX XXX XXX 255 xxx are any values The same IP address as that of the client PC Ethernet communication port number When Ethernet Serial conversion is set for exchanging data between the EcoWebServerlll and PLC set the station number of the connected serial communication module 4 87 4 Registering Click the button on the Log in PLC GOT dialog box to register the terminal Register Register button Register the PLC GOT with the settings you made The registration information will be reflected to the dialog box of project TE setting Close button Back to the dialog box of project setting If the setting is incorrect the error massage such as the one on the right will Example of display appear according to the invalid setting when Register button is clicked ES eee Correct the setting to satisfy the conditions Xx The Terminal name is repeated Model MES3 255C EN setting software If you click Close button without clicking the Register button after changing the entry the message shown on the right will be E displaye d l ae Pay is not registered Yes button Register No button Not register i 7 ae Cancel button Back to the Log in PLC GOT dialog box EEN 4 88 lt Copying PLC GOT information gt To copy registered PLC GOT information select the line to copy and press the right click menu C
424. rget value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Coad r Report mail for file transfer error uput MI O suspend Mail notification setting Tm q To Subject rie transfer error Body Fite transfer error occurred Report mail for auto time adjustment error er repo Mail sending _ Suspend Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring To Subject fauto time set error Specific consumption target value monitoring Body Auto time adjustment error occurred Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP r Report mail for battery error Transmission destination folder set Mail sending M Suspend Energy saving cooperation setting To Subiect Energy saving level monitor setting 5 ie battery error ee Air conditioner connection setting Body Battery error occurred Configuration file transfer error the automatic time alignment error battery error Regardless of the setting of the presence notification and record to the system log always monitoring Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output Mai notifica ha iai sending O suspend poser Demand notification dos atada star E ER Error poa i Body Model MES3 255C DM EN start Report mail for memory card error Mail sending Suspend Upper and lower limit monitoring i pene
425. rgy planning value monitoring AN File transfer POP server rra Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set c co ea 1 65535 Hi Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting i E Waiting time Osec Air conditioner connection setting after POP authentication Mail cycle 5Min v Retention time Register 1 Close e The mail transmission function supports SMTP sever SMTP Auth or POP before SMTP requiring authorization 4 213 2 Specifying the SMTP server Input a domain name or IP address of the SMTP mail server from the keyboard e For inputting a domain name Si Characters Up to 50 characters SMTP server smtp yama melco co p Prohibited characters The following characters cannot be registered a Ey Setting of the DNS server is required e For inputting an IP address Input range 0 to 255 Values prohibited 0 0 0 0 XXX XXX XXX 255 xxx any to register numerical value 3 Inputting the own mail address Input the own mail address EcoWebServerlll from the keyboard The mail address set here is the mail notification source address Characters Up to 50 characters Prohibited characters The following characters cannot be registered H lt gt 4 Specifying the port No Specify the port No for accessing the SMTP mail server PPETI Pei eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeEee Select from 25 587 or Others i 25 As usual C O
426. ribes the steps for changing the data acquisition login ID and password The default data acquisition login ID and password are guest and user respectively 1 Displaying the Password For getting data screen Click the Password For getting data in the tree menu on the unit setting dialog box ae ee E k Options Password For getting data Te e IP address Time Login ID Password For system management Auto time adjustment For getting data Set logging time Password Old login ID New login ID For maintenance i For system management New PW Confirmation The login ID password can be input by less than nine figures Login ID password change becomes effective after a reset of the product itself About login ID password 2 Inputting the system administration login ID and password To verify the permission for change type in the system administration login ID and password The default system administration login ID and password are ecoV and ecopass respectively 3 Inputting the data acquisition login ID Type in the Old login ID that is used before the change and a New login ID to be used after the change For getting data Old login ID quest New login ID Old PY New PV New FYW Confirmation 1 Type in the current data acquisition login ID in the Old login ID field Default guest 2 Type in a new data acquis
427. ring point Delete the measuring point first and then change the model e You cannot edit the Model of a multi circuit product EMU2 RD 3 C etc To change the model delete the terminal first and then perform a new registration 4 84 4 4 2 PLC GOT registration This section describes the procedure on the Log in PLC GOT In addition to registering terminals as a measuring point the EcoWebServerlll can read and write the device data to and from a connected PLC GOT A maximum of 32 PLCs and GOT can be registered for acquiring devices Refer to 5 8 PLC communication settings for details on the PLC settings Refer to 5 9 GOT communication settings for details on the GOT settings Checking a list of registered PLCs GOT The following describes how to display and check the list of registered PLCs GOT 1 Displaying the Log in PLC GOT dialog box EET Project name sample Project Click the PLC GOT button in the dialog box of project setting E Log in PLC GO No Terminalname PLC GOT series Connection method Station No E a 1 Sequencer1 QCPU LCPU QnACPU Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 2 100 0 2 Sequencer2 FXCPU Convert Ethernet Serial 192 168 10 3 101 1 5 Je S Sequencer3 GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 Ethernet Direct 192 168 10 4 102 0 T f Specific consumption 5 s 6 7 8 hill ti dl Measuring point Equipment Details Port No E f vee Station No os
428. rovided only with the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function Separately contact output of the following is required monitoring notification registration Upper lower limit monitoring Operating status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring and Energy plan value monitoring Confirming the registered contact output settings This section explains the procedures to display and confirm the registered contact output settings 1 Displaying the Contact output screen Click the Contact output in the tree menu on the output setting screen 5 Output Contact output _ _ ee e Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output all notification setting Set SMTP server Demand notification Error notification Initial condition 1 Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Contact output No list o D J D M Aa WiN _ Output unit Output Ch Internal output unit Internal output unit Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting l Delete Energy saving level monitor setting Air conditioner connection setting Output condition Output No 1 Name Contact output Method Automatic Registered list of conditions Be hold any one o
429. rrent_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L _voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 _voltage_max 3 1 voltage_max Average L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 _voltage_min 3 1 voltage_min Total_active_ power Total_active_power_max Total_active_power_min Total_ rolling demand Total_rolling demand_max Total_ reactive power Total_ reactive power_max Total_reactive_power_min Total_power_factor Total_power_factor_max Total_power_factor_min Frequency Frequency_max 1 2 H voltage_Total 1 2 H voltage _1st 1 2 voltage_THD 1 2 voltage HD 3 1 2 voltage HD_5 1 2 voltage HD 7 1 2 voltage HD 9 1 2 voltage HD_11th 1 2 voltage HD_13th 1 2 voltage HD_ 15th 1 2 voltage HD 17th 1 2 voltage HD_19th 1 2 voltage HD_ 21st 1 2 voltage HD 23rd 1 2 voltage HD_ 25th 1 2 voltage HD 27th 1 2 voltage HD 29th 1 2 voltage HD_31st Measured items 2 3 H voltage Total 2 3 H voltage 1st 2 3 voltage THD 2 3 voltage HD 3rd 2 3 voltage HD_5dth 2 3 voltage HD 7th 2 3 voltage HD 9th 2 3 voltage HD 11th 2 3 voltage HD 13th 2 3 voltage HD_15th 2 3 voltage HD 17th 2 3 voltage HD 19th 2 3 voltage HD 21st 2 3 voltage HD 23rd 2 3 voltage HD 25th 2 3 voltage HD 27th 2 3 voltage HD 29th 2 3 voltage HD 31st 1 H_current_ Total 1 H_current_1st 1 H_current_3rd 1 H_current_5th _current_7th _current_9th _current_11th _current_13th _current_
430. rror When communication with the terminal Refer to es Refer to he cedure failed procedure 2 3 2 1 3 Initial condition 2 failed 2 2 1 with the SNTP server failed 2 2 2 EcoWebServerlll is lowered 2 2 3 Initial condition 3 Data output error When data output to PLC device failed Refer to the Refer to the procedure procedure 2 3 1 2 3 1 Startup memory card error file transfer error auto time setting error and battery error are set to be monitored as the required monitoring items How different between monitoring and notification Monitoring Records the error in the system log when it occurs Notification Records the error in the system log when it occurs and notifications the error as the set details by mail e Need to reset the EcoWebServerlll in order to recover from memory card error and auto time adjustment error 4 221 Displaying the Error notification screen initial conditions 1 2 3 Click Initial condition 1 Initial condition 2 or Initial condition 3 in the tree menu on the Output screen DEA Subject data output error mr i A j Body occuring Output error occurred E Pra Body recovering Output error recovered Frequency of error la v Notified When the continual data output error occur over the setting times Upper and lower limit monitoring ae Operation status monitoring Specific consumption ta
431. rs To To ts ronaradi n oie aa cannot be registered Default Over bum target level Subject Up to 30 characters Prohibited characters ee a cannot be registered Default Specific consumption target value is exceeded Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited characters ewe a i cannot be registered 4 252 6 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Registration of specific consumption target value monitoring notification to register ss J mea notification Close button Register button Register the set details of specific consumption target value monitoring Back to the Specific consumption target value monitoring screen If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item After modification of entry details of each item click the Create lt Prev Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button No button To register Not to register Cancel button Back to the dialog box of Specific r Model MES3 255C EN setting softw X The recipients is not set Model MES3 255C EN setting software s The monitoring report information of specific consumption target I v
432. rverlll Duplicated registration of the contact output name is prohibited Method Select the contact output method from the following two methods Automatic ON when the output condition is established occurrence and OFF when it is restored One shot ON for 10 sec only when the output condition is established occurrence and then OFF automatically ON for 10 sec only when the output condition is not established restored and then OFF automatically Output condition Established eeens Not establi restored Output ON condition interlocking OFF One shot ON 10 sec OFF Y Additional information Output About contact output method It may take 10 seconds around until the contact output turns ON after the output condition is established occurrence It also may take 10 seconds around until the contact output turns OFF after restoration Remember such the delay Contact output Restored conditions l l l 7 Output gt Interlocking I rie a ON l l ON iO CoN osen OFF I TOA l l Approx Approx Approx 10 sec 10 sec 10 sec When occurrence restored within 10 seconds after contact output of one shot contact output is may not ON 4 207 9 Selecting the contact output conditions Select the conditions that can change the contact status to ON 1 Selecting the large item 2 Select the large item error information Monitoring Li
433. ry inputting the time zone name of the time zone 1 10 Time zone i on oe haem atrial Base power ats a 4 Time zone 1 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW 2 Time zone 2 l 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW 3 Time zone 3 300 0 kW 0 0 KW 240 0 kW 4 Time zone 4 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW 3 Time zone 5 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW Time zone 6 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW i Time zone 7 i 300 0 kW 0 0 KW 240 0 kW 8 Time zone 8 300 0 kw 0 0 kW 240 0 kw g Time zone 9 300 0 kW 0 0 KW 240 0 kW 10 Time zone 10 300 0 kW 0 0 KW 240 0 kW Sc c ccc ccc cl cl 88888 0 00 6 TS o FTE ATS o Us ATN o Us ATT o Ue AFS o Ue AFS o UUs TI ce Fc ccc cece ec ee eee OPO OOOO rro rro EHO ODEO ERODE EO ER ERO REE REO EE EES EDO O EEE ED EEE DEOL ODEOE y 1 Time zone name can be input up to 16 characters The default is Time zone 1 10 2 The following characters cannot be registered lt gt 13 Y When selected the Limit Alarm in Alarm Type 5 Inputting the Base power Settings for each Time zone Target demand Fixed alarm Time zone Time zone Base power walue AA AA walue 1 Time zone 1 300 0 KW Y 0 0 kW 240 0 kW 2 Time zone 2 300 0 kW 0 0 kW 240 0 kW 1 Based power is the power of the load that can not be off 2 Control the output non output of the limit alarm by the limit power which is determined from the base power and target demand 3 0 0 99999 9 can be input If set to 0 0
434. s been been registered in the written setting project 5 12 3 File automatic transfer check Factor for occurrence of Error code Description of error Action error details FTP server name FTP server name is Set the correct FTP server name connection error Set the correct login name 130 FTP server It is not possible to Check starting of FTP server and connection error connect to the FTP server the connection of the cable Eile ancien error File transfer is not able rales eg FTP server address and FTP response code There is not enough Check the used capacity of the FTP Example l era T A space on the FTP server server and ensure the free space enough storage capacity in the system Others 5 12 4 Air controller connection check Factor for occurrence of Error code Description of error Action error details External device unset Air controller has not Check the contents of setting project error been registered in the setting project and check if written the project 5 62 9 13 Troubleshooting The following describes what to do when some abnormality or trouble occurs during the use of this software lf an error occurs or a message appears during operation of the OS or an application program refer to the instruction manual of the OS or application program Item Error details problems Check items CC Link terminal registration When the station number of AJ65BT 68TD Note that the number of o
435. s currently selected 4 Registering the calendar After inputting the daily patternof calendar the calendar will be reflected when click the Register button Register Register button Register the contents of the set calendar Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box In the case of the following the message shown on the right will be displayed e When clicking the Close button without clicking the EH Calendar set information in editing is not registered Register button after changing the contents of calendar Y Register e When trying to change to the Daily pattern definition tab Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Yes button Register No button Do not register Cancel button Back to the Demand calendar setting dialog box 1 Confirmed the setting and when writing to EcoWebServerlll save and write of the project 2 Setting is enabled after the start the end of the next demand time limit when the remaining time reaches 30 00 time limit 30 min Until then work with the previous setting The electric energy calculation is immediately reflected 3 Writing the project by 5 minutes before the start the end of the demand time limit 4 74 Editing a registered calendar setting This section described how to edit an information of registered calendar 1 Displaying the Demand calendar setting dialog box Click the Calendar button in the dialog box of pro
436. s folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder C Mitsubishi mes3CDmEn_ver2 N ESSE EE 1 The default installation locations of each product are listed below Product model Installation location MES3 255C EN C Mitsubishi mes3CEn_ver2 MES3 255C DM EN C Mitsubishimes3CDmEn_ver21 2 The installation location can be changed by clicking the Browse button to specify the desired folder However we recommend that you use the default installation location in normal conditions 2 Click the Next button to start the installation Click the Cancel button to cancel the installation 3 When the installation is completed the InstallShield Wizard Completed dialog box is displayed Click the Finish button Depending on the operating environment a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed after the installation is completed In this case follow the instruction in the displayed message to restart the computer 4 The installation is completed You can launch the setting software from the Windows Start menu or the icon on the desktop 2 6 2 4 Uninstalling the software If the setting software is no longer needed you can easily remove the software from your PC by using the uninstallation function of Programs and Features To perform the uninstallation you must log in with the administrator privileges 1 The oper
437. s section explains the procedure for editing the registered energy plan value monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Energy planning value monitoring screen Click the Energy planning value monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the energy plan value report to be edited and clicking the Edit button Double click the line for the energy plan value monitoring notification to be edited in the list on the Energy planning value monitoring screen or select the line for the energy plan value monitoring notification to be edited and click the Edit button Mail sending Suspend A Measuring point name 2 Measuring point not set Measuring pointe Registration of energy planning value monitoring notification Group Name To dl Subject Delete Register CI 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the energy plan value monitoring notification 4 262 4 8 12 FTP server setting This section explains the operation procedures for Set FTP server For installing and setting the FTP file server and inquiring technical questions about it consult with your network administrator or an applicable department of your company or your vendor The file transfer destination FTP server must su
438. s settings System and Security Review your computer s status Back up your computer Find and fix problems View network status and tasks Choose homegroup and sharing opija Hardware and Sound View devices and printers Add a device Programs Uninstall a program View by Category Y User Accounts and Family Safety Add or remove user accounts a Set up parental controls for any user Appearance and Personalization Change the theme Change desktop background Adjust screen resolution Clock Language and Region Change keyboards or other input methods Ease of Access Let Windows suggest settings Optimize visual display 3 Open Local Area Connection and then click Properties K 6 Jeli lt Network and Internet Network and Sharing Center v Search Control Panel p E 3 E 3 Control Panel Home e View your basic network information and set up connections A R 9 See full map ECO GI PC Unidentified network Internet This computer View your active networks Connect or disconnect No Internet No Internet Enabled 07 52 52 1 0 Gbps Unidentified network Access type Discos gt Public network Connection Y Local Area Connection Change your networking settings o Set up a new connection or network Set up a wireless broadband dial up ad hoc or VPN connection or set up a router or access point Connect to a network Co
439. s the average of the voltages between the lines For 3 phase and 3 wire terminals the average is of R S S T and T R 4 The demand refers to moving average After step input the operated value reaches 95 of the input value after the elapse of the preset demand time Example When the demand time 2 minutes an input of 100 A results in the current demand 95 A in 2 minutes For the current demand to reach 100 A about 6 minutes about a triple is required 5 The maximum phase current demand is the highest current demand of the current demands of the phases 6 Harmonic current voltage total Z Harmonic current voltage nth 2 n 2 to 20 7 Harmonic current voltage nth content Harmonic current voltage nth Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 8 Harmonic current voltage total distortion rate Harmonic current voltage total Harmonic current voltage fundamental wave 9 Because the detailed electric energy has a small number of significant digits the monthly graph daily amount and the yearly graph monthly amount may not be displayed correctly For details on the significant digits of electric energy refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the terminal 9 9 5 3 4 EMU2 RD2 C 4W EMU2 RD4 C 4W Measured items Measured items HA phase2 D ratio 11th HA phase2 D ratio 13th HA phase3 D ratio total HA phase3 D ratio 3rd HA phase3 D ratio 5th HA phases D ratio 7th HA
440. se sensitive 2 If the specified folder does not exist and error will occur Prepare the folder beforehand 2 When selecting a desired folder by using the Browse button 1 Click the Gj button The Browse For Folder dialog box is displayed a Browse For Folder Specify back up folder of project E My Documents m My Music E My Pictures B My Videos B Saved Games Je Searches E Computer t Network di backup v Make New Folder ok cancel Cancel m 2 Select a destination folder and click a button to determine OK button Specifies the selected folder as the destination The Backup of project dialog box is displayed and the specified destination path is displayed in the Backup folder field Backup folder CAUsersiDesktopibacku Le eB eB eB eB eB eB eB eB eB eB eB ee eB eB eB eB eB e eS e Cancel button Cancels the folder selection and returns to the Backup of project dialog box Make New Folder button Creates a new folder 3 Performing the backup 1 Click the button on the Backup of project dialog box f E OK button Performs the backup The backup confirmation dialog box is displayed If the destination folder path is not entered the OK button is disabled Cama Cancel button Cancels the backup and returns t
441. setting Upper lower limit To monitoring and report Operation status monitoring and report Specific consumption target value monitoring and report Energy plan value monitoring and report Mail subject Subject set in Mail report setting Upper lower limit monitoring and report Subiect Operation status monitoring and report Specific consumption target value monitoring and ii report Energy plan value monitoring and report TEST is always inserted before the subject to indicate a test mail Mail text Text set in Mail report setting Mail report setting Upper lower limit monitoring and Body report Operation status monitoring and report Specific consumption target value monitoring and report Energy plan value monitoring and report 4 297 4 9 6 File automatic transfer check This section explains the operation procedures in the dialog box of Confirm file transfer Confirming the file automatic transfer operation This section explains the procedures to confirm the file automatic transfer 1 Displaying the Confirm file transfer dialog box Click Confirm file transfer in the tree menu on the Test dialog box Test Confirm file transfe Confirm terminal connection Transfer to Relative ad Confirm contact output System log not set Confirm mail sending Measuring data Annual not set Demand nortification Measuring data Monthly not set Error regular notification Measuring data Daily not set Measuring
442. setting at copy destination dialog box Select a desired project in the list in the project management dialog box and click the Copy button Set the project information of the destination in order to copy the contents of the selected projects Line of a desired project A co EXT E mask sample Project 192 168 3 3 255 255 255 0 l Open sample Project2 192 168 3 4 255 255 255 0 sample Project3 192 168 3 5 255 255 255 0 Delete l Change Double click here to register gt A Co l Backup J Vereinn I Restore Project information setting at copy destination 000 Project name IF address Subnet mask Gateway Comment 2 Entering the items of the copy destination Enter the items The items and conditions for entry is the same as in the registration of a new project Refer to 4 2 1 Registering a new project 3 Copying and registering the project Click the button on the Project information setting at copy destination dialog box to register the project l E OK button Registers the newly copied project and returns to the project management dialog box If the project name is not entered the OK button is disabled Cancel I Cancel button Cancels the copy and returns to the project management dialog box If there is an invalid value in the entered content an error Example of display message as in the right figure is displayed according to the invali
443. shut off 1 Setting values related to adjusted electrical power Demand time limit 15 30 60 Demand time limit for demand control minutes All day Target demand 0 0 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 10 Target demand 0 0 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit 2 Measuring value 1 2 Expression for adjusted electrical power D imelimi Adjusted electrical power Target demand Predicted demand x poe A kW Remainingime Since the target demand and predicted demand are the average electric energy within the demand time limit the electrical power that must be adjusted within the remaining time can be expressed by multiplying the target demand predicted demand by the demand time delay remaining time Example 1 When demand time limit 30 minutes 1800 seconds target demand 300 0 kW remaining time 900 seconds and predicted demand 310 0 kW Adjusted electrical power 10 0 x Am 20 0 kW When compared with the current load state if the average 20 0 kW load is not reduced within the remaining time this means that the demand value will exceed the target demand when the demand time delay finishes Resolution and maximum value of adjusted electrical power The adjusted elec
444. sing the automatic time setting function or set the logging date and time a Configure the automatic time settings b Configure the logging date and time When setting the time to the business meter do not set the automatic time setting function 3 9 Refer to 4 3 2 Demand basic settings 4 3 3 Demand alarm and control settings Refer to 4 3 3 Demand alarm and control settings 4 3 4 Demand calendar settings Refer to the following section for details 2 Time zone calendar settings Refer to 4 4 1 CC Link terminal registration 4 4 2 PLC GOT registration 4 4 3 Measuring point group registration Refer to 4 5 1 Virtual measuring point registration 4 5 2 Specific consumption measuring point registration 4 5 3 Equipment registration 4 5 4 Equipment group registration e Refer to 4 7 3 Auto time settings 4 7 4 Logging date time settings Set this when using mail notification file Refer to transfer or demand control This can be 4 8 4 SMTP server settings skipped when not using the following 4 8 5 Demand notification functions 4 8 6 EcoWebServerlll error notification a Set the mail notification settings b Set file transter 4 8 7 Regular report registration c Set contact output Set the contact output 4 8 8 Upper lower limit notification for control circuits 1 to 12 registration 6 Exter
445. softw IMEI 5 After the operation check on every registered output destination is completed the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Confirm contact output dialog box 4 282 3 Testing a selected destination 1 Type in the maintenance password a The default maintenance password is ecopass 2 Select the line of the output destination to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row Result Code Execution completion Not carry out Not carry out ON Not carry out Contact out 0 2 Contact outp i 1 3 Contact outputs Demand alarm Omit Fixed ala 2 4 Contact output4 System Memory card error Syst Internal output unit 3 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test E Model MES3 255C EN setting software l Yes button Executes the contact output operation check Peor the test tor al destinations Are you sure No button Cancels the contact output operation check and back to the Contact output operation check dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the contact output operation aa Subiect Contact outputi Confirm check is in progress will appear please wait a moment If you want to cancel it click the Abort button If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll main unit is ModstME 222C DM EN setting software not correct
446. specified number of times address for each consecutively or normal measurement recovers event Monitored at 10 second intervals Number of times that can be specified 1 to 18 depending on the settings Monitored at 1 hour intervals Automatic time adjustment error occurs Monitored at specified intervals daily weekly monthly Data output error occurs the specified number of times consecutively or normal output recovers Monitored at 1 minute intervals Number of times that can be specified 1 to 3 depending on the settings Battery error occurs Monitored at 1 minute intervals Upper and lower Upper and lower limit error occurs on a measuring point Sent to the limit monitoring 32 points max designated Monitored at 10 second intervals A each Operation The status of an operation monitoring point changes address for each monitoring 32 points max event notification Monitored at 10 second intervals Energy planned Energy planned value accumulated value per day is value monitoring exceeded notification 255 points max Monitored at the monthly logging time at 1 day intervals Specific Specific consumption planned value is exceeded consumption 64 points max planned value Monitored every hour on the hour or on the half hour monitoring notification Regular report Specified messages Each message is Up to 128 characters in one message sent to its Up to 8 messages designated On the specified hour once every
447. splaying the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen Click on Upper and lower limit monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen Output U dl limit itori utput Upper and lower limit monitoring Output setting Data output set Demand monitoring Contact output Mail notification setting Set SMTP server Demand notification Error notification Initial condition Initial condition2 Initial condition3 Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monmoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting Air conditioner connection setting not set Measuring point3 4 235 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed on the list No Mail sending Suspend ID Measuring point name Lower limit monitoring Upper limit monitoring Send To Subject Body Upper and lower limit monitoring notification No Active or inactive status of upper and lower limit monitoring notification by mail Active or inactive status of temporarily holding of mail transmission Measuring point ID of upper and lower limit monitoring notification Name of measuring point of upper and lower limit monitoring notification Target value for lower limit monitoring
448. ssword set in the FTP server from the keyboard Password j Number of characters Up to 16 characters Prohibited characters The following characters cannot be registered H lt gt A typed password will be displayed as asterisk 4 FW time select the time to transfer the file FW time 10Min Selection range 10 min 20 min 30 min 40 min or 50 min 10Min Default value 10 min 20Min 30Min 40Min 50Min 4 264 lt About the time to transfer a file gt As the following charts the file is transferred to the FTP server at the set time of every hour minutes Set time 10 min 10 00 10 30 11 00 Oe oe a et File transfer Set time 20 min 10 00 10 30 11 00 AA AN tages ee File transfer Set time 30 min 10 00 10 30 11 00 coast nas File transfer di AO A File transfer a File transfer lt About the timing of file transfer gt The following table shows the transfer timing for each file Transfer timing Virtual daily data Virtual monthly data Virtual annual data Specific consumption daily data xx is the set time to transfer Specific consumption monthly data mm is the monthly logging time Specific consumption annual data yy sine anta ogalngsime Equipment daily data l xx minutes of every hour Operation history data Update file only Svamio xx minutes of every hour y 9 Update file only Demand daily data xx minutes of every hour Demand annual data
449. st and then edit the PLC GOT series 4 91 4 4 3 Measuring point registration This section explains the procedure on the Measuring point A measuring point refers to a data item from measuring terminal equipment or a device of PLC GOT A maximum of 255 points can be registered Checking a list of registered measuring points The following describes how to display and check the list of measuring points Model MES3 255C EN setting softwar Project name sample Project Data collecting settings 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box e B PLC GOT Specific consumption ID Measuring point name Terminal name Measuring item Unit Group Monitoring Lower limit value Upp _ 1 ESTI Terminal Electric_energy Const kWh Group not set 0 2 Measuring point2 Terminal2 1 Current phase1 A Group1 not set Measuring point Equipment 3 Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 Active energy kWh Group1 not set 4 Details Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting e Measuring point j Edit Number of Upper and Lower limit monitoring 0 up to 32 Number of Operation monitoring 0 up to 32 Number of Energy planned value monitoring 0 Delete f cose 2 Checking the registration information Check the following information displayed in Measuring point list ID Measuring point ID Measuring point name Measured item Unit Reg
450. sult is rounded at the number of digits specified here Ex 1 digit is selected gt a computation result is truncated a number to 1 decimal place 4 Selecting an energy amount numerator Using the following procedure select a measuring point for an energy amount to be the numerator of the specific consumption 1 Click the Ref button in the Energy amount numerator area to display the Selection of the measuring point dialog box Selection of the measuring point Group Measuring point name Measuring pointi Measuring point2 2 Select any of registered group demand measuring point Virtual Group Grou o measuring point and All from the Group pull down menu The Virtual measuring point can be selected only when a virtual measuring point for an integrated value is registered Among measuring points registered with the selected group only the integrated values are displayed in the list Demand measuring point can be selected only with the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 4 123 3 Double click the measuring point name or the virtual measuring point name Or Select the measuring point name or the virtual measuring point name and click the Select button 4 The name and unit of the selected measuring point will be display in the fields in the Energy amount numerator Energy amount numerator tem name Unit o eee ee SSS Ref The following
451. suring point This section described how to edit registration information of a measuring point 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecting a measuring point you want to edit and click the Edit button Double click a line of a measuring point you want to edit in the measuring point list or select a line of a measuring point you want to edit and then click the Edit button Line of a measuring point to be edited Measuring poi ID Measuring point name Terminal name Group Monitoring Lower BR value Upper limit value 1 MESS Terminal Group not set 0 2 Measuring point2 Terminal2 1 Current phase1 Group1 not set 0 0 3 Measuring point3 Terminal2 2 Active energy Group1 not set 0 0 4 Click the Edit button to enable changes Point type Terminal Name Number of Upper and Lower limit monitoring 0 up to 32 Model l Number of Operation monitoring 0 up to 32 Station No l Number of Energy planned value monitoring 0 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering a new measuring point e You cannot edit the items other than the Name if it is registered as a virtual measuring point a Specific consumption measuring point equipment or a monitoring notification 4
452. t A Current phase2 A Current phase3 A Current phaseN A Voltage phaset 200 Vy Voltage phase2 3 00 y Voltage phase3 1 O VW Voltage phase1 N _ yY Voltage phase2N __ yY Voltage phase3 N_ __ y Voltage L L maximum V Voltage L N maximum V Leakage current A Active power KW Reactive power kvar Power factor _ _ Frequency _ Bz Current demand phase A Current demand phase A Current demand phase A Currentdemand phaseN A Current demand maximum phase A Leakage currentdemand A Electric power demand KW Reactive power demand kvar HA phase1 RMS tota A HA phase RMS tota A HA phase3 RMS tota A HA phaseN RMS total A HA phase RMS 1st O A HA phase1 RMS 3rd A HA phase1 RMS Sth A HA phasei RMS 7th A HA phase1 RMS 9th A HA phasei RMS 11th A HA phasei RMS 13th A HA phasei RMS 15th A HA phasei RMS 17th A HA phase1 RMS 19th A HA phase RMS ist A HA phase RMS 3rd A HA phase RMS Sth A HA phase RMS 7th A HA phase2 RMS 9th _ __ A A HA phase2 RMS 11th A HA phase RMS 13th __ A HA phase RMS 15th A HA phase RMS 17th O A HA phase RMS 19th A HA phase3 RMS ist A HA phase3 RMS 3rd A HA phase3 RMS Sth A HA phase3 RMS 7th A _HA phase3 RMS 9th A HA phase3 RMS 11th OO A HA phase3 RMS 13th HA phase3 RMS 15th HA phase3 RMS 17th HA phase3 RMS 19th HA phaseN RMS tst_ HA phaseN RMS 3rd__ HA
453. t 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 15L 3 Not carry out 2 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft AA Yes button Executes the connectivity check of the terminal No button Cancels the connectivity check of the terminal and back to the Confirm terminal connection dialog box out choice line test Terminal Confirm 3 A dialog box that indicates the connectivity check is in EIB viese wat a moment progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll main unit is not correct a LAN cable is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on the B PR right will appear here ee ee Click the No button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power Yes button Executes the connectivity check of the next terminal Cancel button Executes the connectivity check of the next terminal However error message does not appear even if error occurs 4 After the connectivity check on all selected terminal is completed the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Confirm terminal connection dialog box 4 279 4 Checking the results of the connectivity check The result of the connectivity check is shown in the Result
454. t dialog box Close button Back to the Equipment group list dialog box If there is no equipment in the Included equipment in group the massage on the right will appear at clicking the register button Click the OK button to register equipment If there is equipment that is not registered in any equipment group the massage on the right will appear at clicking the Close button Yes button Close the Registration of equipment group dialog box No button Back to the Registration of equipment group dialog box Model MES3 255C EN setting software Q The equipment included in the group is not set 8 Model MES3 255C EN setting software pa The device of unregistered group device exists It is necessary to register all equipment to either of equipment group before the project is served Are you sure you want to close the registration window of equipment group as it is Unregistered equipment ID f02 3 If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is Example of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model MES3 255C EN setting software Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item After modification of entry details of each item click the Create lt Prev Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register button the message shown on the right is displaye
455. t monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen Click the Upper and lower limit monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the upper lower limit notification to edit and clicking the Edit button Double click the line of the upper and lower limit monitoring notification to be edited on the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen or select the line of the upper and lower limit monitoring notification to be edited and click the Edit button No Mail sending Measuring point name 6 Measuring points Measuring points Line of up per and lower limit monitoring report to be edited gr ICD Delete Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration lf Mail sending Suspend Group Grou o ve Name Condition lu amp L Lower limit 20 Upper limit To aaa yama melco co jp Create subject upper or lower limit error l Body Upper and lower limit abnormal occurred m Register cose 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The input information and input conditions for each item are identical to those for new registration of the upper and lower limit monitoring notification 4 241 4 8 9 Operating status monitoring notification registration This section explains the operation procedure in the Operation status monitoring
456. t mask 192 168 3 4 255 255 255 0 sample Project3 192 168 3 5 255 255 255 0 lt Double click here to register gt Restore folder All project is restored from specified folder 2 Specifying the source folder 1 Enter the folder path of the source directly Or 2 Click the ul button and select the desired folder to specify the source folder 1 When entering the path directly 1 Enter the path directly in the Restore folder field The entry conditions are as follows Restore folder Path length Up to 200 characters The following characters cannot be registered oa Pa r lt gt Prohibited characters A period cannot be used at the beginning or end of the project name The drive name and alphabet characters are not case sensitive 4 14 2 When selecting a desired folder by using the Browse button 1 Click the button The Browse For Folder dialog box is displayed Browse For Folder Specify restore folder of project Libraries 4 B eco gl de backup B Contacts de Desktop Je Downloads mm Favorites JE Links E My Documents Make New Folder OK Cancel i Cancel 2 Select the source folder and click the button OK button Specifies the selected folder as the source The Restore of project dialog box is displayed and the specified source path is displayed in the Restore folder field Cancel button
457. t not set aaa Myama melco co jp Outout error occurred not set not set aaai vama melco co ip 3 An execution confirmation message appears Click Yes to execute the test Model MES3 255C DM EN setting soft EE Yes button Executes the error regular notification check mn as No button Cancels the error regular notification check and back to oa o aeTes the Error regular notification dialog box 4 A dialog box that indicates the error regular notification cS p wait a moment check is in progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button x adi i Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software If the error regular notification check fails the message A Subject Boot notificationFailed on the right will appear Click the No button and check the SMTP server Oe a i arenas connection settings and the LAN cable connection etc Yes button Executes the notification check of the next item Cancel button Executes the notification check of the next item However error message does not appear even if error occurs 5 After the notification check on all selected item is completed the ModelmEs3 255C DM EN setting soft completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Error regular notification dialog box 4 292 4 Checking the results of execution The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Result code column on the Error regular no
458. t the selected cycle and is saved in the daily data file Daily log 60min half Collect data at a 30 minute cycle collects on the hour and balt half hour 60 min 60 min Collect data at a 60 minut cycle collects on the hour 2 Select the monthly logging time ee Data is collected at the selected time and is saved in the Monthly log monthly data file 3 Select the annual logging time Data is collected at the selected date time and is saved in the POTRTETOTEPETUTETOTETT PET ETT ETT TTT A annual data file Lora 4 176 3 Registering Click the button on the Set logging time dialog box and register the settings Register Register button Register the logging date time as the set information _ Close button Back to the Project setting dialog box Close After modification of entry details of each item click the Close Model MESS DOC EN ae asia sel TO ie AIEN daii me nee The editing information of logging is not registered shown on the right is displayed 2 ei Yes button To register No button Not to register No Cancel Cancel button To go back to the Set logging time dialog box 4 177 4 7 5 Setting of the login IDs and passwords The following describes the steps for operation in Password In EcoWebServerlll three accounts are used for 1 Getting data 2 System management and 3 Maintenance When the About login ID password button on
459. tage phase3 N HV phase2 3 RMS ist Active power total HV phase2 3 RMS 3rd Reactive power total HV phase2 3 RMS 5th Active power phase1 HV phase2 3 RMS 7th Active power phase2 HV phase2 3 RMS 9th gt Let l a p ANS 9 27 Measured items HV phase2 3 RMS 11th HA phase1 RMS 7th HV phase2 3 RMS 13th HA phase1 RMS 9th HV phase2 3 D ratio total HV phase2 3 D ratio 3rd HV phase2 3 D ratio 5th HV phase2 3 D ratio 7th HV phase2 3 D ratio 9th HV phase2 3 D ratio 11th HV phase2 3 D ratio 13th HV phase1 N RMS total HV phase1 N RMS 1st HV phase1 N RMS 3rd HV phase1 N RMS 5th HV phase1 N RMS 7th HV phase1 N RMS 9th HV phase1 N RMS 11th HV phase1 N RMS 13th HV phase1 N D ratio total HV phase1 N D ratio 3rd HV phase1 N D ratio 5th HV phase1 N D ratio 7th HV phase1 N D ratio 9th HV phase1 N D ratio 11th HV phase1 N D ratio 13th HA phase2 D ratio total HA phase2 D ratio 3rd phase2 D ratio 5th HV phase2 N RMS total HV phase2 N RMS 1st HV phase2 N RMS 3rd HV phase2 N RMS 5th HV phase2 N RMS 7th HV phase2 N RMS 9th HV phase2 N RMS 11th HV phase2 N RMS 13th HV phase2 N D ratio total HV phase2 N D ratio 3rd HV phase2 N D ratio 5th HV phase2 N D ratio 7th HV phase2 N D ratio 9th HV phase2 N D ratio 11th HV phase2 N D ratio 13th HV phas
460. ted I Do you want to register something as it is Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software The condition of contact output is not registered SEP Do you want to register Cancel Deleting the registered contact output This section explains the procedure to delete the registered contact output 1 Displaying the Contact output screen Click the Contact output in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen 2 Selecting the contact output No to delete Select the line of contact output No to be deleted and click the Delete button DU a ag 2 b Contact output No list No PE paca E Line of contact output Internal output unit 0 No to be deleted Internal output unit 1 Internal output unit 214 D J D M A WiN Output condition Output No 4 Name aaaaaa1 Method Automatic Registered list of conditions Be hold any one of the following conditions make the contact output DY Monitoring condition item name System Memory card error System Measuring error System Battery error System File transfer error System Auto time adjustment error Close The following message appears Click the Yes button Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Ej Remove the contact information of the output name Contact output4 P Are you sure e The contact output No can also be deleted by clicking the right click menu Delete or pressing the Delete key 4
461. that all shut off control outputs have completed turn on Normal control p p Demand value kW Predicted demand 3 7 a i i i 1 1 1 Y 1 1 i i i f i l Target demand pomo A O A aaa ae i aan i i i i i i i i i i i i EA i i 1 7 eG 1 1 Y 1 1 i i A i i i i i i Sf i i 1 1 Y 1 1 1 po E E i l 4 i l i Virtual line G i i 7 i i i l i i i l i i i l i I Y I 1 I l i i i l i i l i Current Demand F gt Seal s Ho Increased demarid oa L A E Pulse integrated time Remaining time zo Time min Alarm mask time Current 25 00 29 50 30 00 Example of 30 minute demand degree 4 39 1 2 3 Time limit on range The control output shut off at when the demand time limit switches is unconditionally turned on Turn on is performed at a 5 second interval The control output turned on first is turned on when the time limit switches Normal control range The control output is turned on when the following expression is satisfied One control output is turned on with one on control Note that control outputs with the same priority are turned on simultaneously Adjusted electrical power gt control load capacity scheduled for on x 2 When on control is carried out in succession the next on control is performed at least 30 seconds after the previous on control Control prohi
462. the measuring point group is deleted its registration information is removed from the list in the Group list The measuring point that is registered in the deleted group is assigned to the measuring point group 1 e The measuring point group can also be deleted by clicking the right click menu Delete measuring point group information or pressing the Delete key e Measuring point group No 1 cannot be deleted 4 110 Editing the registration information of a registered measuring point group This section described how to registration information of a measuring point group 1 Displaying the Measuring point dialog box Click the Measuring point button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Displaying the Measuring point group set dialog box Select any measuring point on the measuring point registration dialog box and select lt Group setting gt from the Group selection pull down menu 3 Editing the name of the group you want to change Double click the name of the measuring point group to be changed in the list on the Measuring point group set dialog box and change the name Measuring point group set Name Group 4 Registering Click the Register button after editing items you want to change The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering a new group 4 111 4 5 Measuring data collection setting Advanced settings This section explains setting items that make it e
463. the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time a After control No 12 the newest control output in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 gt 2 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of Co o 2 iva e 7 Example of operation for time limit on cyclic control Example of operation during manual control Values in parentheses indicate the priority numbers The control outputs are shut off in the order of the priority number 1 2 3 7 The order of priority number 8 control output is manually controlled and thus is excluded from the demand control target The next order of priority number 9 is shut off This cannot be turned on within the demand time limit in which it was shut off When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs including the manual shut off control output are turned on in order of the longest shut off time 128 9 These are turned on at a five second interval At the next demand time limit the control outputs are turned off in the order of priority number 10 12 following those shut off at the previous time limit i control No 12 the newest control output in the order of priority is returned to and shut off 1 2 Previous time limit Current time limit Order of ICI ICI o val o o e Example of operation during manual control 4 46 c Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosin
464. the procedure on the registration of device group Equipment group refers to a group of equipment It is listed in the Measurement graph view Equipment of the EcoWebServerlll for each equipment group registered here A maximum of 42 groups can be registered EcoWebServerlll Graph view Equipment Graph Equipment Graph Equipment group selection 7 View Download Ma 2019 08 25 Mon Equipment A 1 Defective product Set wp 2014 08 25 Mon Equipment A 1 Downtime min __ ae Equipment A 1 tae Graph of equipment group sf axe Aa With the equipment included inthe Y selected equipment group as the soo horizontal axis display the total of defective products and downtime for a day in the graph 01 Areal Download W 2014 08 25 Mon Availability EY 2019 08 25 Mon Performance WW 2014 08 25 Mon Qual ity 2014 08 25 Mon Overall equipment efficiency ate Equipment efficiency Equipment details list List in order of the equipment group registered For details about the measurement graph view refer to Instruction Manual Operation e Equipment registered on the Equipment must be registered in any of groups When there is equipment that is not registered in equipment group a project can be saved but cannot be written into the EcoWebServerlll e You can register one equipment to more than one equipment group at the same time 4 137 Ch
465. the time that each alarm Level 1 alarm 0 to 15 minutes Level 2 alarm limit alarm fixed alarm is not For 30 minute time limit output after the demand time limit starts 0 to 30 minutes For 60 minute time limit O to 60 minutes Reclosing interval For 15 minute time limit Cyclic Reclosing after Reclosing interval O to 15 minutes control sets the time before turning the control For 30 minute time limit output off and on after it is shut off with the 0 to 30 minutes demand control For 60 minute time limit 0 to 60 minutes Control output Order of priority Invalid 1 to 12 Set the order of priority for shut off turn on The invalid control output is not shut off or turned on with demand control Control load capacity 0 0 to 99999 9 kW Set the load capacity of the control output to be shut off and turned on 4 36 1 Shut off control Regardless of the control method setting the corresponding control output is shut off with the following conditions The operation varies according to the remaining time Judgment of whether the shut off control conditions are satisfied or not is performed at a 10 second interval Operation Range Remaining time Level 1 alarm occurring Level 2 alarm occurring Demand time limit setting value min Shut off prohibited Shut off prohibited Demand time limit setting value min Alarm mask time Less than demand time limit setting value 1 control output shut off Normal min
466. thers 1 65535 587 submission port When Others is selected enter the port No The range is 1 to 5 Specifying the authorization method When authorization method is SMTP Auth Specify the authorization when accessing a SMPT mail server set to SMPT Auth authorization method Check The identification of this server is necessary The identification of this server is m necessary i HS ee Select SMTP Auth for authorization method User name Password i Enter Login ID for SMTP server POP serwer Up to 16 characters POP port NO f 110 Generally C Others 1 65535 Waiting time 0sec Enter Password for SMTP server after POF authentication Up to 16 characters 4 214 6 Specifying the authorization method When authorization method is POP before SMTP Specify the authorization when accessing a SMPT mail server set to POP before SMTP authorization method Check The identification of this server is necessary The identification of this server is a E oe Select POP before SMTP for authorization method Identification method SMTP Auth POP before SMTP User name Enter Login ID for SMTP server Password CO Up to 16 characters POP server Enter Password for SMTP server POP port NO Up to 16 characters i 110 Generalhy f Others 1 65535 Enter Domain name or IP address for POP server Waiting time 0sec ud after POP authentication Select the
467. tification dialog box Test Error regular notification Confirm terminal connection Subject Mall senting Suspend SendTo ____ Resut code Confirm contact output Boot notification set set taro yama melico co jp Confirm mail sending Memory card error set set taro yama meico co jp Demand nortification Measuring error occurred set not set taro yama melco co jp beats Error regular notification Measuring error recovered set not set taro yama melco co jp Measuring point data monitoring report File transfer error set set taro yama melco co jp Not carry out Confirm file transfer Automatic time adjustment error set set taro yama melco co jp Not carry out Cor cies cion Battery error set set taro yama meico co jp Not carry out Output error occurred set not set taro yama melco co jp Not carry out a Output error recovered set not set taro yama melco co jp Not carry out Collect data Delete data Reset The results of execution are showed as below e When each item s test mail transfer ends normally Result code Execution completion e When each item s test mail transfer fails Result code Fail error code e If completed check the contents of the sent mail The following information is sent in the test mail From Send source address Own mail address set in Mail notification setting SMTP server setting To Send destination address Send destination address set in Mail notification setti
468. tion me Monitor lt Demand trend today gt Monitor Bar graph Current demand Predicted demand Demand today lt Demand load curves gt Line graph Current demand Predicted demand Target demand value Fixed alarm value lt Demand information gt Value Current demand Predicted demand Adjusted power Permissible power Limit alarm value Target demand value Fixed Limit alarm value Alarm status Level 1 Level 2 Limit Fixed Energy saving level Time information Time Remaining time Time zone Daily pattern Control status Control type Priority ON OFF Display update interval automatic update Current value Select the display type from the Any Point or the Group Monitor Select the view type from the Accumulated value Hourly diff Daily diff Monthly diff lt Analog value gt Display the current measuring data lt Electric energy and pulses gt Accumulated value Present meter indicated value Hourly diff Accumulated value from the previous hour to the present hour Daily diff Accumulated logging time from the previous month to the present month Monthly diff Accumulated logging time from the previous year to the present year lt Demand measuring point gt Current demand Whole day Time zone 1 10 Present measuring data Electric energy Whole day Time zone 1 10 Accumulated value Current integrated value Hourly diff Accumulated value from the previous hour to the present hour Daily diff Accumulated l
469. tion poin information Del 006 lt Pasting virtual measuring point information gt To paste the copied virtual measuring point information select the line to paste and press the right click menu Paste virtual calculation point information or the short cut keys Ctrl V Virtual measuring point name Arithmetic ID001 1 Integrated value Virtual measuring point 003 Copy virtual calculation poin information Ctrl C w0D4 Paste virtual calculation poin information Ctrl W WS A eee pcre ee ee ce pte ee O 4006 Delete virtual calculation poin information Del wOO Data type Virtual measuring point name Integrated value Virtual measuring point Integrated value Virtual measuring point2 Arithmetic expression ID001 ID002 ID001 ID002 ID Virtual Data type o e Name Virtual Virtual measuring point Unit ee 1D001 ID002 e Multiple lines cannot be copied and pasted e Virtual measuring point information cannot be pasted into a registered line e The pasted line No is automatically added to the end of the pasted virtual measuring point name e The pasted virtual measuring point information is automatically registered 4 118 Deleting a registered virtual measuring point This section described how to delete a registered virtual measuring point 1 Displaying the Virtual measuring point dialog box Click the Virtual button in the dialog box of project setting 2 Selecti
470. tion results The results of the operation confirmation are displayed in the Execution results code column on the Confirm file transfer dialog box Test Confirm file transfe Confirm terminal connection Subject Transmission Transfer to Relative address Result Code Confirm contact output System log set Systemilog Fail 8003 Confirm mail sending Measuring data Annual set PYearlog Fail 8003 Demand nortification Measuring data Monthly set Monthlog Fail 3003 Error regular notification Measuring data Daily set Daylog Fail 8003 Measuring point data monitoring report Measuring data Zoom Smin set ZoomlogPer5 Not carry out Confirm file transfer Measuring data Zoom 1min set ZoomlogPer1 Not carry out Measuring data Virtual annual not set Not carry out Confirm air conditioner connection The results of execution are showed as below e When each item s test mail transfer ends normally Result code Succeed e When each item s test mail transfer fails Result code Fail error code e f successful check the FTP server s transfer destination folder The contents of the transferred file are listed below Annual data TEST_y csv Monthly data TEST_m csv Daily data TEST_d csv Zoom 5 minute data TEST_z5 csv Zoom 1 minute data TEST z1 CSV Virtual data annual TEST_v_y csv Virtual data monthly TEST_v_m csv Virtual data daily TEST v d csv Specific consumption data annual i
471. to R008191 Special register E O c Range of accessible devices for commands common to QnACPU Data register D D000000 to Do08191 File register R R000000 to R008191 Special register D D009000 to D009255 d Range of accessible devices for commands common to ACPU Device No Timer Current value TNOOO to TN255 Counter Current value CNOO0 to CN255 Data register W0000 to WOSFF Fieregister R R0000 to R819 D0000 to D1023 D9000 to D9255 Special register 5 40 e Range of accessible devices for commands common to AnA AnUCPU Timer Current value TNOOOOO to TNO2047 Counter Current value CNO0000 to CNO1023 Data registr D 000000 to D00819 W000000 to W001 FFF R R000000 to R008191 D009000 to D009255 Special register f Range of accessible devices for commands common to FXCPU Dara regier D0000 10 D7899 Expanded register R R000010 R9999 Special register D f D8000to D8511 g Range of accessible devices for commands common to GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 D0000 to D4095 Viral device D Viral device R R000010 R4095 1 The device number varies with the sequencer CPU For details refer to the instruction manual or specification sheet of the sequencer or the CC Link master local unit 2 The MSB is a sign bit and thus two s complement notation is used 3 Arbitrary characters a maximum of 8 characters can be set as the unit 4 For the multiplier
472. to the project a management dialog box DY All projects information are overwritten Are you sure you want to execute restoration 3 When the restoration is successfully completed the following message is displayed Click the OK button to return to the project management dialog box Model MES3 255C EN setting software E e When the backed up projects are restored they are added to the current projects However the current projects with the same name as those of the backed up projects are overwritten Note that the setting details will be overwritten with the contents of the backed up project e If the number of projects exceeds 50 after the restoration of projects the 51st and subsequent projects are not restored 4 16 4 3 Demand control and Control Section Specifications only with demand control function This section describes the demand control control functions Always read this section thoroughly before setting demand control and set the function correctly 4 3 1 Demand measuring function The electric energy pulse input to the electric energy pulse signal input terminal is counted to calculate the integral electric energy and current demand In addition the predicted demand adjusted electrical power permissible power and power limit are calculated from the current demand and remaining time Integrated electric energy The integrated electric energy from the start of operation is calculated with the
473. ton and then check the IP address of EcoWebServerlll the connection of the LAN cable and whether the power is turned on N If the system administration login ID or password is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the login ID and password ow If the previous data acquisition login ID is incorrect the message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password 4 182 If the previous data acquisition password is incorrect the a 55C EN message on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and then check the password O rre ot peor or dat cbtainmantic wrong gt If the new data acquisition password and the new password for Model MES3 255C EN setting software confirmation do not match the message on the right will be e displayed x A A Click the OK button and then check the password 2 After the login ID and password are changed EcoWebServerlll will be reset ge The systems being restarted It may take up to eight minutes to reset Please wait 3 When the change of the login ID and password and reset are completed the following message will be displayed Model MES3 255C EN setting software The main body of the product Change the login ID password for for W obtaining data to has been completed 4 183 Changing the system administr
474. topped during setting Are you sure you want to execute Fh The main body of the product Date and time setting for has been P completed EcoWebServerlll with demand monitor function EcoWebServerlll with demand control function is shipped at the state of the battery OFF of the demand control unit the state of clock of the demand control unit is reset and error occurs Therefore you need to reset the power of the EcoWebServerlll 4 9 11 EcoWebServerlll reset after time setting Then be timed adjustment by the TS switch 3 7 3 2 Setting procedures for starting operation without demand control function This section describes flow of settings from starting the EcoWebServerlll unit to starting data collection 1 Data collecting settings step Register the I O terminal or PLC connected to the unit register the measuring elements 1 Measuring data collected from the terminal as the measuring collection settings points and sort into groups Basic settings a Register the terminal b Register the PLC GOT c Register the measuring points Set the options for expanding the scope of display and analysis This can be skipped when not using the following functions 2 Measuring data a Register the virtual measuring points collection settings b Register the specific consumption Advanced settings measuring points c Register the equipment Set when using the automatic time setting 3 EcoWebServ
475. toring conditions upper limit Fa Mad sendin monitoring lower limit monitoring upper lower limit i mo monitoring and setting values lower limit setting croup Gua value upper limit setting value ome ar Condition Use Lower limit 10 Upper limit 00 5 Setting the destination address subject and text of the mail notification Set this information only when Mail sending is checked The entry conditions are listed below Up to 50 characters BS anibiisachaiaciers r cannot be registered Default Upper or lower limit error use Up to 30 characters Pichibited charactere Mod aaa cannot be registered Default Upper or lower limit error occurred Body Up to 128 characters Prohibited charactere Age i cannot be registered 4 238 6 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Upper and lower limit monitoring notification registration to register Resister Register button Register the set details of upper and lower limit monitoring notification RE Close button Back to the Upper and lower limit monitoring screen 1 If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right Example of display is displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error Model Mes3 255C DM EN setting soft details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item x Tenia 2 After modification of entry details of each item
476. tput set Demand control in the tree menu on the external device coordination setting screen Output Data outp Output setting Data output start v Data output set Demand monitoring ontact outp The delay time of output finish 0 v Mail notification setting notification Set SMTP server Name Sequencer1 z PLC GOT series QCPU LCPU QNACPU Demand notification et De 4 g e D a Me i 1 3 b Ear maililicaticn Start device No 0001000 E initial apra Device number Subject Initial condition2 Control device Initial condition3 Health Regular report Upper and lower limit monitoring Operation status monitoring Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server Transmission destination folder set A Low rank Energy saving cooperation setting ser eat RS High rank Energy saving level monitor setting Low rank Air conditioner connection setting Present demand High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Low rank High rank Prospected demand Adjust power Permission power Former demand Remained time Alarm status Load control status Demand goal Low rank value High rank Low rank High rank Alarm type Register Close VCT ratio 2 Checking the registration information Check the settings for the demand control data output destination displayed on the Data output set Demand control
477. trical power range is 999999 9 to 999999 9 kW 4 23 Permissible Power The electrical power permissible power that can be used in the remaining time is calculated from the current demand so that the demand value reaches the target demand when the demand time limit finishes 1 Setting values related to permissible power Demand time limit 15 30 60 Demand time limit for demand control minutes All day Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 1 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit Time zone 10 Target demand 0 0 to 999999 9 kW Set the demand electric energy used as target for demand time limit 2 Measuring value 1 Expression for permissible power Targetdemand Current demand Permissible power x SOT Remainingtime X Demand time limit kW Since the target demand and current demand are the average electric energy within the demand time limit the electrical power that must be adjusted within the remaining time can be expressed by multiplying the target demand current demand by the demand time delay remaining time 2 Resolution and maximum value of permissible power The permissible power range is 0 0 to 999999 9 kW 4 24 Power limit The electrical power power limit that could exceed the target demand if operation is not performed with only the base power
478. trol Turned on If the order of priority numbers have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control outputs are all turned on when the demand time limit Turn on control when the switches order of priority number If the order of priority outputs have been changed including when changed setting is changed from 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to time limit on cyclic control all control outputs are turned on from the newest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 45 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control numbers are shut off in the order of priority output 1 gt 2 3 gt 9 Control numbers with the same order of priority are shut off simultaneously These cannot be turned on within the demand time limit in which they were shut off In this example priority 8 and 9 are shut off the multiple control output simultaneously at emergency control region When the demand time limit ends the next demand time limit starts the control outputs that are shut off at the end of the demand time limit are turned on in order of the longest shut off time 1 gt 2 gt 3 9 These are turned on at a five second interval If the control outputs have the same shut off time they are turned on in order of the priority 8 9 At the next demand time limit the control outputs are turned off in
479. trol one value can be set each for target demand fixed alarm value and base power The demand control control is carried out based on those setting values 4 55 Configure the demand control setting This section describes how to set for demand monitor and control 4 3 5 Normal demand setting setting of the instrument information This section describes the setting procedures for demand monitor and control Always read 4 3 Demand control and Control Section Specifications thoroughly before setting and set the function correctly Registering normal demand information The following describes how to set normal demand information 1 Displaying the Normal dialog box Click the Normal button in the dialog box of project setting Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Project r Demand settings Data col Normal s Circuit name Power receiving point WET ratio Pulse constant value A le Multiplying factor Number of digits Integer part i Bh A l Calendar A 2 Multiplying factor eS Details Demand time limit adjustment type ES 1e Perform the settings of demand In the initial state it displays the default value of each item Help for demand general settings Input information on each setting items are as follows For details please refer to the Instruction Manual Setting Item Content amp Range VCT ratio Set up VCT ratio Range
480. tton Executes the connectivity check of the terminal No button Cancels the connectivity check of the terminal and back to the Confirm terminal connection dialog box OQ Perform the test for all terminals Are you sure Terminal Confirm 3 A dialog box that indicates the connectivity check is in A A WaLa MOm progress will appear If you want to cancel it click the Abort button If the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll main unit is not Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software correct a LAN cable is not connected or the EcoWebServerlll is not powered on the message on the Era P right will appear continue l Press Cancel to not show error message again Click the No button and then check the IP address of the EcoWebServerlll the LAN cable connection etc and the power Y f N Cancel Yes button Executes the connectivity check of the terminal Cancel button Executes the connectivity check of the terminal However error message does not appear even if error occurs the completion message appears Click the OK button to back to the Confirm terminal connection dialog box 4 278 3 Executing the connectivity check of selected terminal 1 Select the line of the terminal to confirm and click the right click menu of the Perform the test for the selected row O Termina EMU DMMB O Er ATTE Dal carry out 1 2 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C Ta 3 Not carry ou
481. tton to enable changes 4 ID Sp Cons Name Sp Cons E p Cons 3 Unit Energy amount numerator tem name Ref Unit Production Denominator I Register l Close tem name Unit a o e E e You can select and register any specific consumption measuring point Also you can create a free ID e You cannot register a specific consumption measuring point when no measuring point or virtual measuring point for an integrated value is registered The Edit button is disabled 4 122 3 Entering or selecting the items Enter or select the following items Name Sp Cons Enter a name of a Specific consumption measuring point This name is shown in the graphs or the list of measuring points on the EcoWebServerlll page Characters Up to 24 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters 2 lt gt T If you use any disallowed characters which are listed in Appendix Disallowed Character List the characters may not be displayed properly in the browser display of EcoWebServerlll A duplicate specific consumption measuring point name cannot be registered Unit Type a unit directly The entry conditions are as follows Characters Up to 16 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters H 72 lt gt Decimal Select a number of digits after the decimal point A computation re
482. ttp Demand notification 3 http Error notification 2 http E Initial condition 1 http Initial condition2 6 http i Initial condition3 7 http Regular report 8 http ponnenro Upper and lower limit monitoring 9 http Operation status monitoring 10 http Ea Specific consumption target value monitoring Energy planning value monitoring File transfer Set FTP server i Transmission destination folder set Energy saving cooperation setting Energy saving level monitor setting d Register EN 4 273 2 Setting the air conditioner connection destination Enter the information for the connected air controller 1 Enter the air conditioner connection name No Connect destination IP address domain name 1 nnect domain http 2 http 3 https The conditions for entering the name are given below Number of characters Up to 24 characters Prohibited characters eee cannot be registered 2 Enter the IP address or domain name for connecting to the air conditioner No Name Connect destination IP address domain name 1 Connect domain http 192 168 0201 2 http 3 http The conditions for entering the name are given below Number of characters Up to 50 characters Only the following characters can be used Input conditions A Z a z 0 9 _ Or use a dot at the head or end e When designating the connection destination with a
483. tual measuring point2 Unit x Expression Click the Edit button i to enable changes l l l Arithmetic expression l Group Group vr l Measuring point name l I l Measuring point i Measuring point3 7 8 9 l JAAA i C gt 2 3 BS l l a o register l 1 digt Pe Close M M M M U eee a e You can select and register any virtual measuring point Also you can create a free ID 4 113 3 Entering or selecting the items Enter or select the following items Data type Select either of an Integrate or a Instant Data type C integrate C Instant A When the Integrate is selected here only an Integrate can be specified as a measuring point in an arithmetic expression When the Instant is selected only a Instant can be specified Name Virtual Enter a name of a virtual measuring point This virtual measuring point name is shown in the graphs or the list of measuring points on the EcoWebServerlll page Characters Up to 24 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters 2 lt gt 1 If you use any disallowed characters which are listed in Appendix Disallowed Character List the characters may not be displayed properly in the browser display of EcoWebServerlll 2 A duplicate name of a virtual measuring point cannot be registered Unit Select or directly type a unit When you type it directory the entr
484. u want to set Or Select a line of a measuring point you want to set and then click the Select button 4 Setting a display measuring point Set measuring points to display graphs under the equipment efficiency graph in the measurement graph view of equipment 1 Add delete a display measuring point After you clicked the Graph func button in the Equipment dialog box the Registration of display measuring point dialog box will appear Measuring point name Measuring point Measuring point2 Measuring point3 Virtual measuring point1 Virtual measuring point2 Graph of display measuring point Selection of the measuring point ee Double click a line of a measuring point you want to register in the Unregistered ID or Select a line of a measuring point you want to register and then click the lt button Registered ID Unregistered ID o Measuring point nai Measuring point name leasuring point3 Virtual measuring point1 Virtual measuring point2 i Registration of display measuring point bao or point to be added The measuring point used for graphic display shall be set Maximum 10 r i Register Order will be registered in the order in which they appear Close in the oraoh gt F Registration of display measuring point ID Equ For Registered ID Measuring point name 1 Measuring
485. ual a password input Daily pattern Set the time zone 1 10 to the daily pattern 1 40 with each demand time limit Set the daily pattern until December 31 of following year from the set year Calendar setting Calendar setting Data collecting CC Link terminal Set the following contents Up to 42 units can be settings Registration of terminal to be connected registered functions Carry out the normal setting and station No registration for each terminal PLC GOT Set the following contents Up to 8 units can be Register the PLC GOT to be connected registered Communication method Ethernet direct Convert Ethernet serial IP address Port No and Station No of the device to be connected Measuring point Set the measuring element to collect Up to 255 points can If the PLC GOT be registered Specify the device for each registered equipment and get the word data or bit data Virtual Set the arithmetic expressions with parentheses Up to 128 points can be registered Specific consumption Register the specific consumption Up to 64 points can be Set the display of the specific consumption registered Equipment Set the following contents Required when Standard cycle time calculating the Operating time equipment efficiency Quality rate Up to 42 points can be registered Project Save the contents that have been registered by the AN management setting software functions Write the project to the EcoWebServerlll Login ID and Read th
486. ual measurement value for the analog input This is disabled when the PowerFactor PF is selected e Decimal Select the number of digits after the scale conversion e Power Factor PF Select this check box to convert a scale of a power factor e PF range Select a display range of a power factor This is enabled only when the PowerFactor PF is selected 2 3 Detail Analog temperature input type piney When a temperature input type of a terminal ae cm empet AE B TPU4 etc is selected select the following items diate The setting item range varies depending on the e Item Select an item which data will be collected from 2 4 Detail Pulse input type agamane Detail When a pulse input type of a terminal B AX4A etc tem unt y is selected select the following items Factor TA The setting item range varies depending on the model e Ch Select a measured ch which data will be collected from e Factor Enter a pulse multiplier e Unit Select or type a unit You can enter a unit up to 8 characters 2 5 Detail Digital input type ee O eee ee When a digital input type of a terminal B DX4A etc c chi digtatnputvene E oo is selected select the following items Record the status The setting item range varies depending on the model 3 e Ch Select a monitoring ch Enter a pulse multiplier e Unit Type aunit You can enter a unit
487. ulse signal Demand time limit Set up Demand time limit Range One of 15 min 30 min 1 hour Only 30 min is possible in External pulse signal of Demand time limit adjustment Type NOTE About Multiplying factor For setting up for Number of digits Integer part and Multiplying factor the equipment value will be the same Integrated value of Consumption as the meter And it works as an amount of power meter If it is not matter to match the range of Integrated value of Consumption then Demand monitoring will be able to set up by only VCT ratio and Pulse constant value Without Multiplying factor settings 4 57 lt Example of a case in which electronic multi measuring instrument ME110SSR C is used gt The following is an excerpt of ME110SSR user s manual detailed edition Calculate and set the VCT ratio pulse constant value number of digit multiplying factor by the following procedure set the pulse value of pulse output 1 Pulse value is selected from the table below according to total load kW Total load kW a es a 1 1 phase 2 wire a VT Piman Voltage CT Primary Curent gt 4 01 Sir bs 3 3 phase 3 wire 3 3 phase 4 wire 4 For 1 phase 3 wire setting the VT primary voltage is calculated using 110V 2 For direct voltage setting the direct voltage is used for calculation instead of the VT primary voltage 3 For 3 phase 4 wire setting the VT primary voltage is calculate
488. umber Enter the device number with device name using half byte numerals Device number subject Control device Healthy Refer to 5 7 List of device measuring items for the setting range The setting range appears when the Ell button Device number ist at the side of the input field is clicked Word device lt Basic model QCPU gt Data register D D000000 D011135 s C h a racte rs ot h e r th a n t h e setti ng ra ng e ca n n ot lt High performance model QCPU Process CPU Redundant CPU Universal model QCPU LCPU QnACPU gt Data register D D000000 D012287 be registered lt ACPU gt Data register D D0000 D1023 lt AnACPU AnUCPU gt Data register D D000000 D008191 lt FXCPU gt Data register D D0000 D7999 lt GT27 GT16 GT15 GT14 gt Virtual device D D0020 D2031 D2036 D4095 Please refer to user s manual of CPUGOT for more details about device range 4 200 3 Registering Click the button on the Data output set Demand control dialog box to register Register Register button Register the data output setting demand control you set ee Close button Back to the project setting dialog box cose If the device No is not set the message shown on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and set the device No 2 If the device No is duplicated the message shown on the right will be displayed Click the OK button and change
489. urrent Phase1_current Phase2 current Phase3_current Average current_max Phase1_current_max Phase2_current_max Phase3_current_max Average current_demand Phase1_current_demand Phase2_current_demand Phase3_current_demand Average current_demand_max Phase1_current_demand_max Phase2_current_demand_max Phase3_current_demand_max Average L L voltage 1 2 voltage 2 3 voltage 3 1 voltage Average L L voltage_max 1 2 voltage_max 2 3 voltage max 3 1 voltage_max Average L L voltage_min 1 2 voltage_min 2 3 voltage min 3 1 voltage min Total_active_power Total_active_power_max Total_active_power_min Total_ rolling demand Total_ rolling demand_max Total_ reactive power Total_reactive_power_max Total_reactive_power_min Total_power_factor Total_power_factor_max Total_power_factor_min Frequency Frequency_max 1 2 H voltage_Total 1 2 H voltage _1st 1 2 voltage_THD 1 2 voltage_HD_3rd 1 2 voltage HD_5th 1 2 voltage HD_7th 1 2 voltage HD_9th 1 2 voltage HD_11th 1 2 voltage HD 13th 1 2 voltage HD 15th 1 2 voltage HD_17th 1 2 voltage HD_19th 1 2 voltage HD 21st 1 2 voltage HD 23rd 1 2 voltage HD 25th 1 2 voltage HD 27th 1 2 voltage HD 29th 1 2 voltage HD_31st Measured items 2 3 H voltage Total 2 3_H_voltage_1st 2 3 voltage THD 2 3 voltage HD 3rd 2 3 voltage HD_5dth 2 3 voltage HD 7th 2 3 voltage HD 9th 2 3 voltage HD 11th 2 3 voltage HD 13th 2 3 voltage HD 15th 2 3 voltage HD 17th 2 3 voltage HD 19th 2 3 voltage HD 21st 2 3 voltage
490. us monitoring notification lt For continuous registration of operating status monitoring notification gt For continuous registration of operating status Registration of operating status monitoring notification monitoring notification click the Create button and i repeat the steps from 3 to 6 eee Suspend Group count O To confirm delete or change the previous registration ame Measuring point12 y of operating status monitoring notification click the Condition on lt Prev button to pbb yamameicocoil SS To confirm delete or change the next registration of status change operating status monitoring notification click the p 2 freos Next gt button ED AS 4 246 Deleting the registered operating status monitoring notification This section explains the procedure for deleting a registered operating status monitoring notification 1 Displaying the Operation status monitoring screen Click the Operation status monitoring in the tree menu on the Output screen 2 Selecting the operating status notification to be deleted and clicking the Delete button Select the line of the operating status monitoring notification to be deleted from the Operation status monitoring screen and click the Delete button Suspend Measuring point name not set 12 Measuring pointi2 not set Measuring pointl3 o 3 Deleting The message confirming deletion is displayed Click the button to execut
491. use 3 Flow of settings and 4 Operating procedures before function check 1 Click Test in the dialog box of Hides setting Displaying the Test dialog box ampe Project name Title Demand settings Data collecting settings Project management D is p ays t h e Normal settings Extended settings selected menu Normal Terminal 0 By EL a Cn CEE Result Code ill Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output 1 Terminal EMU4 HD1 MB 1St 1 Not carry out a A Confirm mail sending 2 Terminal2 EMU3 DP1 C 1St 2 Not carry out A Demand nortification 3 Terminal3 1 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out H Error regular notification 3 Terminal3 2 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out 3 Terminal3 3 EMU2 RD3 C 1St 3 Not carry out Measuring point data monitoring repot pH teri ENDS a RR A Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection Integration value set Collect data Tree menu Select the function to iconfirm Each function operation confirmation screen Displays the test results for the selected function m P The Demand control and notification check air controller connection check and integrated count value setting functions are available only for the EcoWebServerlll with demand control function 2 Selecting the function to test and adjust from the tree menu Confirm terminal connectio
492. ute rate daily rate monthly rate Setting the integrated count value This section explains the procedures to set the electric energy for each time zone 1 Displaying the Integration value set screen 1 Click Integration value set in the tree menu on the Test dialog box The following confirmation message will appear Click OK after checking the connection with the EcoWebServerlll Confirm terminal connection Confirm contact output Confirm mail sending Demand nortification Time zone Name Present value Settled value 9 Error regular notification Whole day Whole day kWh kWh Measuring point data monitoring report 4 A kWh kWh i Confirm file transfer Confirm air conditioner connection 2 Time zone2 kWh kWh _set Integration value set 3 Time zone3 kWh kWh Collect data 4 Time zone4 kWh kWh l Delete data 5 Time zone5 kWh kWh i Reset 6 Time zone6 kWh kWh 7 Time zone7 kWh kWh 8 Time zones kWh kWh 9 Time zone9 kWh kWh 10 Time zone10 kWh kWh After the button set is pressed it will take 10 sec to display the set value Model MES3 255C DM EN setting software Cl Get the integrated value from main product W Please connect the client PC to the main product Password For maintenance Get latest status 2 After the integrated count value information has been retrieved from the EcoWebServerlll a completion message appears dh Get the integrated
493. utton Equipment group list No Equipment group name Equipment if 2 Equipment group1 f01 4 Equipment group2 101 3 Line of a group to 0 tm WwW NES Registration of equipment group Equipment group Included equipment in group Equipment list Equipment name Equipment2 Equipment name Equipment Create l Delete 4 m Register Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them After editing the items to be changed click the Register button The entries and conditions for each item are similar to those at registering a new equipment group 4 143 4 6 Project operation This section explains the procedure to save the project created in Basic settings and Advanced settings and project writing reading and checking on EcoWebServerlll 4 6 1 Project saving This section explains the operation procedure in Save Saving the project 1 Saving 1 Click the Save button in the dialog box of Project setting Project management o Em a Save A Options f zu Y ion Write Output ead Test f Collate io E Close If there remain the equipment not registered in the equipment group the message shown on the right is displayed Project saving can be completed but project writing is disabled Make sure to register all the equipment in the equipment group 2 The pr
494. utton Back to the Equipment list dialog box o Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the EKANDE of display right is displayed when clicking the Register button according to the Model MES3 255C EN setting software error details Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item EY The standard cycle time value is wrong N67 Please set in the range of 1 to 2678400 2 After modification of entry details of each item click the Create lt A zae E ma Prev Next gt or Close button instead of clicking the Register E o TE button the message shown on the right is displayed Do you want to register Yes To register Cancel No Not to register Cancel Back to the Equipment dialog box lt To register equipment continuously gt To register equipment continuously click the Equipment a Create button and repeat the step 3 to 5 Dau jor craph tne Click the lt Prev button to check delete and ee eer change the registration information of the previous Ig ees oc equipment Click the Next gt button to check delete and Sette neosrs pom on cafe equpment operan tne change the registration information of the next oe y ame Time 2 Unit equipment Quality rate Set the measuring point for calculating quality rate Ref Second Tl Quantity 1 Unit Ref C create Ref Quantity 2 U
495. value of power limit The power limit range is 0 0 to 999999 9 kW 4 26 _ _ a eai _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 7 _ Demand time limit Time min 4 3 2 Demand control and alarm function When the current demand predicted demand adjusted electrical power or power limit value satisfies the alarm occurrence conditions an alarm Level 1 alarm Level 2 alarm limit alarm fixed alarm occurs Level 1 alarm This alarm occurs if the predicted demand is larger than the target demand predicted demand gt target demand Occurrence of the Level 1 alarm means that the target demand will be exceeded if the current load state continues 1 Level 1 alarm occurrence reset conditions The Level 1 alarm occurs when all of the following conditions are satisfied Occurrence Predicted demand gt Target demand conditions Target demand 0 Outside alarm mask time remaining time lt demand time limit alarm mask time The Level 1 alarm is reset when one of the following is satisfied Reset conditions Predicted demand lt Target demand When demand time limit switches Detection cycle Detection reset are carried out at a 10 second interval Demand value kW Predicted demand PEA Eye Nel as a EN RNR at ta IE Me aN Oe Oe ae Alarm occurrence range i Predicted demand gt Target demand Target demand
496. w the lower limit FFFFFFFF 2 Data with a decimal point will be output as an integer Please add a decimal in the upper end Example 123 456 123456 1E240h Upper end 1000 1234 56 123456 1E240h Upper end 100 12345 6 123456 1E240h Upper end 10 123456 123456 1E240h Upper end do not need calculus 1234560 1234560 12D680h Upper end do not need calculus 9 49 5 8 2 Measuring error information When Output measuring error information is selected in the 4 8 1 Data output settings output measuring output measuring error information 0 normal or 1 abnormal 1 Monitor in Report mail for measuring error must be selected in Mail notification setting Measuring error information or 1 measuring point is used as a bit 16 measuring points for 1 device 32 measuring points for 2 devices b15 b14 b13 b12 bit bro b9 bs b7 be o5 b4 b3 b2 bt bo 16 measuring error information 9 measuring error information 1 measuring error information in the group In the group in the group 2 Not use 0 normal output Device Device Device n n 1 n 2 Measuring error Updating time information information 5 8 3 Updating time information Information of the updating will be appended in the end of the device is selected in the 4 8 1 Data output settings updating time information will be appended in the next device of measuring error information Updating time is output as Hexadecimal R
497. y among those that are on Even at the next demand time limit shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of priority among those that are on Even when the order of priority has been changed at the next demand time limit after the changes shut off starts with the control output having the highest order of priority among those that are on Cannot be turned on until the demand time limit ends When the next demand time limit starts all control outputs including the manually controlled control number are turned on starting with the control output having the lowest order of priority The control output shut off at the next demand time limit is turned on simultaneously as the current time limit on control If the order of priority numbers have been changed from 1 12 to invalid the changed control outputs are all turned on when the demand time limit switches If the order of priority has been changed including 1 12 to invalid or when the control method has been changed to time limit on priority control all control outputs are turned on from the lowest order of priority number when the demand time limit switches 4 51 1 Example of normal operation Values in parentheses indicate the priority level numbers 2 The control outputs that are on are turned off in the order of highest priority 1 2 3 gt 7 If the control outputs have the same order of priority they are shut off s
498. y conditions are as follows Characters Up to 8 characters Prohibited The following characters cannot be registered characters 2 lt gt Units that can be selected from the pull down menu vary depending on the Data type Decimal Select a number of digits after the decimal point A computation result is rounded at the number of digits specified here Ex 1 digit is selected gt a computation result is truncated a number to 1 decimal place 4 Entering an arithmetic expression Enter an arithmetic expression of a virtual measuring point To enter a numeric value and operator use buttons on the dialog box You cannot enter input them by a keyboard Expression Arithmetic expression Group Al Measuring point name Measuring pointt Measuring point Measuring points EEE lolo lolo PEEL panan Clear The conditions of the expression you can enter are as follows Arithmetic element Up to 16 elements including measuring points and constants Characters in an arithmetic expression Up to 256 characters Numerical input range 11 digits including decimal point up to 5 digits after the decimal point 4 114 Expression not allowed e Value exceeds 11 digits Consecutive operators Sign after operator e Right bracket after value e Value after right bracket Left bracket after right one e Right bracket after left one Operator after left bracket Right bracket after operator Oper
499. y error demand control unit occurred Outside synchronism error occurred Outside synchronism error restored Mariana ennteal Errar aera mr E Co A cm de La Pais de gt Enter demand notification EN lw Mail sending Suspend Demand subject Level 1 alarm restored send To aaa yama melco co jp subject DM_Alarm_1st Body Level 1 alarm restore gt a E gister Prev Next gt Close 3 Editing the items to be changed and registering them Edit the item to be changed and then click the Register button The entries and input conditions for each item are the same as registering a demand notification 4 220 4 8 6 EcoWebServerlll error notification settings This section describes the procedures for setting Error notification initial condition 1 2 3 Setting EcoWebServerlll error information to mail notification initial conditions 1 to 3 Perform the mail notification settings so as to transmit the notification at the startup of EcoWebServerlll and error occurrence The following table shows the information initial conditions 1 2 and 3 that can be set to the notification able errors Setting for Setting for Monitoring notification items Condition for occurrence Monitoring Notification Initial condition 1 Startup At startup of EcoWebServerlll Refer n the procedure 1 1 Memory card error When CF CompactFlash card data Refer i yes Fen write failed Measuring e
500. ying 3 stations d Number of units occupying 2 stations Number of connected units 16xA 54xB 88xC lt 2304 A Number of remote I O station units lt 64 B Nubber of remote device station units lt 42 C Number of local station intelligent device station unitss26 1 8 Contact output Output destination Internal output unit up to 16 points Up to 32 points if functions CC Link Remote I O up to 32 points CC Link remote I O 2 Output points Up to 32 points Separate from all measuring points only Up to 32 points Include in the Upper lower limit alarm Up to 32 points number of Output monitoring value monitoring Operating status monitoring to 32 points Demand control to 12 points connection destination Send the energy saving level and Number of connection Up to 10 emergency stop order Up i Up to 5 points Up i Energy saving collaboration functions Data output Output destination Device of PLC GOT functions Up to 8 in PLC contents and GOT Current data Data for up to 8groups 255 points max can be Online measuring outputted point Up to 32 points output per group 2 words device 1 point Measurement Data for up to 8groups 255 points max can be error information outputted Up to 32 points output per group 1 word device 16 points Demand Output the following data with 30 words fixed information Control device 1 word device Healty 1 word device Current time Year month day hour minut
501. yy yy xx every month Demand alarm control history data xx minutes of every hour 4 265 3 Registering Click the button in the dialog box of Set FTP server to register Register Register button Register the file transfer setting as the set details he Close button Back to the Project setting screen Close If the set details are not proper an error message as shown on the right is amp of display displayed when clicking the Register button according to the error details Model mEs3 255C DM EN setting soft Reset the details so as to meet the conditions of each item x The FTP server is not specified After modification of entry details of each item click the Close MosiMS22 5C OMEN setting software button instead of clicking the Register button or another tree menu is selected the message shown on the right is displayed Yes button To register No button Not to register Cancel button Back to the FTP server setting dialog box O Information of FTP Server is not registered Will you resist it e Since any data in the FTP server is not deleted clean up the server by deleting the data at regular intervals e When designating the FTP server by domain name make sure to set up the DNS server Refer to 4 7 1 IP address settings Setting the DNS server For installing and setting the DNS server name server and inquiring technical questions about it c
502. zer Input a demand pulse signal CC Link Write collected data to PLC device ahei EE Fy f LES EcoMonitorPro Electronic multi 644 measuring MDU MC protocol client PATLITE network instrument braker monitoring lamp ereererceceeees AI il Crererretse ha asus Contact input Analog input Temperature input Dee j j j MELSEC Q energy measuring module via CC Link local station The figure above is a system configuration CC Link communication demand control example When using CC Link communication device without demand control function note the following points are different from the above figure Demand control unit is not attached to the EcoWebServerlll Shape of the power supply unit of EcoWebServerlll is different There is no coordination function with air conditioning controller 1 4 1 4 3 Specifications The display names and description of the functions of the setting software are as follows Name Description of functions Project management Creates a new project Deletes a project Modifies the content of a project Copies a project Backs up project information on an external memory Restores project information from an external memory Project settings Demand settings Configures basic settings for demand control Alarm and control Configures the demand alarm and demand control settings Configures the demand contr
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
PDF:17.8MB
Related Contents
Cables Direct CT-280B cable tie MiniLift125 - Handicare AS 1 THIMET® 20-G INSECTICIDE GRANULAIRE Betriebsanleitung - Bockwoldt & Co. KG Grindmaster LCD2-1 User's Manual Conair SWJ1 Interplak SINUS K LIFT USER MANUAL Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file